AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC
S-1, 1996-08-05
Previous: FRONTIERVISION OPERATING PARTNERS LP, S-1, 1996-08-05
Next: SPLASH TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC, S-1, 1996-08-05



     As filed with the Securities And Exchange Commission on August 5, 1996
                        SEC Registration No. 333-________


                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             450 Fifth Street, N.W.
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-1
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                    ----------------------------------------
             (Exact Name Of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)

         Delaware                    1541; 1761; 1791             76-0145668
         --------                    ----------------             ----------
(State or Other Jurisdiction   (Primary Standard Industrial      (IRS Employer 
      Of Incorporation           Industrial Classification       Identification
      or Organization)                 Code Number)                   Number) 

                                 14603 Chrisman
                              Houston, Texas 77039
                                 (713) 449-9000
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Address, Including Zip Code, And Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                  Of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                     John T. Wilson, Chief Executive Officer
                                 14603 Chrisman
                              Houston, Texas 77039
                                 (713) 449-9000
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Address, Including Zip Code, And Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                              Of Agent For Service
                                   Copies to:

 Alan L. Talesnick, Esquire                     Felice F. Mischel, Esq.
 Francis B. Barron, Esquire                     Gregory Sichenzia, Esq.
Bearman Talesnick &  Clowdus             Schneck Weltman Hashmall & Mischel LLP
  Professional Corporation                     1285 Avenue of the Americas
1200 Seventeenth Street, Suite 2600                  New York, NY 10019
   Denver, Colorado 80202                              (212) 956-1500
       (303) 572-6500

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Approximate Date Of Commencement Of Proposed Sale To The Public: As Soon As
Practicable After The Effective Date Of This Registration Statement.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933 check the following box. [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery  of the  prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                   CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

===================================================================================================================================
                                                                                 Proposed         Proposed               
                                                                                 Maximum          Maximum                 Amount
                                                                                 Offering        Aggregate                 Of
         Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be             Amount To Be        Price Per        Offering            Registration
                        Registered                            Registered          Share(1)         Price                   Fee
===================================================================================================================================

<S>                                                             <C>               <C>            <C>                      <C>   

Shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, offered               1,035,000          $5.00          $5,175,000             $1,784.34
by the Company

Common Stock Purchase Warrants offered by the Company            517,500          $ .10              51,750                 17.84

Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of Common                   517,500          $5.00           2,587,500                892.17
Stock Purchase Warrants(2)

Underwriter's Warrants to purchase Common Stock                   90,000          $ ---                   9                   .01

Underwriter's Warrants to purchase Warrants                       45,000          $ ---                   1                   .01

Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of                           90,000          $6.00             540,000                186.19
Underwriter's Warrants(3)

Warrants, issuable upon exercise of Underwriter's                 45,000          $ .12               5,400                  1.86
Warrants(3)

Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of Warrants                  45,000          $6.00             270,000                 93.10
underlying Underwriter's Warrant(4)

Common Stock, issuable upon exercise of                        3,000,000          $5.00          15,000,000              5,172.00
outstanding Common Stock Purchase Warrants

Common Stock to be sold by Selling Securities                    500,100          $5.00            2,500,500               862.17
Holders

Common Stock Purchase Warrants to be sold by                   3,000,000          $ .10              300,000                103.44
Selling Securities Holders

Common Stock to be sold by Underwriter (from                     135,000          $6.00              810,000                279.29
Exercise of Underwriter's Warrant and
Warrants included in Underwriter's Warrant)

TOTAL                                                                                            $27,240,160             $9,392.42
===================================================================================================================================

(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457.

(2)  Issuable upon the exercise of Common Stock Purchase Warrants.  This Registration  Statement also covers any additional shares
     of Common Stock which may become issuable by virtue of the anti-dilution provisions of the Common Stock Purchase Warrants. No
     additional registration fee is included for these shares.

(3)  Reserved for issuance upon exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrants together with such  indeterminate  number of Common Stock
     Purchase  Warrants  and/or Common Stock as may be issuable  pursuant to the  anti-dilution  provisions  of the  Underwriter's
     Warrants,  or the Common Stock Purchase  Warrants. 

(4)  Reserved for issuance upon exercise of Common Stock Purchase Warrants obtained upon exercise of the Underwriter's Warrants.

The  Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date
until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which  specifically  states that this Registration  Statement shall thereafter
become  effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

                                                                 i
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                     American International Consolidated Inc.

         Cross-reference Sheet between Registration Statement (Form S-1) and Form of Prospectus.


Item Number And Caption                                             Caption In Prospectus
<S>        <C>                                                      <C>

10       General.                                                   Not Applicable.

101      Description Of Business.                                   Business.

102      Description Of Property.                                   Business--Properties.

103      Legal Proceedings.                                         Business--Legal Proceedings.

201      Market Price Of And Dividends On The                       Description Of Securities; Principal
         Registrant's Common Equity And Related                     Stockholders; Certain Risk Factors.
         Stockholder Matters.

202      Description Of Registrant's Securities.                    Description Of Securities.

301      Selected Financial Data.                                   Selected Consolidated Financial Data.

302      Supplementary Financial Information.                       Not Applicable.

303      Management's Discussion And Analysis Of                    Management's Discussion And Analysis
         Financial Condition And Results of Opera-                  Of Financial Condition And Results Of
         tions.                                                     Operations.

304      Changes In And Disagreements With Accoun-                  Changes In And Disagreements With
         tants On Accounting And Financial                          Accountants On Accounting And
         Disclosure.                                                Financial Disclosure.

401      Directors and Executive Officers.                          Management.

402      Executive Compensation.                                    Executive Compensation.

403      Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial                   Principal Stockholders.
         Owners And Management.

404      Certain Relationships And Related Transac-                 Transactions Between The Company And
         tions.                                                     Related Parties.

405      Compliance with Section 16(a) Of The Ex-                   Not Applicable.
         change Act.

501      Forepart Of Registration Statement And Out-                Registration Statement Cover Page;
         side Front Cover Of Prospectus.                            Prospectus Cover Page; Prospectus Inside
                                                                    Cover Page.

502      Inside Front And Outside Back Cover Pages                  Cover Page; Inside Cover Page; Back
         Of Prospectus.                                             Cover Page.

503      Summary Information, Risk Factors, And                     Prospectus Summary; Certain Risk
         Ratio Of Earnings to Fixed Changes.                        Factors.

504      Use Of Proceeds.                                           Use Of Proceeds.

505      Determination Of Offering Price.                           Cover Page; Certain Risk Factors.

506      Dilution.                                                  Dilution.

507      Selling Security Holders.                                  Selling Securities Holders (in Alternate
                                                                    Prospectus)

508      Plan Of Distribution.                                      Cover Page; Underwriting.


                                                                ii

<PAGE>





509      Interests Of Named Experts and Counsel.                    Experts; Legal Matters.

510      Disclosure Of Commission Position On                       Securities And Exchange Commission
         Indemnification For Securities Act Liabilities.            Position On Certain Indemnification.

511      Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.               Prospectus Inside Cover Page.

512      Undertakings.                                              Not Applicable.

601      Exhibits.                                                  Not Applicable.

701      Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities.                   Transactions Between The Company And
                                                                    Related Parties.

702      Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.                 Not Applicable.

801      Securities Act Industry Guides.                            Not Applicable.

802      Exchange Act Industry Guides.                              Not Applicable.



                                                                iii
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                                EXPLANATORY NOTE

     This  Registration  Statement  contains two forms of prospectus:  one to be
used in connection with a primary offering of 900,000 shares of Common Stock and
450,000 Warrants (the "Offering  Prospectus"),  and one to be used in connection
with the secondary sale of 500,100 shares of Common Stock,  3,000,000  Warrants,
and the Common Stock  underlying those Warrants,  by certain Selling  Securities
Holders (the "Selling Securities Holders' Prospectus").  The Offering Prospectus
and the Selling Securities Holders' Prospectus will be identical in all respects
except for the alternate pages for the Selling  Securities  Holders'  Prospectus
included  herein  which  are  labeled  "Alternate  Page for  Selling  Securities
Holders' Prospectus".

                                       iv

<PAGE>






                                    [Red Ink]



Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  And Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.





                                        

<PAGE>



[Logo red, white and blue flag] 
                              Subject To Completion
                                 August 5, 1996
                                    [Red Ink]

PROSPECTUS

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.

                   900,000 Shares Of Common Stock And 450,000
                    Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants

     This  Prospectus  relates to the  offering  (the  "Offering")  by  American
International  Consolidated  Inc. (the  "Company")  of 900,000  shares of common
stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"),  and 450,000 Redeemable Common Stock
Purchase Warrants (the "Warrants")  through Dalton Kent Securities Group,  Inc.,
the representative (the "Representative") of I.A. Rabinowitz & Co. and the other
Underwriters (collectively, the "Underwriters").  The shares of Common Stock and
the Warrants,  which are offered on a firm  commitment  basis,  may be purchased
separately and will be transferable separately upon issuance.

     Each Warrant  entitles the registered  holder thereof to purchase one share
of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share,  subject to adjustment
in certain events,  at any time during the period  commencing on the date hereof
and  expiring on the fifth  anniversary  of the date  hereof.  The  Warrants are
subject to redemption by the Company at $.01 per Warrant at any time  commencing
12 months after the date hereof,  on not less than 30 days' prior written notice
to the holders of the Warrants,  provided that the average  closing bid price of
the Common Stock as reported on The Nasdaq  Stock Market or the average  closing
sale price if listed on a national securities  exchange,  has been at least 150%
of  the  then  current  exercise  price  of the  Warrants,  for  each  of the 20
consecutive business days ending on the third day prior to the date on which the
Company gives notice of redemption.  The Warrants will be exercisable  until the
close  of  business  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  date  fixed  for
redemption. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES-Warrants".

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock or the  Warrants,  and there can be no assurance  that any such market for
the  Common  Stock or the  Warrants  will  develop  after  the  closing  of this
Offering, or that, if developed, it will be sustained. The offering price of the
Common Stock and the Warrants and the initial  exercise price and other terms of
the  Warrants  were  established  by  negotiation  between  the  Company and the
Underwriter and do not necessarily bear any direct relationship to the Company's
assets,  earnings,  book value per share or other generally accepted criteria of
value. See  "UNDERWRITING".  The Company has applied for quotation of the Common
Stock and the  Warrants  on The  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  ("NASDAQ")  under the
trading  symbols "AICI" and "AICIW,"  respectively.  The Company also intends to
apply for  listing  of the Common  Stock and the  Warrants  on The Boston  Stock
Exchange ("BSE") under the trading symbols "AICI" and "AICW", respectively.

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND INVESTMENT THEREIN INVOLVES A
HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS  REGARDING AN INVESTMENT
IN THE COMPANY AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION,  SEE "RISK FACTORS" (PAGE 9)
AND "DILUTION" (PAGE 19).

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE COMMISSION NOR HAS
THE  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



                                        1

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

=============================================================================================================================
                                                                           Underwriting
                                           Price To Public (1)            Discount And                 Proceeds To
                                                                        Commissions (3)(4)            Company (4)(5)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                            <C>                          <C>   

Per Share (2)                                   $     5.00                 $   0.50                     $     4.50

Per Warrant                                     $      .10                 $   0.01                     $      .09

Total (2)                                       $4,545,000                 $454,500                     $4,090,500

=============================================================================================================================

                                                   (See Notes on following page)
</TABLE>


     The Common Stock and Warrants are being offered by the Company  through the
Underwriters  on  a  firm  commitment   basis.  The  Offering  is  made  by  the
Underwriters,  subject to the Underwriters' right to reject any subscription, in
whole or in part, or to withdraw or cancel the Offering  without  notice.  It is
expected that delivery of the certificates representing the Common Stock and the
Warrants  will  be  made  against  payment   therefor  at  the  offices  of  the
Representative,  330  Seventh  Avenue,  New  York,  New  York  10001 on or about
_________, 1996.




Dalton Kent Securities Group, Inc.                      I.A. Rabinowitz & Co.



                  The date of this Prospectus is August 5, 1996


                                        2

<PAGE>
                                      Notes

(1)  The offering price has been arbitrarily  determined by negotiations between
     the Company and the Representative. See "RISK FACTORS".

(2)  The Common Stock and Warrants are offered on a "firm  underwriting"  basis.
     The  Common  Stock  and  Warrants  are  offered,  subject  to  receipt  and
     acceptance  by the  Underwriters,  to prior  sale and to the  Underwriters'
     right to reject any order in whole or in part and to withdraw,  cancel,  or
     modify  the  offer  without   notice.   The  Company  has  granted  to  the
     Underwriters an option, solely to cover over-allotments of the Offering, to
     purchase  all or any part of 15  percent  of the total  number of shares of
     Common  Stock and Warrants for a period of 45 days from the date of closing
     of the  Offering  at the price to public and  subject  to the  underwriting
     discount and commissions shown in the above table. See "UNDERWRITING".  The
     Underwriters  reserve  the right to reject  subscriptions  for any  reason,
     including without limitation,  because the Underwriters  determine that the
     subscriber  is not  qualified  to  purchase  the Common  Stock or  Warrants
     because either (i) the Offering has not been qualified in the  subscriber's
     jurisdiction,  or (ii) the  Underwriters  do not believe the  investment is
     suitable for the subscriber based on the investment profile and strategy of
     the subscriber.  In addition,  the  Underwriters  may reject a subscription
     because the Offering has been oversubscribed.

(3)  The Underwriters will receive a non-accountable  expense allowance equal to
     three percent, or $136,350, of the $4,545,000 aggregate offering amount, of
     which $25,000 already has been advanced by the Company.

     Upon the closing of this Offering, the Company will enter into a consulting
     and merger and acquisition  agreement with the  Representative  pursuant to
     which the Representative will receive a consulting fee of $108,000, payable
     at the Closing,  for services to be rendered by the  Representative  to the
     Company for three years commencing on the closing date of the Offering.


     The  Underwriting  Agreement also provides for  reciprocal  indemnification
     between the Company and the  Underwriters,  including  liabilities  arising
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  See "SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
     COMMISSION POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION".

(4)  Upon the closing of the Offering, the Company will sell to the Underwriters
     and/or their designees, for an aggregate price of $10, warrants to purchase
     90,000  shares of Common  Stock and  45,000  Warrants  (the  "Underwriters'
     Warrants").  The Underwriters' Warrants will entitle the holder to purchase
     the  shares of  Common  Stock at a  purchase  price of $6 per share and the
     Warrants  at a  purchase  price  of $.12  per  Warrant.  The  Warrants  are
     exercisable  at $6.00 per share during the four year period  commencing one
     year after the date of this Prospectus. See "UNDERWRITING".

(5)  These  amounts  represent  the proceeds to the Company after payment of the
     underwriting  commissions,  but before deduction of other offering expenses
     estimated at $554,000  (approximately $296,000 of which will have been paid
     prior  to   closing).   These   other   offering   expenses   include   the
     non-accountable  expense  allowance  to the  Underwriters  of $136,350  and
     additional  offering  expenses  estimated  at  $417,650  for  filing  fees,
     printing  costs,  legal and accounting  fees, and  miscellaneous  expenses.
     After allowing for all such expenses and prior  payments,  the net proceeds
     to the Company from this Offering are expected to be $3,832,500.


                                        3

<PAGE>

     In addition,  26 persons (the "Selling Securities  Holders") who previously
purchased  500,100  shares of Common Stock and  3,000,000  Warrants in a private
offering that was exempt from  registration  under federal and state  securities
laws are proposing to sell those shares and warrants to the public.  The Company
also is  registering  the  exercise of those  warrants  by persons who  purchase
warrants  from the Selling  Securities  Holders and resales of the Common  Stock
issuable  upon the  exercise of warrants  by the Selling  Securities  Holders or
persons  who  purchase  warrants  from the  Selling  Securities  Holders.  These
transactions are being registered by separate Prospectus  concurrently with this
Offering.  The Company  will not receive  any of the  proceeds  from the sale of
shares and warrants by the Selling Securities Holders.

     The  Company  intends to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  consolidated  financial  statements audited and reported upon by its
independent  certified  public  accountants  after the end of each fiscal  year,
commencing  with its  fiscal  year  ending  April  30,  1997.  The  Company  may
distribute quarterly reports containing unaudited interim financial information.
The Company also will furnish  stockholders  with such other periodic reports as
the Company may determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law.

     Officers,  directors and affiliates of the Company,  and persons associated
with them,  may  purchase  Common  Stock or  Warrants in the  offering.  If such
purchases are made,  they will be made solely with a view toward  investment and
not resale.  It is not expected that purchases by officers,  directors and their
affiliates will exceed five percent of the Common Stock or Warrants.

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITER MAY EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS
WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AND/OR WARRANTS
OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE EFFECTED IN THE  OVER-THE-COUNTER  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

     THE COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS ARE OFFERED SUBJECT TO PRIOR SALE, ALLOTMENT,
WITHDRAWAL,  CANCELLATION OR MODIFICATION OF THE OFFERING  WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.
THE  UNDERWRITER  RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY  SUBSCRIPTION  IN WHOLE OR IN
PART. THE OFFERING CANNOT BE MODIFIED UNLESS AN AMENDED  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
IS FILED AND DECLARED EFFECTIVE BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

     THE COMPANY HAS NOT  PREVIOUSLY  FILED ANY REPORTS WITH THE  SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND CURRENTLY IS NOT A REPORTING COMPANY.

     ANY DOCUMENT WHICH IS  INCORPORATED  BY REFERENCE  HEREIN BUT NOT DELIVERED
HEREWITH,  MAY BE REQUESTED BY ANY PERSON TO WHOM THIS  PROSPECTUS IS DELIVERED.
SUCH REQUESTS SHALL BE MADE TO AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  CONSOLIDATED INC., 14603
CHRISMAN, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77039, TELEPHONE NUMBER (713) 449-9000. DELIVERY OF THE
REQUESTED DOCUMENTS WILL BE MADE WITHOUT CHARGE.






                                        4

<PAGE>

                 DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This Prospectus includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 27A of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),
and  Section  21E of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended  (the
"Exchange  Act").  All  statements  other than  statements  of  historical  fact
included in this Prospectus,including  without limitation,  the statements under
"PROSPECTUS SUMMARY", "RISK FACTORS-Risk Factors Relating To The Business Of The
Company",  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS- Liquidity And Capital Resources", "BUSINESS-Business Plan
And Strategy", "-- Indebtedness To Major Supplier" and "--FCLT Loans", and Notes
3, 7, and 8 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements  located elsewhere herein
regarding  the Company's  financial  position and  liquidity,  the amount of its
ability to make debt service payments,  its strategies,  financial  instruments,
and other matters, are forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes
that  the  expectations   reflected  in  such  forward-looking   statements  are
reasonable,  it can give no assurance that such  expectations will prove to have
been  correct.  Important  factors  that could  cause  actual  results to differ
materially  from  the  Company's  expectations   ("Cautionary  Statements")  are
disclosed in this Prospectus,  including without  limitation in conjunction with
the  forward-looking  statements  included in this  Prospectus.  All  subsequent
written  and oral  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to the  Company or
persons  acting on its behalf are expressly  qualified in their  entirety by the
Cautionary Statements.



                                        5

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The Company

     American International  Consolidated Inc. (the "Company") is a manufacturer
and general  contractor  that focuses  primarily on three types of  construction
products:  mini-warehouses  and  self-storage  facilities;  metal  buildings and
structural steel projects; and cold storage, including refrigerated and freezer,
buildings.  The Company's services range from the start, or construction design,
phase  to the  finish,  or  erection,  phase  of a  project,  including  general
construction,   construction  management,  design,  manufacture,  building,  and
turnkey services.  The Company selects,  coordinates and manages  subcontractors
for  substantially  all phases of the work,  except  for  design,  erection  and
manufacture  of certain  metal  building  components.  The Company also provides
oversight and supervision of the entire construction process for each project.

     The Company intends to take advantage of its increased capital and improved
financial  condition  resulting from this Offering by (i)  increasing  revenues,
operating margins and profitability  through the following:  establishment of an
in-house trim shop,  expansion of its metal  buildings  manufacturing  facility,
decreasing  interest  expense (from reduction of debt),  and decreasing  bonding
costs; and (ii) increasing  business volume through  increasing bonding capacity
in order to access larger projects and other new business,  undertaking  planned
domestic and international marketing programs, and increasing business referrals
from suppliers and other business  contacts.  See  "BUSINESS--Business  Plan And
Strategy"  for a more  detailed  description  of this strategy and each of these
items. See also "USE OF PROCEEDS".

     The Company's principal executive and administrative offices are located at
14603 Chrisman, Houston, Texas 77039, telephone number (713) 449-9000.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Texas in May 1985 and
changed its state of  incorporation  to Delaware in June 1994. In July 1996, the
Company  changed  its name to  American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  from
American International Construction Inc.

The Offering

Securities Offered                      The Company is  offering,  for $5.00 per
                                        share,  900,000  shares of the Company's
                                        common  stock (the  "Common  Stock") and
                                        450,000 redeemable common stock purchase
                                        warrants (the "Warrants").  Each Warrant
                                        entitles  the  holder  to  purchase  one
                                        share of  Common  Stock  for  $5.00  per
                                        share during the period beginning on the
                                        date of this  prospectus and ending five
                                        years from the date of this  prospectus.
                                        See "DESCRIP- TION OF SECURITIES".

Offering Price                          $ 5.00 per share of Common Stock
                                        $ .10 per Warrant

Warrant  Exercise Price                 $  5.00  per  share  of  Common   Stock,
                                        subject   to   adjustments   in  certain
                                        circumstances

Warrant                                 Exercise Period The Period commencing on
                                        the date of this prospectus and expiring
                                        on  __________,  2001.  Shares of Common
                                        Stock  outstanding  prior  to  Offering:
                                        2,900,100

Shares of Common Stock offered (1):     900,000

Shares of Common Stock outstanding
  after the Offering:                   3,800,100

Warrants outstanding prior to
  Offering:                             3,000,000

Warrants offered:                         450,000



                                        6

<PAGE>


Warrants outstanding after
  the Offering:                         3,450,000

Shares of Common Stock  Outstanding 
  after the Offering assuming exercise
  of all Warrants offered in Offering
  and previously outstanding:           7,250,100

Estimated net proceeds to the
 Company (2):                         $ 3,832,500

- --------------------

(1)  Does not include (i) up to 450,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
     exercise  of the  Warrants  included  in the  Offering,  (ii) up to 135,000
     shares of Common Stock included in the Underwriters' over-allotment option,
     (iii) up to 135,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of the
     Underwriters'  Warrants and the warrants  issuable to the Underwriters upon
     the exercise of the  Underwriters'  Warrants,  and (iv) 3,000,000 shares of
     Common Stock issuable upon exercise of previously outstanding warrants. See
     "UNDERWRITING".

(2)  This amount is after deduction of aggregate selling commissions of $454,500
     and of $258,000 as the unpaid portion of the other total estimated offering
     expenses of $355,000.

Redemption Of The Warrants              The  Warrants  are   redeemable  by  the
                                        Company  at a price of $.01 per  Warrant
                                        upon 30 days prior  written or published
                                        notice at any time  commencing 12 months
                                        after  the date of this  Prospectus  and
                                        prior to their  exercise or  expiration,
                                        provided  however,  that the closing bid
                                        quotation  for the Common Stock for each
                                        of the 20 consecutive business days end-
                                        ing  on  the  third  day  prior  to  the
                                        Company's  giving  notice of  redemption
                                        has been at  least  150  percent  of the
                                        then  effective  exercise  price  of the
                                        Warrants.     The    Warrants     remain
                                        exercisable  during  the  30-day  notice
                                        period.  Any  Warrantholder who does not
                                        exercise that holder's Warrants prior to
                                        their  expiration or redemption,  as the
                                        case  may  be,  forfeits  that  holder's
                                        right to  purchase  the shares of Common
                                        Stock   underlying  the  Warrants.   See
                                        "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES--Common Stock
                                        Purchase Warrants--Redemption".

Use Of Proceeds                         Net  proceeds  are  intended  to be used
                                        primarily for  establishing an in- house
                                        trim shop, expanding the capacity of the
                                        Company's  metal  buildings   production
                                        facility,     undertaking     additional
                                        marketing    activities,    payment   of
                                        outstanding indebtedness, and increasing
                                        working capital, which is anticipated to
                                        enable  the  Company  to  increase   its
                                        bonding line.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS" and
                                        "BUSINESS".

Risk  Factors                           The securities  offered hereby involve a
                                        high  degree  of  risk  and  substantial
                                        immediate dilution to new investors. See
                                        "CERTAIN RISK FACTORS" and "DILUTION".

NASDAQ Symbols                          Common Stock - AICI    Warrants - AICIW

Boston Exchange Symbol                  Common Stock - AIC     Warrants - AICW



                                        7

<PAGE>




Summary Selected Financial Data

     The financial  statements included in this Prospectus set forth information
regarding the Company as of and for the fiscal years ended April 30, 1996,  1995
and 1994 (audited). See "FINANCIAL INFORMATION".  The summary selected financial
data shown below is derived  from,  and is  qualified  in its entirety by, those
financial statements, which are contained in the "FINANCIAL INFORMATION" section
of this Prospectus.




                                        Fiscal Year Ended April 30
                                        --------------------------

                                         1995                 1996
                                         ----                 ----
                                        Actual               Actual

Operating Results:

Revenues.......................         $24,317,051         $31,184,828

Net Income.....................             186,662             351,570

Net Income Per share (1).......                 .08                 .15

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Fiscal Year
                                                                                    Ended
                                                                                April 30, 1996
Balance Sheet Data:                                                             As Adjusted(1)
- -------------------                                                             --------------
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>              <C>    

Working Capital (Deficit)......         (1,405,511)             836,774            2,182,037

Total assets...................           5,487,091           7,346,083            9,383,000

Long Term Debt ................             453,868           2,422,292            1,222,292

Total liabilities..............           6,059,154           7,566,576            6,066,576

Accumulated (deficit)..........           (720,218)            (368,648)            (368,648)
Stockholders' equity
  (deficit)....................           (572,063)            (220,493)           3,316,007

 --------------------

(1)  As adjusted for (a) $300,000 loan  consummated in July 1996 and (b) net proceeds from this
     Offering,  including  repayment of $1.2 million of long-term debt and $300,000 of unsecured
     notes. See, "USE OF PROCEEDS".


                                                         8
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     THE COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS  BEING OFFERED  INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK
AND, THEREFORE,  SHOULD BE CONSIDERED EXTREMELY SPECULATIVE.  THEY SHOULD NOT BE
PURCHASED  BY PERSONS  WHO CANNOT  AFFORD THE  POSSIBILITY  OF THE LOSS OF THEIR
ENTIRE INVESTMENT.  Prospective investors should consider carefully, among other
factors,  the risk  factors  and other  special  considerations  relating to the
Company and this offering set forth below.

Risk Factors Relating To The Business Of The Company
- ----------------------------------------------------

     1. Possibility Of Unprofitable  Operations.  The Company's  audited results
for each of the fiscal years ended April 30, 1996 and 1995 resulted in a profit;
however,  the Company  incurred  operating  losses for each of the fiscal  years
ended  April  30,  1994,  1993 and  1992,  and  there is no  assurance  that the
operations   of  the   Company   will  be   profitable   in  the   future.   See
"BUSINESS--Business Plan And Strategy" and "FINANCIAL INFORMATION".

     2.  Limited  Financial  Resources,  Negative  Net  Worth,  And  Outstanding
Obligations.  The Company has limited financial resources  available,  which has
had an adverse impact on the Company's liquidity.  Its activities and operations
to date have  resulted in a negative net worth.  There is no assurance  that the
proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient to successfully  develop,  produce,
and  market  the  Company's  services.  The  Company  may be forced to limit its
activities  because of the lack of  availability of adequate  financing.  In the
past, the Company's limited liquidity has limited the amount of credit available
from the Company's suppliers. If the Company were not to have adequate financing
available in the future, it is likely that this credit limitation would continue
and that the Company's  domestic and  international  marketing would be directly
affected,  which would  impair the  Company's  ability to increase  its business
volume.

     The Company's  negative net worth and  financial  condition in general have
prevented the Company from being able to obtain  performance  and payment bonds,
which has limited the  Company's  ability to obtain  certain  projects.  If this
Offering is successfully completed, the Company believes that it will be able to
increase  its bonding line and thereby  increase  the jobs  available to it. See
"BUSINESS-  Business  Plan and Strategy --  Strengthen  Financial  Condition and
Increase Bonding Capacity".

     3.  Outstanding  Indebtedness.  As of April 30, 1996,  the Company owed its
major supplier of raw materials (the "Supplier") $1,065,825 for accounts payable
and an additional  $2,400,000 that is evidenced by a note (the "Note") and other
related  loan  documents.  The Company is  required  to make weekly  payments of
$11,537 for outstanding  principal and accrued  interest on the Note until April
30,  2001.  If this  Offering is  successfully  completed,  of which there is no
assurance, the Company intends to use $1.2 million of the proceeds to reduce the
balance of the Note to approximately $1.1 million,  which will reduce the weekly
payments to approximately $6,000 per week. Pursuant to the terms of the Note, it
is an event of default if the Company's net income  before  interest  expense is
less than 1.5 percent of the Company's total sales for any fiscal year beginning
with the fiscal year ending April 30, 1997.  Although the Company would not have
satisfied  this  requirement  for any of its previous  fiscal years,  management
believes  that  it  will  be  able  to do so for  fiscal  1997  and  thereafter.
Nevertheless,  there  is  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  satisfy  this
requirement.  If this requirement is not satisfied, the Company will be required
to obtain alternate financing, receive a waiver from the Supplier, or default on
the Note. See "BUSINESS--Indebtedness To Major Supplier".


                                        9

<PAGE>



     As of April 30, 1996,  the Company also owed an aggregate of  approximately
$373,000 to FCLT, L.P., a Texas limited  partnership  ("FCLT"),  pursuant to two
loans that are payable in June 1998,  are  collateralized  by the Company's land
and buildings,  and are guaranteed by the three  principal  stockholders  of the
Company.  Aggregate  monthly  payments  on  these  two  loans  are  $6,082.  See
"BUSINESS--Outstanding Bank Loans".

     The  Company  has  other   long-term   obligations   of  an   aggregate  of
approximately $202,000 at April 30, 1996 that require aggregate monthly payments
of  approximately  $312,000.  The Company also is the obligor on an aggregate of
$300,000  principal  amount of  unsecured  notes  that  will be repaid  from the
proceeds of this Offering. See "USE OF PROCEEDS".

     The Company believes it will be able to make all monthly debt payments from
its  operating  funds and that it will be able to satisfy the June 1998  balloon
payments  on the two bank  loans  either  through  operating  funds  or  through
refinancing.  However,  there is no assurance that this will be the case or that
the Company's  indebtedness  will not have a significant  negative impact on the
Company's operations.

     4. Fluctuations In Industry Construction Activity.  Although most recently,
new construction projects for storage facilities,  warehouses and pre-engineered
metal buildings and freezer/refrigerated  facilities, as well as renovations and
remodeling  projects,  have occurred at a historically active rate, new projects
were not as numerous in prior years.  These  fluctuations  in industry  activity
result from numerous factors,  including general economic  conditions,  interest
rates and the general real estate market.  There can be no assurance that future
demand for the  Company's  services  will be adequate for the Company to operate
profitably.

     5. Uncertain  Markets And Market  Acceptance.  No assurance can be given of
market acceptance or profitability  from sales of the Company's current services
or that sales of future services will be profitable.  The Company's  industry is
extremely competitive and subject to numerous changes. See "BUSINESS".

     6. Competition.  The Company competes, in a highly competitive environment,
with many  companies in the  manufacture,  construction  and erection of storage
facilities,  warehouses,  pre-engineered  metal buildings,  freezer/refrigerated
facilities,  and other  construction  services.  Many of the  Company's  primary
competitors  not only have greater  resources  than the Company,  they also have
larger  administrative  staffs and more available service personnel.  The larger
competitors also may use their greater financial resources to develop and market
their  services.  The  presence  of  these  competitors  may  be  a  significant
impediment  to any  attempts  by the  Company to  develop  its  business.  Major
competitive factors include product knowledge,  experience,  past relationships,
quality  of  performance,   financial  condition,  reputation,  timeliness,  and
pricing.  The Company  believes  that it ranks  highly and  therefore  will have
certain competitive advantages in attempting to develop and market its services,
including  the  Company's  excellent  relationships  with its  past and  current
customers,  which has led to "repeat" business, the Company's product knowledge,
experience, past relationships,  quality of performance, reputation and pricing,
and the Company's ability to respond to customer requests more quickly than some
larger competitors. For the year ended April 30, 1996, approximately 43% percent
of the Company's business was derived from repeat customers; however there is no
assurance  that this will  occur in the  future.  None of the  Company's  repeat
business is derived from long-term  contracts,  and all repeat business  results
from  separately  negotiated  contracts.  With  respect  to lower  rankings  for
competitive  factors,  the Company's  capitalization  prior to this Offering has
placed it at a  competitive  disadvantage  in the past but the Company  believes
that as a result of this Offering it will increase its ability to compete on the
basis of financial  condition.  However,  there is no  assurance  that this will
prove correct. See "BUSINESS-- Marketing" and "BUSINESS--Industry Environment".


                                       10

<PAGE>

     7. Exposure To Construction Related Litigation.  The construction  industry
has a high incidence of litigation,  and as a participant in this industry,  the
Company is constantly exposed to the risk of litigation. Even though the Company
maintains insurance for these matters in amounts customary in the industry,  and
even if the  Company  prevails  in any such  litigation,  of  which  there is no
assurance,  the management time and out-of-pocket expense expended in commercial
litigation could have an adverse impact on the Company.

     8. Past Dependence On Major Customers.  During the fiscal years ended April
30,  1995 and 1994,  U-Haul,  Inc.  accounted  for  approximately  $4.8 and $4.9
million, respectively, or approximately 20 percent and 19 percent, respectively,
of the Company's  total  revenues.  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996,
U-Haul,  Inc.  accounted for approximately $8.1 Million,  or 26 percent,  of the
Company's  total  revenues.  The Company  negotiates  each  project  with U-Haul
separately  as there is no contract  with U-Haul  covering the  construction  of
future  projects.  The loss of U-Haul,  Inc.'s  business could have a materially
adverse effect on the Company. Also during the fiscal year ended April 30, 1994,
another customer,  with a contract for cold storage construction,  accounted for
approximately  22 percent of the  Company's  total  revenues.  This contract was
entered  into as a one-time  project,  and the Company does not  anticipate  any
future business from this customer. See "BUSINESS--Reliance On Major Customers".

     9.  Previous  Experience  In  International  Markets.  The Company plans to
expand its business in  international  markets but a significant  portion of its
past experiences in international markets has been unprofitable. The past losses
from international  business occurred in situations in which the Company had set
up satellite  offices in other countries,  such as Guam and Puerto Rico, and the
cost of  operating  and  maintaining  these  offices  was too  great to  operate
profitably.  The Company has closed its offices in Puerto Rico and in Guam,  and
believes  that  it will be able  to  conduct  business  internationally  without
opening  satellite  offices.  The Company  currently  is doing a small amount of
business  internationally  through an  international  sales force located in its
Houston, Texas headquarters.  Although there can be no assurance,  management of
the Company believes that despite past losses in international  markets, it will
be able to operate  profitably in international  markets in the future.  This is
based on the  Company's  belief that  because it is  accustomed  to  undertaking
projects in areas  geographically  separated  from its home  office,  it will be
better  suited to serving  customers in foreign  markets than  competitors  that
generally  operate in  proximity to their home base.  The Company also  believes
that it will  be able to  operate  profitably  in  foreign  markets  because  it
believes  the demand in those  markets  currently  exceeds the  availability  of
qualified companies to service them.

     10. Availability Of Labor. In order to minimize overhead, the Company often
contracts with independent third parties to provide a substantial portion of the
labor for its construction projects. Therefore, the Company's ability to provide
these services is dependent upon outside  sources of workers and this may result
in delays in the  completion  of  contracts  due to the  unavailability  of such
labor.  The  Company  is not  currently  experiencing,  and has not in the  past
experienced, a shortage of labor.

     11.  Possible  Effect Of  Subcontractors'  Use Of Unionized  Labor.  At the
current  time,  the use of  unionized  labor by  subcontractors  engaged  by the
Company does not have a significant effect on the Company because subcontractors
tend to use unionized  labor only in areas where there is a heavy  concentration
of unionized labor, and because in those areas other  contractors in competition
with the Company most often  utilize  unionized  labor so that there would be no
competitive  advantages or disadvantages  to the Company.  There is no assurance
that this situation will remain constant in the future.


                                       11

<PAGE>

     12.  Dependence  On Key  Personnel.  The  success of the Company is largely
dependent  upon the  efforts  of John  Wilson,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and a
director of the Company, Danny Clemons, President and a director of the Company,
R. L. Farrar, Vice President of Operations,  Treasurer, Secretary and a director
of the Company, and Jim Williams, Vice President of Finance, Assistant Secretary
and a director of the Company.  The loss of the services of any of these persons
or the loss of the services of Jimmy M. Rogers,  head of the  Company's  Thermal
System  Division,  could be  detrimental to the Company as there is no assurance
that  the  Company  could  replace  any  of  them  adequately  at an  affordable
compensation  level. See  "MANAGEMENT".  The Company has entered into employment
agreements  with  each of the  above  officers.  See  "REMUNERATION--Employments
Contracts And Termination Of Employment And Change-In-Control Arrangements". The
Company is the beneficiary for $500,000 of key-man term life insurance  coverage
on each of Messrs.  Wilson,  Clemons,  Farrar, Rogers and Williams.  There is no
assurance that these  insurance  policies will provide the Company with adequate
compensation in the event of the death of any of the insured.

     13. Government Regulation And Workers Compensation  Insurance.  The Company
is subject to government regulation of its business operations. In addition, the
Company's  construction  activities  must  meet with the  requirements  of local
building codes,  and the Company is required to provide workers  compensation or
alternate insurance coverage for the Company's employees.  Because of the nature
of the Company's business in construction  services,  the cost of this insurance
for the Company's  on-site employees is higher relative to the cost of insurance
coverage for the Company's office personnel. When construction work is performed
on behalf of the  Company by  subcontractors,  the  subcontractors,  and not the
Company, pay the direct costs of insurance for the construction  workers.  There
is no assurance that subsequent  changes in laws or regulations  will not affect
the Company's operations adversely.

     14.  Possible  Need For Future  Financing.  The Company  believes  that the
proceeds of this offering  will enable it to  accomplish  the purposes set forth
under "BUSINESS", although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
If the  proceeds of this  offering  are not  sufficient,  the  Company  would be
required  to seek  additional  financing  to enable it to conduct  its  business
operations.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain
such financing on acceptable  terms.  Any such  additional  financing may entail
substantial  dilution  of the equity of the  then-existing  stockholders  of the
Company.   The  availability  of  additional  financing  may  be  restricted  by
provisions in the underwriting  agreement with the Underwriter that require, for
a period  of 24  months  after  this  Offering,  that  the  Company  obtain  the
Underwriter's  permission in order to issue  securities for financing  purposes.
See "UNDERWRITING".

     15. Use Of Proceeds Not  Specific.  The proceeds of this offering have been
allocated only generally. The specific uses of investors' funds will depend upon
the business  judgment of management,  upon which the investors must rely,  with
only limited  information about management's  specific  intentions.  See "USE OF
PROCEEDS" and "BUSINESS".

     16. Potential  Conflicts Of Interest.  Potential  conflicts of interest may
arise between the Company and its officers and directors.  Each of the Company's
officers and directors may be engaged in other  business  activities in addition
to his  involvement  with the  Company.  As a result,  conflicts of interest may
arise in the area of corporate  opportunities or in the area of conflicting time
commitments with respect to the officers and directors of the Company. Conflicts
of interest may also develop with respect to contractual  relationships that may
be entered into between the Company and any of its officers and  directors.  See
"TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES".

     At the  present  time,  there are not any  material  conflicts  of interest
between the Company and any of its officers or  directors,  except to the extent
that their respective positions as large stockholders might present conflicts of


                                       12

<PAGE>


interest.  A previously  existing  conflict of interest was resolved in May 1994
when AIC Management,  Inc. merged with and into the Company.  At the time of the
merger, AIC Management,  Inc. owned the land and buildings that are utilized for
the   Company's   administrative   offices  as  well  as  its  metal   buildings
manufacturing  facility. The shareholders and directors of AIC Management,  Inc.
at the time of the merger were Messrs.  Clemons,  Farrar and Wilson, who are the
three largest stockholders and three of the four directors of the Company.

     The Company has not established any special procedures for dealing with any
such conflicts. In the event any conflicts of interest arise with respect to any
officer or director of the Company,  the Company  anticipates  that its officers
and directors  will exercise  their  judgment  consistent  with their  fiduciary
duties arising under the applicable  state laws.  There can be no assurance that
all conflicts of interest will be resolved in favor of the Company.

Risk Factors Concerning This Offering And The Securities Offered
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

     17. Significant  Dilution To Investors.  An investor in this Offering will,
immediately after the Offering,  incur  significant  dilution from the amount of
his  initial  investment,  as compared to the book value per share of the Common
Stock  purchased.  Dilution to new investors will be $4.13,  or 83 percent,  per
share of Common  Stock.  It appears that  significant  dilution also will be the
case for any  exercise of  Warrants in the  foreseeable  future,  although  this
cannot be certain  because  the amount of any such  dilution  will depend on the
future business operations and other activities of the Company. See "DILUTION".

     18. Control By Present  Stockholders  And  Management.  After the Offering,
Management of the Company will remain in effective  control of the Company as it
will own enough  shares in the  aggregate  that it would be able to elect all of
the  directors of the Company,  and the  investors in this  Offering,  voting by
themselves  as a group,  would not be able to elect any of the  directors of the
Company. See "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS" and "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".

     19. No Dividends.  Since its  inception,  the Company has paid no dividends
with respect to its Common Stock and it does not contemplate paying dividends in
the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company  currently  is  prohibited  from  paying
dividends  by its  agreements  with a  supplier  to  whom  it is  indebted.  See
"BUSINESS--Indebtedness To Major Supplier".

     20. No Assurance Of Market For Common Stock Or Warrants. There currently is
no  public  market  for  the  Common  Stock  or  Warrants   (collectively,   the
"Securities")  being  offered,  and no assurance can be given that a market will
develop.  The Company has not taken any steps to create an  aftermarket  for the
Securities and has made no arrangements  with  broker-dealers to serve as market
makers  in the  Securities.  If a trading  market  does  develop  for any of the
Securities,  the  prices may be highly  volatile.  None of the  Underwriters  is
obligated  to make a market in any of the  Securities  upon  completion  of this
offering,  and, even if an  Underwriter  makes a market  following the Offering,
there is no assurance that it will continue to do so in the future. In addition,
if a market for any of the Securities  does develop,  and the Securities are not
traded on the Nasdaq  Small-Cap Market system and are sold below certain prices,
many brokerage firms may not effect transactions in the Securities, and sales of
the Securities may be subject to Securities And Exchange Commission ("SEC") Rule
15g-9. See below, "Risk Factor No. ". Trading in the Securities, if any, will be
limited to the  Nasdaq  Small-Cap  Market  system  or, if the  Company  does not
qualify or  continue  to qualify  for  listing  on the Nasdaq  Small-Cap  Market
system,  the  electronic  bulletin board or the "pink sheets" used by members of
the National Association Of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD"). If a market does
not develop for the Securities, it may be difficult or impossible for purchasers
to resell the  Securities.  There is no assurance that any of the Securities can
ever be sold at the offered price or at any price.

                                       13

<PAGE>

     21. Possible Effects Of SEC And NASDAQ Rules On Market For Common Stock And
Warrants.  The  Company  has  applied to the NASD for  listing of the  Company's
Securities  on the  NASDAQ  Market  System  following  the  completion  of  this
offering.  In order for the  Company's  Securities  to be  eligible  for initial
listing on the Nasdaq Small-Cap Market system ("NASDAQ"),  the Company must have
total assets of at least $4 million, capital and surplus of at least $2 million,
and a minimum bid price of at least $3 per security. After the Company initially
has been  listed for  trading on NASDAQ,  in order to  continue  to be listed on
NASDAQ,  the Company must  continue to have total assets of at least $2 million,
capital and  surplus of at least $1  million,  and a price per share of at least
$1. There is no  assurance  that the Company will be able to meet the initial or
continued requirements for NASDAQ.

     If (i) the  Company's  Securities  are no longer  eligible  for  trading on
NASDAQ, and (ii) those Securities are traded for less than $5 per security, then
unless the  Company's net tangible  assets exceed  $2,000,000 or the Company has
had average  revenue of at least  $6,000,000  for the last three (3) years,  the
respective security (a "Low-Priced  Security") will be subject to SEC Rule 15g-9
concerning  sales of low-priced  securities or "penny stock" unless the security
is otherwise exempt from Rule 15g-9. Pursuant to Rule 15g-9, prior to concluding
a sale, a broker-dealer  must make a special  suitability  determination for the
purchaser  and receive the  purchaser's  written  representations  and agreement
concerning  the  transaction.   In  addition,   Rule  15g-2  generally  requires
broker-dealers to provide customers for whom they are effecting  transactions in
a Low-Priced Security, before the transactions,  with a standard risk disclosure
document  describing the customer's  right to disclosures of the (i) current bid
and ask  quotations,  if any, (ii)  compensation  of the  broker-dealer  and the
salesperson in the transaction, and (iii) monthly account statements showing the
market value of such stock held in the customer's  account.  If the Common Stock
or Warrants  individually trade for more than $5 per security,  then these rules
will not apply to transactions in the respective  security  trading for over $5.
To the extent that the respective security becomes a Low-Priced Security,  these
rules will apply and may have a negative effect on the desire of brokers to sell
the Company's Securities,  may have a negative effect on the brokers' ability to
do so, and also may have a negative  effect on the ability of purchasers in this
offering to sell the Company's securities in the secondary market.

     22.  Underwriters'  Influence  On  Possible  Market  For  Common  Stock And
Warrants. A significant amount of the Securities to be sold in this Offering may
be sold to customers  of the  Underwriters.  These  customers  subsequently  may
engage in transactions  for the sale or purchase of such  Securities  through or
with the  Underwriters.  Although they have no legal obligation or commitment to
do so,  one or more of the  Underwriters  may from  time to time  become  market
makers and otherwise effect transactions in such Securities. An Underwriter,  if
it participates  in the market,  may be the sole or primary market maker, it may
effect a large proportion of all transactions in the Securities,  and it may for
these or other reasons be a dominating influence in the market, if one develops,
for  the  Securities.  The  prices  and  liquidity  of  the  Securities  may  be
significantly affected by the degree, if any, of the Underwriters' participation
in such market. In these situations, the price of the Securities as quoted by an
Underwriter may not be subject to an independent market for the Securities.

     23. Shares Eligible For Future Sales.  The Company has a total of 2,900,100
shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding that are "restricted  securities".
Restricted  securities  may be sold in a registered  public  offering  under the
Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "1933  Act"),  or in  open-market
transactions  in  compliance  with  Rule 144  adopted  under the 1933 Act if the
conditions of Rule 144 are satisfied. Generally, Rule 144 provides that, subject
to current information being publicly available concerning the Company, after a


                                       14

<PAGE>

person has held the restricted securities for a period of two years, that person
may sell,  in any  three-month  period,  an amount of up to one  percent  of the
Company's  outstanding Common Stock. Persons who have not been affiliates of the
Company for at least three  months and who have held their  shares for more than
three years are not subject to any  limitations on the sale of their  restricted
securities.  Under  Rule  144,  and  subject  to the  sales  volume  limitations
described  above,  2,400,000  shares of Common Stock would  become  eligible for
resale 90 days  after  the date of this  Prospectus;  however,  the  holders  of
2,257,401  of these shares have agreed with the  Underwriter  not to sell any of
these shares  until two years after the date of this  Prospectus  without  first
obtaining the prior written consent of the Underwriter. In addition, the sale by
the Selling  Securities  Holders of 500,100  shares of restricted  Common Stock,
3,000,000  Warrants,  and the 3,000,000  shares of Common Stock underlying those
Warrants is being  registered  pursuant to the  registration  statement of which
this  Prospectus is a part.  Although the sale of the  securities by the Selling
Securities  Holders is being  registered,  the Selling  Securities  Holders have
agreed  with the  Underwriter  that they  will not sell any of these  Securities
until  _________,  1997 [one year after the effective date of this  Registration
Statement] without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Underwriter.
Sales under Rule 144 and by the Selling  Securities  Holders,  whenever they are
made, may have a depressive effect on the price of the Common Stock.

     24.  Possible  Issuance Of Additional  Shares Of Common Stock And Preferred
Stock. Subject to the Representative's right to approve any additional issuances
of Common Stock,  preferred  stock,  and other securities of the Company for one
year after the effective date of the Offering,  under the Company's  Certificate
Of  Incorporation,  the Board Of Directors of the Company has the power to issue
up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company, of which
2,900,100  were  issued and  outstanding  as of June 30,  1996,  and of which an
additional  3,000,000  are reserved for issuance upon the exercise of previously
outstanding Warrants,  without stockholder approval under certain circumstances.
If this were to occur,  of which there is no present  intention,  there would be
additional  equity  dilution  to the  investors  in  this  Offering.  Under  the
Company's  Certificate Of  Incorporation,  the Board Of Directors of the Company
also has the power to issue all the 1,000,000  authorized and unissued shares of
the Company's $1.00 par value preferred stock without stockholder approval under
certain  circumstances.  The Board Of  Directors of the Company has the right to
fix the rights, privileges and preferences of any class of preferred stock to be
issued in the future. Any class of preferred stock that may be authorized in the
future may have rights,  privileges, and preferences senior to the Common Stock.
The  creation of a class of  preferred  stock with  rights  senior to the Common
Stock could be authorized  by the Board Of Directors of the Company  without the
approval of the holders of the Common Stock and may adversely  affect the rights
of  the  holders  of  Common  Stock.   See   "DESCRIPTION   OF  SECURITIES"  and
"UNDERWRITING".

     25.  Arbitrary  Determination Of Offering Price Of Units And Exercise Price
Of  Warrants.  The price at which the Units are being  offered to the public and
the price at which the Warrants are  exercisable for shares of Common Stock have
been determined arbitrarily.  The offering price and exercise price were arrived
at after negotiations  between the Company and the Representative and were based
upon the  Company's  and the  Representative's  assessment  of the  history  and
prospects of the Company, the background of the Company's management and current
conditions  in  the  securities  markets.   Each  of  these  factors  was  given
approximately equal weight.  There is no relationship between the offering price
or the exercise  price and the Company's  assets,  book value,  net worth or any
other economic or recognized criteria of value. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".

     26.  Registration Or Exemption  Required To Exercise  Warrants.  Holders of
Warrants have the right to exercise their Warrants to purchase Common Stock only
if a  registration  statement  relating to those  shares is then in effect or an
exemption from registration is available and only if those shares are qualified


                                       15

<PAGE>

for sale,  or are  deemed  to be exempt  from  qualification,  under  applicable
securities  laws of the state of  residence of the holder of those  shares.  The
Company  intends to have a  registration  statement  in effect at times that the
Warrants are eligible for exercise,  although there can be no assurance that the
Company  will be able to do so.  However,  the  Company  will not be required to
honor the exercise of the  Warrants  if, in its opinion,  the issuance of Common
Stock would be  unlawful  because of the  absence of an  effective  registration
statement or for other  reasons.  If the Company were unable to cause a required
registration  statement  to be  effective  during a period of time when  holders
wished  to  exercise,  the  market  value of the  Warrants  could  be  adversely
affected.

     27. Lack Of  Experience  Of The  Representative  Of The  Underwriters.  The
Representative  became  a  member  of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers, Inc. in May 1996 and has not previously underwritten a public offering.
The  limited   experience  of  the   Representative  may  adversely  affect  the
development of a market for the Common Stock and/or Warrants.  See above "--Risk
Factor No. 20. No Assurance Of Market For Common Stock Or Warrants"  and "--Risk
Factor No. 22.  Underwriters'  Influence On Possible Market For Common Stock And
Warrants".






                                       16

<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net  proceeds to the Company  from this  offering  are  estimated to be
$3,832,500 after deducting selling  commissions and other unpaid expenses of the
offering.  Total selling  commissions equal to ten percent of the gross offering
proceeds  from the Common  Stock and  Warrants,  together  with a three  percent
non-accountable  expense  allowance,  will be allowed to the  Underwriters  upon
consummation  of the offering.  Other expenses of the offering,  estimated to be
$554,000, include printing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, blue sky fees and
costs,  transfer  agent  fees,  SEC,  NASD and  NASDAQ  filing  fees  and  other
miscellaneous costs.  Approximately $296,000 of the total offering expenses will
have been paid prior to closing by the  Company,  leaving  $258,000  of offering
expenses  and  $454,500  of  selling  commissions  to be paid from the  offering
proceeds.   The  $3,832,500  of  net  proceeds  are  expected  to  be  allocated
substantially as follows and applied in the following order of priority,  during
the 12 month period following the offering (1):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Approximate 
                                                                                      Percentage
                                                               Approximate                    of
                                                                    Amount          Net Proceeds
                                                                    ------          ------------
<S>                                                              <C>                    <C>   

Establish In-House Trim Shop; Expand Capacity of Metal
 Buildings Manufacturing Facility (2)......................       $700,000                 18.3%

Domestic and International Marketing Program...............        285,000                  7.5%

Reduction of Secured Note to Major Supplier (3)............      1,200,000                 31.3%

Repayment of Unsecured Notes (4)...........................        300,000                  7.8%

Upgrade Computer Software Systems..........................         50,000                  1.3%

Reduction of Trade Accounts ...............................        300,000                  7.8%

Other Working Capital (5)..................................        997,500                 26.0%
                                                                   -------                 -----

         TOTAL NET PROCEEDS                                     $3,832,500                  100%
                                                                 =========                  ====
</TABLE>

- --------------------

(1)  See  "BUSINESS--Business  Plan And Strategy"  for a description  of how the
     proposed  allocation of proceeds of this Offering  applies to the Company's
     plans.

(2)  A portion of the proceeds for the in-house trim shop, which will be located
     in a portion of the metal buildings  manufacturing  facility,  will be used
     for the  purchase of initial  inventory  of trim  material and of operating
     equipment,  including a press with a bed length of 27 to 33 feet, a hemming
     mill  machine,  a  button  lock  mill  machine,  a trim  break  machine,  a
     cut-to-length-line   machine,  and  four  work  tables.  Expansion  of  the
     manufacturing  facility  also will include the  acquisition  of two 250-ton
     presses, four welding machines, die sets, and miscellaneous hand tools.

(3)  The Company  intends to reduce by $1.2  million the  outstanding  principal
     balance on the outstanding  note to its major  supplier.  When this occurs,
     that note,  which  accrues  interest at one percent over the Prime Rate (as
     designated in The Wall Street  Journal) and matures on April 30, 2001, will
     be adjusted to decrease the weekly  payments from $11,537 to  approximately
     $6,000. See "BUSINESS--Indebtedness To Major Supplier".

                                       17

<PAGE>

(4)  The Company intends to repay the $300,000 of indebtedness that was incurred
     in July  1996 in order to pay for  costs of this  Offering  and to  provide
     immediate working capital. This indebtedness accrues interest at 10 percent
     per annum and is due and payable  upon the earliest to occur of January 24,
     1997 or the closing of any public debt or equity  financing  of the Company
     or the closing of any  transaction  in which the Company's  securities  are
     exchanged  for  securities  of  another   entity   (whether  by  merger  or
     otherwise).

(5)  The  Company's  working  capital  will be utilized  for  general  corporate
     purposes  and  operating  expenses,  including  payment of $108,000 for the
     Representative's consulting fee. See "UNDERWRITING".

     Although the amounts set forth above indicate management's present estimate
of the  Company's  use of the net proceeds  from the  offering,  the Company may
reallocate  the proceeds or utilize the proceeds  for other  corporate  purposes
based on the  contingencies  described below.  The actual  expenditures may vary
from the  estimates  in the  table  because  of a number of  factors,  including
whether the Company has been operating  profitably,  what other obligations have
been incurred by the Company, whether the Company desires to expand its existing
operations,  and other  changes in  circumstances.  Although no alternate  plans
currently  exist,  other  uses  could  include  additional  funds for  increased
marketing,  expanded  operations  or  additional  payment  on  accounts.  If the
Company's need for working capital increases,  the Company could seek additional
funds  through  loans  or other  financing.  No such  arrangements  exist or are
currently contemplated,  and there can be no assurance that they may be obtained
in the future should the need arise.  If the use of the proceeds of the offering
in the manner  described above proves  impractical or it is otherwise  deemed by
Management  to be in the  Company's  best  interests  to utilize the proceeds in
another  manner,  the  Company may apply the  proceeds  of the  offering in such
manner  as it deems  appropriate  under  the then  existing  circumstances.  The
Company  has no present  intention,  agreements  or  understandings  to make any
material acquisitions of businesses, assets, or technologies.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The  Company was not paid any  dividends  to date.  The  Company  currently
intends to retain its  future  earnings,  if any,  to fund the  development  and
growth of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate paying cash dividends
on its Common Stock in the future.


                                       18

<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

     The net  tangible  book  value  of the  Company  as of April  30,  1996 was
($379,256),  or ($.13) per share,  after giving effect to the 500,100  shares of
Common Stock issued in connection  with the loan  consummated  in July 1996. Net
tangible book value per share  represents the amount of total tangible assets of
the  Company,  reduced  by the amount of its total  liabilities,  divided by the
total number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding.  After giving effect to the
sale by the Company of 900,000  shares of Common  Stock and 450,000  Warrants at
the initial  public  offering  price of $5.00 per share of Common Stock and $.10
per Warrant,  the as adjusted net tangible book value of the Company as of April
30, 1996 would have been  $3,316,007,  or $0.87 per share of Common Stock.  This
represents  an immediate  increase in net tangible book value of $1.00 per share
to existing  stockholders  and an  immediate  dilution of $____ per share to new
investors.  The  following  table  illustrates  the per  share  dilution  in net
tangible book value to new investors:



Public offering price per share                                        $ 5.00

   Net tangible book value per share before the Offering               ($0.13)

   Increase per share attributable to new investors                    $ 1.00

Net tangible book value per share after the Offering                   $  .87

Dilution per share to new investors                                    $ 4.13

     The following table summarizes,  on a pro forma basis, after the closing of
the Offering,  the differences in total  consideration paid for Common Stock and
the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors with
respect  to the  number of shares of Common  Stock  purchased  from the  Company
assuming an initial public offering price of $5.00 per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      Shares Purchased              Total Consideration
                                      ----------------              -------------------

                                  Number        Percent           Amount            Percent          Average
                                  ------        -------           ------            -------        Price/Share
                                                                                                   -----------
<S>                               <C>           <C>              <C>                  <C>             <C>   

Existing stockholders           2,900,100        76.3%          $  148,155             3.2%            $0.05

New investors                     900,000        23.7%          $4,500,000             96.8%           $5.00

         Total                  3,800,000       100.0%          $4,648,155            100.0%


     The information presented above, with respect to existing  stockholders,  assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's  Warrants,
the Warrants included in the Offering,  or the Warrants outstanding prior to the Offering.  In addition,  200,000 shares of Common
Stock have been  reserved  for  issuance  upon the  exercise of options  granted  pursuant to the  Company's  Stock  Option  Plan,
approximately  ______ of which  options  currently  are  outstanding.  The  issuance of Common Stock under such plan may result in
further dilution to new investors.



</TABLE>
                                                                19

<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

Overview

     American International  Consolidated Inc. (the "Company") is a manufacturer
and general  contractor  that focuses  primarily on three types of  construction
products:  the manufacture of metal buildings and structural steel projects; the
construction  of   mini-warehouses   and   self-storage   facilities;   and  the
construction of cold storage, including refrigerated and freezer, buildings. The
Company's  services  range from the start,  or design,  phase to the finish,  or
erection,   phase  of  a  project,   including  design,   manufacture,   general
construction,  construction  management,  building,  and turnkey  services.  The
Company selects,  coordinates and manages  subcontractors  for substantially all
phases of the work,  except for design,  erection,  and  manufacture  of certain
metal building  components.  The Company also provides oversight and supervision
of the entire construction process for each project.

     The Company's principal executive and administrative offices are located at
14603 Chrisman, Houston, Texas 77039, telephone number (713) 449-9000.

Description Of Business

     Within its manufacturing and construction operations,  the Company operates
three specialty divisions: (i) the manufacture of metal buildings and structural
steel projects;  (ii)  mini-warehouses  and other self-storage  facilities;  and
(iii) cold storage buildings, including refrigerated and freezer facilities. The
actual manufacturing, construction and other operating services related to these
are generally  provided  separately by the particular  specialty division of the
Company,  and the  administrative or non- construction  services are provided by
the same marketing, accounting, billing, collection, capital financing, in-house
legal, and other general administrative portions of the Company. Set forth below
is a description of each of the three specialty operations of the Company.

                         Manufacture Of Metal Buildings
                         ------------------------------

     The  Company  provides  different  variations  of  services  in  its  metal
buildings and metal roof activities.  Most often, the Company will be engaged to
pre-engineer,  prepare construction  drawings,  manufacture the building frames,
procure  all  non-structural  steel,  sheeting  and trim,  and then  ship  these
products to the customer,  with the customer being  responsible for erection and
installation as well as site preparation for the building.  The Company also may
be engaged, in some instances,  in the actual erection of the building. In other
situations,  the Company may be engaged only to provide the material  components
or to provide  the frame  itself in the form of cut and  welded  pieces of steel
that are based on drawings  provided by the customer.  In all cases, the Company
generally  will rely on the  owner's  being  responsible  for site  preparation,
including work on the slab or other foundation.

     The Company's metal buildings  division also provides both conventional and
pre-engineered  building face lifts and retrofits,  and performs the dismantling
and relocation of metal buildings. The experience and knowledge to provide these
services are a natural by-product of the other services provided by the Company.

     For  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,   1996,   the  Company   realized
approximately   $9.2  million  in  gross  revenues  from  its  metal   buildings
manufacturing  and  construction  services.  Approximately  $1.7 million,  or 18
percent,  of this volume resulted from international sales despite the fact that
the Company has  virtually  no  continuing  marketing  effort for  international
sales.

                                       20

<PAGE>

     The  Company  believes  that it  could  increase  its  international  metal
buildings  manufacturing  and  construction  services  significantly  through  a
marketing  program that would entail  attendance at trade shows and direct sales
visits to U.S. based companies with international operations.  These two methods
of  expansion   appear   preferable  to  attempting  to  establish   more  sales
representatives.  The Company believes that international expansion is desirable
at this time because (i) there does not appear to be local  competition  in most
countries,  (ii) international  projects tend to have higher margins,  and (iii)
with respect to Mexico in particular,  the North  American Free Trade  Agreement
("NAFTA")  significantly  reduces taxes and makes transportation of products and
materials both easier and less  expensive.  The Company  believes it may be at a
competitive advantage for international business because its metal buildings are
generally more simple to erect, the Company is better able to provide  continued
service  after the  completion of the  transaction,  and the Company tends to be
able to customize  its  proposals to deal with  international  needs that may be
different from those for domestic  projects.  Because the Company's metal frames
generally  include more of the component  pieces already welded on than those of
its competitors, they are simple to erect.

     The Company also is attempting to increase the volume and  profitability of
its  metal  buildings   manufacturing  and  construction  services  by  pursuing
specialty buildings,  such as wood processing plants, shopping centers,  medical
centers,  professional buildings and office buildings,  and undertaking projects
in areas where local competition does not exist. The Company has built four wood
processing  plants  in the  past,  was  awarded  a  contract  for  another  wood
processing  plant in July  1996,  and  submitted  bids for two  additional  wood
processing  plants in early August 1996. These plants,  which make various types
of particle  board,  pressboard and strand board out of wood, tend to be located
in thinly  populated or wilderness  areas where there are no local  construction
companies  able to  undertake  the  required  project.  This should  provide the
Company with a competitive  advantage  because it is accustomed to  constructing
its  projects in  localities  other than its  headquarters  and to bringing  its
workers and subcontractors into areas away from home.

     In  constructing  metal  buildings,  the Company  utilizes steel frames and
steel  roof  materials,  however  the  walls  can be made of brick or any  other
material.  The Company  believes  it is at a  competitive  advantage  in bidding
projects  utilizing  non-steel  materials  for  the  walls  because  most of its
competitors prefer to use metal walls that they manufacture and thereby increase
their  profit,  whereas the Company  purchases  all walls from other  companies,
regardless of whether they are metal,  and therefore,  there is no incentive for
the Company's bids for projects with  non-steel  walls to be structured to favor
the steel wall alternative.

     There  are  approximately  44 full  time  employees  working  in the  metal
buildings  divisions,  including the general manager,  three  salespersons,  two
estimators,  one  customer  service  representative,   one  shop  manager,  four
draftspersons,   two  secretaries,   two  international   sales  persons,   four
installation  laborers,  and 24  shop  personnel  including  machine  operators,
welders, foremen and helpers.

                         Construction Of Mini-Warehouses
                         -------------------------------

     During  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  1996,  the  Company  realized
approximately  $20.6  million of revenue from its  mini-warehouse  construction.
Generally,  mini-warehouse projects are undertaken in one of the following three
ways:  (1) the Company is engaged to provide  all  aspects of the  project  from
breaking  ground to  turnkey  installation;  (2) the  Company  is  engaged  as a
subcontractor  to provide  the  building  frame,  the walls,  roof and  interior
partitions;  and (3) the Company is engaged to convert existing buildings,  such
as office buildings, strip centers, warehouses and manufacturing buildings, into
mini- warehouse  facilities.  In all three of the above situations,  the Company
provides its own trained job foreman and crew to erect the steel portion (walls,
roof, partitions) and subcontracts the remaining work to regional contractors.


                                       21

<PAGE>

     The  Company  believes  that  it is the  largest  independent  construction
company  for  mini-warehouses  in the United  States at the current  time,  with
approximately  39  percent of the  Company's  mini-warehouse  construction  work
currently  being  undertaken  on behalf of U-Haul Inc. For the fiscal year ended
April  30,  1995,  U-Haul  Inc.  represented  approximately  42  percent  of the
Company's mini- warehouse  construction  business  although the Company has also
transacted  construction work for Public Storage,  Inc., Shurguard  Corporation,
and  other  companies.  The  Company  believes  that  it is the  contractor  for
approximately  25 to 35 percent  of U-Haul  Inc.'s  mini-warehouse  construction
business and that the Company 's relationship  with U-Haul Inc.  continues to be
excellent.

     The  Company's  employees  for  its  mini-warehouse  construction  business
include a chief operating  officer,  a construction  manager,  one architectural
draftsperson,  three  project  managers,  an operations  coordinator,  a project
assistant,  an executive secretary,  two purchasing department employees,  three
estimators,  four draftspersons,  four salespeople,  nine field superintendents,
and 40 to 50 crew members.

        Construction Of Cold Storage (Refrigerated And Freezer) Buildings
        -----------------------------------------------------------------

     The Company's  cold storage  construction  services are performed  with the
Company serving either as a specialty subcontractor that is responsible only for
constructing  the  refrigerated  or freezer  portions of the  building,  or as a
general contractor that is responsible for the entire building. When the Company
acts in the capacity of a general  contractor,  it subcontracts out most aspects
of the construction that do not deal directly with the cold storage function.

     For the  fiscal  year  ended  April 30,  1996,  cold  storage  construction
services accounted for approximately $1.4 million of revenue.

     Much of the business and many of the  referrals in the cold storage line of
business are influenced heavily by a contractor's  financial condition,  bonding
capacity, and rapidity of payment. The Company believes that as a result of this
Offering,  it will improve its  financial  condition,  increase the frequency of
payment  of its  accounts,  and  obtain  more  desirable  terms for its  bonding
arrangements and material purchases. These factors are particularly important in
obtaining cold storage  construction  business because a very high percentage of
the  referrals  for cold  storage  construction  come  from  suppliers,  and the
suppliers tend to favor those  construction  companies that pay their bills on a
timely  basis.  In addition,  a high  percentage  of the work  available in cold
storage construction is for companies with national or international operations.
Financial  strength  and  bonding  ability are  considered  quite  important  by
companies of that nature.

     Competition in cold storage construction is highly specialized and limited.
The Company  believes  that if it is able to improve the timing of its  payments
and its credit standing,  it will lower its costs by obtaining better terms from
suppliers and increase its business by the improved  supplier  relationships and
image of the Company.  It also  believes  that its business  will improve to the
extent  that any of the  Offering  proceeds  are spent on  additional  marketing
activities.

     Personnel  involved in the  Company's  cold storage  construction  services
include a chief operating officer, a vice  president-in-charge of field work and
purchasing,  a general  superintendent,  a site  supervisor,  an  administrative
secretary and two salespersons.



                                       22

<PAGE>

Backlog

     As of April 30, 1996 the Company had an aggregate  backlog of approximately
$12.1 million, including a backlog of $4.4 million related to its metal building
manufacturing division, $7.6 million related to its mini-warehouse  construction
division,  and  approximately  $46,000 related to its cold storage  construction
division.  The Company  expects to complete all of this backlog in the first two
quarters of fiscal 1997. By comparison, as of April 30, 1995, the Company had an
aggregate  backlog of approximately  $13.3 million in the respective  amounts of
$4.1  million,  $8.7  million,  and $.2  million  related to its metal  building
manufacturing,   mini-warehouse  construction,  and  cold  storage  construction
divisions, respectively.

Industry Environment

     Management believes that the current industry  environment  complements the
Company's  plan to  focus on its  three  types of  specialty  manufacturing  and
construction  services. The demand for mini- warehouses and pre-engineered metal
buildings has increased dramatically in the past few years. The Company believes
that the demand for these  structures will continue to increase,  and that it is
well  positioned  to meet this  demand  because of its  expertise  and  business
reputation in these areas. Management also believes that the general increase in
the level of business  internationally,  coupled with the  Company's  ability to
service those areas and the relatively low level of competition  for the Company
in many of those areas,  also  positions the Company  extremely well for growth,
most  particularly  with respect to cold storage and metal buildings.  See "RISK
FACTORS--Previous  Experience In  International  Markets".  Although there is no
assurance that the growth of the industry or of the Company will  continue,  the
Company believes its business will continue to increase and that it will benefit
from a future increase in new construction in these and other areas.

Business Plan And Strategy

     Management of the Company believes that the Company's  significant business
experience,  quality of services,  client relationships and efficient operations
are  attributes  that will  enable the  Company to  continue  to progress in the
current industry environment.

     Management's  business  plan and  strategy in  following  through from this
Offering is summarized as follows:

                   Increase Revenue, Margins And Profitability
                   -------------------------------------------

     Establish An In-House Trim Shop.  The Company  intends to utilize a portion
of the proceeds of this Offering to establish an in-house trim shop to fabricate
various  types of metal trim for walls,  corners,  gutters,  windows,  doors and
other openings. See "USE OF PROCEEDS".  This will involve acquisition of a press
with a bed  length  of 27 to 33 feet,  a hemming  mill  machine,  a button  lock
machine,  a trim break  machine,  a  cut-to-length-line  machine,  two  overhead
cranes,  four welding  machines,  and four work tables. In the past, the Company
has not had this  capability and has had to subcontract  this work. The in-house
trim shop not only  represents  additional  revenue  for the  Company,  but also
results  in  higher  margins  than  most of the  Company's  other  work to third
parties.

     Expand  Metal  Buildings  Manufacturing  Facility.  The Company  intends to
utilize a portion of the  proceeds of this  Offering to increase the floor space
of its metal buildings  manufacturing  facility from approximately 15,000 square
feet to approximately  30,000 square feet. See "USE OF PROCEEDS".  Approximately
___ square feet of the expanded  space will house the trim shop described in the
preceding


                                       23

<PAGE>

paragraph under "Establish An In-House Trim Shop".  Management believes that the
expansion  will enable the Company to operate at an increased  capacity level as
well as to increase its  operating  efficiencies  and  therefore  its  operating
margins. The Company anticipates that it will save work time and therefore labor
costs  as a result  of the fact  that the  additional  space  will  allow a more
efficient workflow  arrangement for materials and job pieces to flow through the
shop more  efficiently and directly.  The additional space also will enable each
worker to have the raw  materials  inventory  that he utilizes to be placed more
closely to him and not in a pile mixed with other materials  several yards away.
Additional cost savings also are anticipated by providing  additional  space for
storage of raw materials  inventory and thereby allowing the Company to purchase
raw materials in larger quantities at lower unit prices.

     Decrease  Interest  Expense.  The Company  will utilize $1.2 million of the
proceeds of this Offering to reduce  outstanding  indebtedness  to the Supplier.
This  indebtedness  currently accrues interest at one percentage point above the
prime rate. See "USE OF PROCEEDS" and  "--Indebtedness To Major Supplier".  As a
result of this debt reduction,  the Company's weekly payment on this debt, which
is currently $11,537 will decrease to approximately $6,000.

     Decrease  Bonding  Costs.  During its fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, the
Company  paid  aggregate   premium   expenses  of  approximately   $35,000,   or
approximately  four percent of the  respective  gross  contract  price to obtain
performance bonds for its work.  Management believes,  based on discussions with
its bonding agent,  that the  improvement in the Company's  financial  condition
resulting from the Offering will enable the Company to obtain  performance bonds
for a  premium  cost of 1.5 to 2.0  percent  of the  respective  gross  contract
prices;  however there is no assurance that this will occur.  Although the total
amount  that  would  have been  saved in bonding  costs  during  fiscal  1996 is
limited,  future  savings are  anticipated  to be more  significant  because the
Company  believes  that in the future it will be  utilizing  greater  amounts of
performance  bonds because of the increased bonding capacity it believes will be
available.  See "--Increase Business Volume:  Strengthen Financial Condition And
Increase Bonding Capacity" below.

                            Increase Business Volume
                            ------------------------

     Strengthen   Financial   Condition  And  Increase  Bonding   Capacity.   By
strengthening its financial condition,  the Company recently has increased,  and
anticipates it will be able to further increase, its bonding capacity.  Based on
its financial  results for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, the Company has
increased its bonding  capacity for a single job from $500,000 to $1,500,000 and
its aggregate bonding capacity from  approximately $1 million to $5 million.  It
is anticipated, based on discussions with the Company's bonding agent, that as a
result of this  Offering the Company's  bonding  capacity  would  increase to $5
million per job and that its  aggregate  bonding  capacity  also would  increase
significantly;  however,  there is no  assurance  that  this  will  occur.  Each
increase in the Company's  bonding capacity expands the number,  nature and size
of contracts that are available for the Company to submit bids.

     Undertake  Planned  Domestic  And  International  Marketing  Programs.  The
Company  intends  to  utilize a portion  of the  proceeds  of this  Offering  to
undertake  planned  domestic  and  international   marketing   programs  through
attendance at industry trade shows,  direct sales visits,  and advertisements in
publications.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS".  In the past, the Company has not budgeted
or expended a significant or otherwise meaningful amount of funds for marketing.
Management of the Company  believes  that because of the  Company's  experience,
reputation and  expertise,  a planned  marketing  effort should be successful in
deriving new  business;  however,  there is no  assurance  that this will be the
case. See "RISK FACTORS--Previous Experience In International Markets".


                                       24

<PAGE>

     Increase  Business  Referrals From  Suppliers And Other Business  Contacts.
Management of the Company believes that this Offering will enable the Company to
have  sufficient  working  capital  to be more  timely in  payment  of its trade
accounts and that this,  together with other  aspects of its improved  financial
condition,  will result in an increase  in  business  referrals  received by the
Company from its suppliers and other business contacts.  Nevertheless,  there is
no assurance that this will occur.

Marketing

     The  Company  obtains  business  primarily  through  repeat  business  from
previous and existing customers and recommendations  from customers and vendors.
As indicated  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus,  the Company  intends to utilize a
portion of the proceeds of this  offering to undertake a marketing  program that
includes trade show attendance,  sales call visits, and advertising.  Management
believes that a marketing  program of this nature will have a positive impact on
the Company's  business.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS" and foregoing  subsections under
"Description Of Business".

Reliance On Major Customers

     During  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  1996,  one of  the  Company's
customers,   U-Haul,   Inc.,   accounted  for  approximately  $8.1  million,  or
approximately 26 percent,  of the Company's total revenues.  For the fiscal year
ended April 30, 1995, U-Haul,  Inc.  represented $4.8 million, or 20 percent, of
the Company's total revenues.  Although the loss of U-Haul Inc.'s business could
have a material adverse effect on the Company, the Company believes that this is
unlikely  to occur in the near  future  and  that the  potential  effect  on the
Company will decrease over time as the Company's  revenues from other  customers
increase.

Subsidiaries

     C.H.O.A.  Construction Company ("C.H.O.A.") was formed in September 1993 to
perform general  construction  services in the State of Louisiana.  C.H.O.A. was
formed as a Louisiana  corporation  and  originally  was owned 80 percent by the
Company  and  20  percent  by  a  general  contractor   licensed  in  Louisiana.
Subsequently,  the  Company  acquired  the 20  percent  minority  interest,  and
C.H.O.A. currently is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

     L. Campbell  Construction,  Inc.  ("Campbell") was formed as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company in order to handle the  Company's  turnkey and general
construction  operations.  Campbell was incorporated under the laws of the State
of Texas in January  1991.  Since its  inception  in January  1991,  much of the
general  construction  work has been  performed  by the Company  directly  under
agreement with U-Haul. Consequently, the Company has little or no future need to
perform general  construction  operations under Campbell and expects to dissolve
Campbell or merge Campbell with and into the Company.  Campbell currently has no
assets and no liabilities.

     In November 1994, two  wholly-owned  subsidiaries of the Company,  American
International  Thermal Systems,  Inc. ("AI Thermal") and American  International
Building  Systems,  Inc. ("AI Building"),  merged with and into the Company.  AI
Thermal   performed   cold  storage   construction   services  and  AI  Building
manufactured metal buildings and structural steel projects. The Company performs
these same services through two of its divisions.

     In May 1994, AIC Management,  Inc. ("AIC Management")  merged with and into
the Company.  Before the merger,  AIC  Management  was  wholly-owned  by Messrs.
Clemons,  Farrar and  Wilson,  each of whom is an  officer,  director  and 29.47
percent stockholder of the Company. AIC Management was formed in February 1987


                                       25

<PAGE>

to provide  management and  consulting  services to the  construction  industry,
however all such services were provided to the Company. Prior to the merger, AIC
Management owned the Company's office building and warehouse/assembly  plant and
leased them to the Company.

     In August 1994 and November 1994,  respectively,  the Company dissolved two
of its inactive,  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Belko Construction,  Inc. and AIC
Export Corporation.

Indebtedness To Major Supplier

     As of April 30, 1996,  the Company owed an aggregate of  $3,465,825  to its
major  supplier  (the  "Supplier"),  of metal  building  components.  This  debt
consisted of  $1,065,825  in accounts  payable and  $2,400,000  in principal and
interest under a note (the "Note") dated April 24, 1996 executed by the Company.

     The Note is payable in  installments  and  accrues  interest at one percent
above the prime rate  designated  in The Wall  Street  Journal.  The  Company is
required to make consecutive weekly payments of $11,537 for outstanding  accrued
interest and  principal,  until April 24, 2001 when the Note will have been paid
in full. The Company,  which has the right to prepay the Note in full or in part
at any time without penalty,  intends, and is required under the Loan Agreement,
to pay $1.2 million to reduce the principal on the Note from the proceeds of the
Offering.  At the time this payment is made, the weekly payment on the Note will
be reduced so that the  remaining  principal  balance will be amortized  evenly,
including  payments of interest,  over the  remaining  term of the Note. If this
payment were made on October 31, 1996,  the weekly  payment on the Note would be
reduced from $11,537 to approximately $6,000. See "RISK FACTORS--Risk Factor No.
3" and "USE OF PROCEEDS".

     Pursuant to the Loan Agreement  effective  April 24, 1996 between and among
the Supplier,  the Company, and Danny Clemons,  Ralph and Judith Farrar, Jim and
Shirley  Williams  and  John  Wilson  (collectively,  the five  individuals  are
referred  to as the  "Guarantors"),  the Note is secured  by a blanket  security
interest in all the  Company's  accounts,  equipment,  and  inventory,  whenever
acquired,  and all  proceeds  and  products  of such assets  (collectively,  the
"Collateral"),  subject only to security  interests  previously granted to FCLT,
L.P., a Texas limited partnership. The Collateral secures the Note and all other
obligations  of the Company to the  Supplier.  The Company also must provide the
Supplier with monthly financial statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and with audited annual financial statements that
are not subject to a qualification of the auditors' opinion.  The Loan Agreement
prohibits the Company from assuming any  additional  liabilities  except for (a)
accounts payable and unsecured  liabilities to vendors and suppliers,  (b) up to
$500,000 of private  placement  debt, and (c) those  expenditures  for goods and
services  incurred in the ordinary  course of business on ordinary  trade terms.
The Company also is prohibited  from: (i) compensating any of the Guarantors who
are  employees  of the Company in excess of $150,000 per year during the term of
the Loan Agreement,  (ii) making any advances to third parties other than in the
ordinary  course of business  and advances to employees  for  emergencies  up to
$25,000,  (iii)  investing in any other third  parties,  (iv) making any capital
expenditure in excess of $25,000 or cumulative capital expenditures in excess of
$120,000 in the aggregate  annually,  except for capital  expenditures made with
proceeds of this  Offering  and except for trade debt  incurred in the  ordinary
course of  business,  (v)  declaring  or paying  dividends,  (vi)  changing  its
corporate  organization  by merger,  consolidation,  joint  venture or any other
method without the written consent of the Supplier, (vii) substantially changing
its management  personnel or the general  character of its business,  and (viii)
permitting  the ratio of each of its current  assets to current  liabilities  to
decrease below 60 percent, but notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loan Agreement
expressly  states that the Company is in no way  inhibited  or  prohibited  from
undertaking an initial public offering of stock. Pursuant to the Note and/or the
Loan Agreement, if (a) any terms, covenants, or


                                       26

<PAGE>

other obligations under the Loan Documents are breached or any representation or
warranty is incorrect or materially misleading, (b) any judgment against any the
Company remains undischarged for a period of 90 days, (c) any Guarantor shall be
adjudicated  bankrupt  or dies and the life  insurance  proceeds  are not  first
applied to repay the Note,  (d) the Company makes an assignment  for the benefit
of creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated bankrupt or becomes
insolvent, or (e) the Company fails to maintain earnings before interest expense
equal to at least 1.5% of gross revenues,  then all of the  outstanding  amounts
due under the Note shall become immediately due and payable.  In addition,  upon
the  occurrence of any of the above events,  the Supplier may exercise its right
of  offset  against  the  Collateral.  The Loan  Agreement  terminates  upon the
satisfaction of all obligations of the Guarantors and the Company under the Loan
Documents. The Loan Agreement also requires that the Company use $1.2 million of
the proceeds  from this Offering to reduce the balance of the Note. As indicated
above, when that payment is made, the weekly payment on the Note will be reduced
so that the remaining  balance will be amortized evenly,  including  payments of
interest, over the remaining term of the Note.

     Also  pursuant  to the terms of the Loan  Agreement,  the  Company  and the
Supplier have agreed that, prior to commencement of this Offering,  the Supplier
may  review  a  draft  of the  Prospectus  or  Registration  Statement  used  in
connection with this Offering and that the Company and the Supplier will attempt
to cooperate  with one another in agreeing  upon  language in the  Prospectus or
Registration Statement relating to the Supplier.

     Pursuant to the Security  Agreement-Pledge  effective  April 24, 1996,  the
Company and  Guarantors  pledged to the Supplier all the issued and  outstanding
stock of the Company and its subsidiaries  that they  respectively own, and they
agreed not to transfer or otherwise encumber any of these shares during the term
of the Loan Agreement.  Further, the Company and Guarantors executed Irrevocable
Limited  Stock Powers  appointing  the  Supplier's  legal counsel as attorney to
transfer  the above stock to the  Supplier  in the event of a default  under the
Loan  Documents.  The shares  pledged as  collateral  are to be  returned to the
Guarantors and the Company upon the payment of all amounts due under the Note.

     The Guarantors  also executed  Continuing  Guarantees to the Supplier which
fully  guaranteed  all  outstanding  amounts  due under the Note in the event of
default under the Loan Documents.

FCLT Loans

     As of April  30,  1996,  the  Company  owed  FCLT,  L.P.,  a Texas  limited
partnership ("FCLT"), an aggregate of approximately  $373,000 (the "Debt") under
two loan agreements. See "RISK FACTORS--Outstanding Indebtedness".

     One loan is evidenced by a promissory  note in the face amount of $414,000,
with an outstanding principal balance of $289,000 at April 30, 1996. The Company
is required to make monthly payments on this note, including interest, of $4,907
to FCLT until June 1998,  at which time all  outstanding  principal and interest
become  payable.  The other loan is evidenced  by a promissory  note in the face
amount of $180,000,  with an outstanding  principal  balance of $83,000 at April
30,  1996.  The  Company is  required  to make  monthly  payments  on this note,
including  interest,  of $1,175  to FCLT  until  June  1998,  at which  time all
outstanding  principal and interest  become  payable.  The  Company's  aggregate
monthly payments,  including  interest,  currently are $6,082 to FCLT.  Interest
accrues  on the  outstanding  Debt at the rate of 10  percent  per  annum  until
maturity and at the rate of 18 percent per annum after maturity. The Company may
prepay part of or all the Debt at any time without penalty.

     The Debt is secured by two Deeds of Trust on the Company's real property on
which the Company's  offices and  warehouse/assembly  plant are located.  In the
event that the Company sells any of this property, FCLT has the right to declare
the entire outstanding Debt immediately due and payable.  The Debt is guaranteed
by each of Messrs. Wilson, Clemons and Farrar.


                                       27

<PAGE>

Government Regulation

     The Company's business is subject to a variety of governmental  regulations
and  licensing  requirements  relating  to  construction  activities.  Prior  to
commencing  work on a project in the United  States,  the Company is required to
obtain building permits and, in some jurisdictions, a general contractor license
is  required  by the state or local  licensing  authorities.  In  addition,  the
construction  projects  are  required  to meet  federal,  state and  local  code
requirements relating to construction, building, fire and safety codes. In order
to  complete a project and obtain a  certificate  of  occupancy,  the Company is
required to obtain the approval of local authorities  confirming compliance with
these requirements.

     The Company is subject to similar and  sometimes  more  onerous  government
regulations  and  licensing  requirements  of any foreign  countries in which it
operates.  Although the Company has not researched  the  applicable  laws of all
foreign  countries,  the Company is not aware of any significant  impediments to
doing business in most other countries.  If significant  impediments do arise in
certain countries, the Company does not intend to pursue business there.

Employees

     The Company has 152 employees  including its Chief Executive  Officer,  the
Presidents for each of its three divisions,  an in-house legal counsel, one Vice
President,  five project managers, two project coordinators,  four estimators, a
manager  of  business   development,   nine  draftsmen,   seven   salesmen,   15
superintendents,  24  shop  workers,  40  to  50  construction  employees,  five
accounting personnel and 10 secretarial, administrative and clerical employees.

     There  are  no  family  relationships  among  the  Company's  officers  and
directors.

Properties

     The  Company  occupies,  approximately  16,000  square  feet of space in an
office  building  and  21,450  square  feet  of  space  in a  warehouse/assembly
plant/office at 14603 Chrisman,  Houston,  Texas. Both buildings,  together with
the approximately 7.3 acres on which they are located, are owned by the Company.

Legal Proceedings

     No material  legal  proceedings,  other than  ordinary  routine  litigation
incidental  to the business of the Company are pending in which the Company is a
party, or to which the property of the Company is subject,  and no such material
proceeding is known by management of the Company to be contemplated.



                                       28

<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     The selected  financial data of the Company presented below for each of the
years in the five-year  period ended April 30, 1996 are derived from the audited
consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Company  for  these  periods.  This
information  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  and Notes  thereto  and  "Management's  Discussion  And  Analysis Of
Financial  Condition  And  Results Of  Operations"  included  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus.  The selected  consolidated  financial  data  provided  below is not
necessarily  indicative  of  the  future  results  of  operations  or  financial
performance of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Years Ended April 30,
                                         --------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1992          1993           1994         1995           1996
                                         ----          ----           ----         ----           ----

Statement of Operations Data:                        (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>   

Contract revenues                       $19,918      $16,843         $25,845*    $24,317         $31,185

Contract cost                            18,277       13,905          22,566      20,812          27,204

Gross profit                              1,641        2,938           3,279       3,505           3,981

Selling, general and administrative       2,421        3,126           3,459       3,069           3,421

Interest and other financing costs           79          192             219         188             184

Federal income tax expense                   --           --              --          --              35

Net income (loss) after pro forma         (565)        (361)           (420)         187             352
income taxes

Net income (loss) per share after         (.24)        (.15)           (.18)         .08             .15
pro forma income taxes

Dividends paid per share                    .04          .03             .01         -0-             -0-





                                                                    April 30,
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1992          1993            1994        1995           1996
                                          ----          ----            ----        ----           ----

Balance Sheet Data:

Current Assets                            3,021         3,058           4,581       4,163           5,944

Current Liabilities                       3,258         4,076           5,974       5,563           5,107

Working capital (deficiency)            $  (232)      $(1,018)        $(1,393)    $(1,406)         $  837

Total assets                              4,382         4,265           5,717       5,487           7,346

Long-term debt                            1,029           519             495         454           2,422

Stockholders' equity (deficit)                94         (330)           (759)       (572)           (220)





                                                                29
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


- -------------

(1)  See  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
     RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" for discussion of a non-recurring contract for $5.58
     million that was performed during 1994.

(2)  Prior to its  acquisition  during  the  year  ended  April  30,  1994,  AIC
     Management,  Inc.  was a  nontaxable  entity.  Pro forma  income  taxes are
     reflected  herein as if AIC Management,  Inc. had been a taxable entity for
     the periods preceding its acquisition.



                                       30

<PAGE>



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Results Of Operations

     The following  table sets forth for the periods  indicated the  percentages
that certain  items are of total  revenues and the  percentage of change of that
ratio from the corresponding year-earlier period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Percentage Change From
                                               Percentage of Total Revenues                          Prior Period
                                          ---------------------------------------             ---------------------------
                                                   Year Ended April 30,                          Year Ended April 30,
                                          ---------------------------------------             ---------------------------
                                          1994              1995             1996              1995                  1996
                                          ----              ----             ----              ----                  ----
<S>                                       <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>                    <C>   

Revenues:

   Contract revenues:                     100.0%            100.0%           100.0%             (5.9%)                28.2%

Costs and expenses:

   Contract costs:                         87.3%             85.6%            87.2%             (7.8%)                30.7%

   Selling, general and                    13.4%             12.6%            11.0%            (11.3%)                11.5%
     administrative:

   Interest and other financing costs:       .8%               .8%              .5%            (14.2%)               (1.9%)
                                           -----            ------          -------            -------               ------
     
Total costs and expenses:                 101.5%             99.3%            98.7%             (8.3%)                28.0%
                                          ======             =====            =====             ======                =====

</TABLE>

     Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 1996  Compared With Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
1995.

     For the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, the Company reported a net profit
of $352,000,  or $.15 per share, on revenues of $31,185,000 as compared with net
profit of $187,000,  or $.08 per share, on revenues of $24,317,000 for the prior
year. The increased profit resulted primarily from increased revenues and from a
reduction in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage  of
revenues,  which  decreased to 11.0% of gross revenues in fiscal 1996 from 12.6%
of gross revenues in fiscal 1995.

     The  increase  in  total  revenues  from  $24,317,000  in  fiscal  1995  to
$31,185,000  in fiscal 1996 is due primarily to a large increase in sales of the
mini-warehouses  and  other  general  construction   products.   Although  these
increased sales were realized at a lower overall gross profit margin, management
believes  that the increase in volume more than  justified  growth in this area.
The decrease in gross profit  margin was from 14.4% for fiscal 1995 to 12.8% for
fiscal 1996.

     The  Company's   contract  backlog  as  of  April  30,  1996  decreased  to
$12,079,000   from  $13,055,000  as  of  April  30,  1995,  which  is  primarily
attributable to a lower volume of mini-warehouse  general construction products.
From April 30, 1994 to April 30, 1995,  the  Company's  backlog  increased  from
$10,500,000 to $13,055,000,  which was primarily  attributable to both the metal
building and mini-warehouse general construction products.


                                       31

<PAGE>

     Interest expense  decreased by $4,000 even though gross revenues  increased
by almost $7 million  in fiscal  1996.  This was  primarily  due to a  favorable
financing agreement negotiated with its major supplier which allowed the Company
to  substantially   increase  its  existing  outstanding  accounts  payable  and
therefore reduce its borrowings to finance accounts receivables.

     Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 1995  Compared With Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
1994.

     For the fiscal year ended April 30, 1995, the Company reported a net profit
of $187,000,  or $.08 per share,  on total  revenues of  $24,317,000 as compared
with a net loss of  $420,000,  or $.18  per  share,  in  fiscal  1994,  on total
revenues of $25,845,000.

     The  decrease in revenues  for fiscal 1995 as compared  with fiscal 1994 is
primarily due to a large one-time contract for a cold storage facility in fiscal
1994.  This  contract  resulted in revenues of  $5,583,000 in fiscal 1994 versus
$1,268,000 in 1995.

     The  increase in  profitability  for fiscal 1995 over fiscal 1994  resulted
primarily from an increase in gross margin  percentage from 12.7% in fiscal 1994
to 14.4% in fiscal 1995 and a reduction in selling,  general and  administrative
expenses of $391,000  in fiscal  1995 as  compared to fiscal  1994.  The Company
experienced lower margins in fiscal 1994 as a result of the aforementioned  cold
storage facility contract that contributed  $5,583,000 of revenues during fiscal
1994. The Company accepted this contract at a "cost plus a fixed fee". The fixed
fee was well below the Company's  usual profit margin,  but management felt that
the  increase  in volume  coupled  with the  relatively  low risk of a cost plus
contract more than justified acceptance of this contract.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses,  as a percentage  of gross
revenues, declined in fiscal 1995 to 12.6% from 13.4% in fiscal 1994. This was a
result of management's decision to manage international sales from its corporate
headquarters, and thereby eliminate overhead in other locations.

     Interest  expense  decreased  by $31,000  from  fiscal  1994 to fiscal 1995
because of  reduced  borrowings  to  finance  receivables  during  fiscal  1995.
Interest expense in connection with receivable financing amounted to $101,000 in
fiscal  1994 as compared  to $58,000  for fiscal  1995.  The Company was able to
lower  its  usage  of  receivable  financing  in  fiscal  1995  because  of  the
improvement  in gross  margins  and the  reduction  in  overhead  as  previously
discussed.

Liquidity And Capital Resources

     As of April 30,  1996,  the Company had current  assets of  $5,944,000  and
current  liabilities of $5,107,000,  which represents a positive working capital
of $837,000 as compared  with a working  capital  deficiency of $1,406,000 as of
April 30, 1995. The $2,243,000  improvement in working  capital is primarily the
result of the Company's  converting  $2,400,000 of current accounts payable into
the Note from Supplier.  See  "BUSINESS--Indebtedness  To Major  Supplier".  The
Company's  improved  operating  results and refinancing of two real estate notes
payable also  contributed to the  improvement  in working  capital during fiscal
1996.

     The  Company's  net cash  flow is  materially  affected  by the  timing  of
payments of accounts  payable,  other  amounts owed and  collection  of accounts
receivable. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, the Company's cash balance
decreased  by  $363,000  from  the  prior  year.   This  decrease  is  primarily
attributable to the Company's  utilizing available cash to reduce notes payables
and  capital  lease  obligations  by  $758,000,  which  includes  paying off its
factoring line of credit.

                                       32

<PAGE>

     The Company's  cash flow from  operations  increased by $158,000 for fiscal
1996 as compared with fiscal 1995.  This increase is primarily  attributable  to
the Company's improved  operating results.  Net income for fiscal 1996 increased
by $165,000 as compared to fiscal 1995.

     For the fiscal year ending April 30, 1997,  the Company is planning to make
capital  expenditures  described  under "USE OF  PROCEEDS",  which  assumes  the
successful completion of this Offering. The current maturities of long-term debt
and capital  lease  obligations  that are required to be paid during fiscal 1997
are approximately $552,000 in the aggregate.  Management of the Company believes
that for fiscal  1997,  the  Company's  anticipated  cash flow from  operations,
together  with its  financing  arrangement  with  its  major  supplier,  will be
adequate for the Company to meet its requirements  for operations,  debt service
and necessary capital expenditures.  However,  without the successful completion
of this Offering,  the Company does not  anticipate  being able to undertake the
majority of the capital  expenditures  described  under "USE OF PROCEEDS" in the
near future.

     As indicated below and in the Company's financial  statements,  the Company
has  experienced  losses  from  operations  in the past.  However,  the  Company
believes that it will be able to continue to operate profitably in the future as
a result of increased operating volume and the benefits to be derived by it from
the proposed public offering described  elsewhere in this prospectus,  including
additional  profitability from establishment of an in-house trim shop, expansion
of its metal building manufacturing capacity, and reduction of interest expenses
for borrowed funds.

     As of April 30, 1996,  the Company's  backlog was  $12,079,000  as compared
with  $13,055,000  for fiscal year end 1995. The Company  anticipates  increased
volume for fiscal 1997 and does not  anticipate  that its  liquidity  or capital
resources  will be  significantly  altered by its  operating  results for fiscal
1997.


                                       33

<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

     The Officers and Directors of the Company are as follows:


Name                     Age             Position
- ----                     ---             --------

John T. Wilson           42       Chief Executive Officer, Chairman Of The Board
                                  and Director

Danny R. Clemons         46       President/Mini-Warehouse Division and Director

Ralph L. Farrar          49       President/Metal Buildings Division, Secretary
                                  and Director

Jim W. Williams          41       Vice President/Finance, Chief Financial
                                  Officer, Assistant Secretary and Director


     John T. Wilson has served as Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company since
May 1992 after having served as Vice  President  from May 1985 to May 1992.  Mr.
Wilson also has served as a Director of the Company  since its  formation in May
1985 and as Chairman Of The Board since  November 1994. In addition to his other
responsibilities  as  Chief  Executive  Officer,   Mr.  Wilson  coordinates  the
Company's marketing,  administrative and financial activities. Mr. Wilson has in
excess of 22 years of experience working in the construction industry.

     Danny R. Clemons has served as President of the Mini-Warehouse  Division of
the Company since  November 1994 after having served as President of the Company
from December 1986 to November  1994.  Mr. Clemons also has served as a Director
of the  Company  since  May  1985.  Mr.  Clemons  has in  excess  of 25 years of
experience working in the construction industry.

     Ralph L. Farrar has served as President of the Metal Buildings  Division of
the Company  since  November  1994 and  Secretary  and a Director of the Company
since May 1985. Mr. Farrar also served as Treasurer of the Company from May 1985
to November 1994. Mr. Farrar has in excess of 27 years of experience  working in
the construction industry.

     Jim W. Williams has served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial
Officer of the Company since January  1990,  and as a Director  since June 1996.
From January 1989 to January  1990,  Mr.  Williams  served as Controller of Care
Shipping, Inc., which engaged in the business of marine terminal and stevedoring
operations.  From January 1981 to January 1989, Mr. Williams served as Treasurer
and Controller of Shippers  Stevedoring,  Inc., which engaged in the business of
marine terminal and stevedoring operations.  Mr. Williams received a B.A. Degree
in Business  Administration from Hardin-Simmons  University in Abilene, Texas in
1977.

     Another key employee of the Company is as follows:

     Jimmy M.  Rogers,  44,  has been in charge of the  Company's  cold  storage
services since September 1990 and has served as President of the Thermal Systems
Division of the Company since  November 1994.  From 1982 to September  1990, Mr.
Rogers  served as Vice  President of Cold Storage  Construction  Company,  which
engaged in freezer and refrigerated unit installation.  Mr. Rogers has in excess
of 12 years of experience  working in the freezer and refrigerated  installation
industry.  Mr.  Rogers  received  a B.S.  Degree in  Business  Agriculture  from
Hardin-Simmons University in Abilene, Texas in 1980.



                                       34

<PAGE>

     There  are no  family  relationships  between  any of the  above  officers,
directors and key employees of the Company.

     If the  Offering  is  successfully  completed,  for a period of five  years
commencing  after the closing of the  Offering,  the  Underwriter  will have the
right to  designate  one  person  to serve as an  advisor  to or  member  of the
Company's  Board of Directors.  The Company has not been notified of whether the
Underwriter  intends to  designate  an  advisor to or a member of the  Company's
Board of Directors.

                                       35

<PAGE>

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


     The following  table sets forth in summary form the  compensation  received
during  each of the  Company's  last  three  completed  fiscal  years by certain
officers of the Company.  No other employee of the Company,  except as set forth
below, received total salary and bonus exceeding $100,000 during any of the last
three fiscal years.

                      Summary Of Annual Compensation Table
                      ------------------------------------

                                Fiscal Year                        All Other
       Name and Principal          Ended                         Compensation
            Position             April 30,      Salary ($) (1)      ($) (2)
===============================================================================

John T. Wilson                     1996             72,000           5,476
 Chief Executive Officer,          1995             72,000           5,123
  Chairman Of The                  1994            107,406          13,648
  Board and a director

Danny R. Clemons                   1996             72,000           5,871
  President/Mini-                  1995             72,000           5,004
  Warehouse Division               1994            107,406          13,678
  and a director

Ralph L. Farrar                    1996             72,000           5,674
  President/Metal                  1995             72,000           5,697
  Buildings Division               1994            107,406          11,718
  and a director


- -------------------------

(1)  The dollar value of base salary (cash and non-cash)  received.  Each of the
     named individuals  currently is receiving a salary of $72,000 per year. For
     a description  of employment  agreements  with the named  individuals,  see
     below, "Employment Contracts And Change-In-Control Agreements".

(2)  All other compensation  received that the Company could not properly report
     in any other column of the Summary Compensation Table, consisting of annual
     Company  contributions  or other  allocations to the Company's 401(k) plan,
     amounts paid for group  medical  insurance  premiums,  and "S"  Corporation
     dividends. The amounts shown consist of the following: 1996: John T. Wilson
     - $1,184 for 401(k)  contributions  and $4,292 for group medical  insurance
     premiums;  Danny R.  Clemons - $1,579 for  401(k)  plan  contributions  and
     $4,292 for group medical insurance  premiums;  and Ralph L. Farrar - $1,184
     for  401(k)  plan  contributions  and $4,490  for group  medical  insurance
     premiums;  and 1995:  John T. Wilson - $1,016 in 401(k)  contributions  and
     $4,107 for group medical  insurance  premiums;  Danny R. Clemons - $897 for
     401(k) plan contributions and $4,107 for group medical insurance  premiums;
     and Ralph L. Farrar - $1,016 for 401(k) plan  contributions  and $4,681 for
     group  medical  insurance  premiums;  and 1994:  John T.  Wilson - $965 for
     401(k) plan contributions, $5,183 for group medical insurance premiums, and
     $7,500 for "S"  Corporation  dividends;  Danny R. Clemons - $995 for 401(k)
     plan contributions, $5,183 for group medical insurance premiums, and $7,500
     for "S" Corporation  dividends;  and Ralph L. Farrar - $966 for 401(k) plan
     contributions,  $3,252 for group medical insurance premiums, and $7,500 for
     "S" Corporation dividends.

                                       36

<PAGE>

Compensation Of Directors
- -------------------------

     The  Company  has no  standard  or  other  arrangement  pursuant  to  which
directors of the Company are compensated for any services provided as a director
or for committee participation or special assignments.

Employment Contracts And Termination Of Employment And Change-In-Control
Arrangements
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Company has entered into three-year employment agreements that began on
January 1, 1995 with each of the following executive  officers:  John T. Wilson,
Danny R. Clemons,  Ralph L. Farrar, and Jim W. Williams.  Each of the agreements
is terminable at will and  automatically  renews for consecutive  one-year terms
unless a party provides  written  notice of its desire not to renew.  The annual
salary during the term of the agreements are the following amounts, although the
Board  Of  Directors  of the  Company  may  increase  the  salary  in  its  sole
discretion: John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons, and Ralph L. Farrar, $72,000 each,
and Jim W. Williams,  $66,000. The Company also will pay all the premiums on two
$500,000  term life  insurance  policies  covering  each of the above  executive
officers,  of which one  policy  covering  each of them is a key-man  policy for
which the Company is the  beneficiary and the other policy is for the benefit of
a beneficiary designated by the respective executive officer.

     The Company  also has entered  into a ten-year  employment  agreement  with
Jimmy M.  Rogers  that  became  effective  on May 1,  1993.  This  agreement  is
terminable  at will and  automatically  renews for  consecutive  one-year  terms
unless  either party  provides  written  notice of its desire not to renew.  The
annual salary during the term of the agreement is presently $66,000 although the
Board  Of  Directors  of the  Company  may  increase  this  amount  in its  sole
discretion. The agreement also provides for Mr. Rogers to receive the following:
(i) an incentive bonus equal to 18 percent of the annual net operating profit of
the thermal systems  division of the Company;  (ii) bonus payments of $17,000 on
November  16,  1993 and of $13,600 on each  December 1 from and  including  1994
through  1998,  provided  that he  still is  employed  by the  Company  on those
respective  dates;  and (iii)  payment by the  Company of the  premiums  on a $1
million key-man life insurance  policy covering Mr. Rogers,  of which 50 percent
of the proceeds is  distributable to the Company and 50 percent to a beneficiary
designated by Mr. Rogers.

     The Company has no  compensatory  plan or arrangement  that results or will
result  from  the  resignation,  retirement,  or  any  other  termination  of an
executive officer's  employment with the Company or from a change-in-control  of
the  Company,  unless the Company  terminates  the  employment  of an  executive
officer without cause before the full term of the employment  agreement expires,
in which  case the  Company  is  required  to pay  three  months  salary to that
executive officer.

     The Board Of Directors of the Company determined the executive compensation
for the  executive  officers of the Company for the last three  fiscal years and
the period since the end of the last fiscal year.


                                       37

<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table summarizes certain information as of July 31, 1996 with
respect to the  beneficial  ownership of the  Company's  Common Stock (i) by the
Company's  officers and directors,  (ii) by stockholders known by the Company to
own  five  percent  or more of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  and  (iii) by all
officers and directors as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Amount And Nature          Percent Of              Percent Of
                                          Of Beneficial          Class Prior To           Class After
Name And Address Of Beneficial Owner       Ownership                Offering              Offering (1)
- ------------------------------------       ---------                --------              ------------
<S>                                         <C>                     <C>                      <C>    

Danny R. Clemons (2)                        707,319                   24.4%                  18.6%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039 

Ralph L. Farrar (2)                         707,319                   24.4%                  18.6%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039

John T. Wilson (2)                          707,319                   24.4%                  18.6%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039

Jim W. Williams (2)                         135,444                    4.7%                   3.6%
14603 Chrisman
Houston, Texas  77039

All Officers And Directors                2,257,401                   77.8%                   59.4%
As A Group (Four Persons) (2)

- --------------------

(1)  Assumes that all the shares of Common Stock offered  pursuant to this Prospectus are sold, that
     none of the Warrants  offered or previously outstanding are exercised,  and that the respective
     beneficial owners listed in the table will not purchase any shares of Common Stock in this Offering.


(2)  All the shares owned by each of Messrs. Clemons, Farrar, Wilson and Williams are pledged as collateral
     for the Company's indebtedness to the supplier as described under "BUSINESS -- Indebtedness To Major
     Supplier". If there were a default in this indebtedness and the supplier were to foreclose on the 
     pledged shares, a change of control of the Company could result. See "BUSINESS -- Indebtedness To      
     Major Supplier".

                                           38
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

              TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES

Issuances And Transfers Of Stock.
- ---------------------------------

     The Company was  incorporated  in Texas on May 14, 1985. At that time, each
of John T. Wilson,  Danny R. Clemons, and Ralph L. Farrar paid $250, or $.01 per
share,  for 25,000  shares  (an  aggregate  total of 75,000  shares) of stock of
American International Construction, Inc., a Texas corporation ("AIC-Texas").

     In May 1994, AIC Management, Inc. merged with and into the Company. As part
of the merger, the shareholders of AIC Management, Inc. received an aggregate of
75,000  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock,   which  after  its  issuance
constituted 50 percent of the Company's  outstanding shares. The shareholders of
AIC  Management,  Inc. at the time of the merger were John T.  Wilson,  Danny R.
Clemons and Ralph L. Farrar. In determining that the values of the two companies
were approximately  equal, the Company and AIC Management,  Inc.  considered the
net book value of the assets of each,  an appraisal of the value of the land and
a building owned by AIC Management,  Inc., and their respective estimates of the
fair market value of the land and building.

     In April 1992, each of John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons and Ralph L. Farrar
transferred  to Jim W.  Williams  3,000  shares of the common stock of AIC-Texas
owned by each of them respectively.  The shares were given to Mr. Williams as an
incentive bonus.

Delaware Reincorporation And Capital Restructurings.
- ----------------------------------------------------

     In June 1994, the Company changed its state of incorporation and effected a
16-for-1  stock split by forming a wholly owned Delaware  subsidiary  into which
the Company was merged.  As a result of this  transaction,  the Company became a
Delaware  corporation  with 2,400,000  shares of Common Stock  outstanding.  All
references  in this  Prospectus  to numbers of shares  give effect to this stock
split and the issuance of 75,000 shares to the shareholders of AIC Management.

Employment Agreements.
- ----------------------

     The  Company  is a party to  employment  agreements  with  each of its four
officers. These agreements are described under "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION".


                                
                                       39

<PAGE>



                  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
                     ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     On August  5,  1994,  Melton & Melton,  L.L.P.  ("Melton"),  the  Company's
independent  accountant  at  that  date,  informed  the  Company  that it is not
Melton's  usual  policy to issue audit  opinions for  inclusion in  registration
statements  filed with the  Securities And Exchange  Commission,  and therefore,
Melton would not consent to the inclusion of its audit opinions in the Company's
registration  statement.  As a result, the Company engaged HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP
as the  Company's  independent  accountant,  which  decision was approved by the
Board Of Directors of the Company.

     Melton's prior reports  concerning the Company's  financial  statements did
not contain  adverse  opinions  or  disclaimers  of  opinion,  and they were not
qualified as to uncertainty,  audit scope or accounting  principles.  There have
been no  disagreements  with Melton on any matter of  accounting  principles  or
practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure.







                                       40

<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     The Company's authorized capital consists of 20 million shares of $.001 par
value Common Stock and one million  shares of $1.00 par value  Preferred  Stock.
The Company's  issued and  outstanding  capital as of July 31, 1996 consisted of
2,900,100  shares  of  $.001  par  value  Common  Stock  which  were  held by 35
stockholders and 3,000,000 Warrants held by 26 holders.  The Company is offering
900,000 shares of Common Stock and 450,000 Warrants pursuant to this Prospectus.

Common Stock

     Each share of the Common Stock is entitled to share equally with each other
share of Common Stock in dividends  from sources  legally  available  therefore,
subject to the rights of the Preferred  Stock,  when, as, and if declared by the
Board of Directors and, upon liquidation or dissolution of the Company,  whether
voluntary or involuntary, to share equally in the assets of the Company that are
available for  distribution  to the holders of the Common Stock.  Each holder of
Common Stock of the Company is entitled to one vote per share for all  purposes,
except that in the  election of  directors,  each holder shall have the right to
vote such  number of shares  for as many  persons as there are  directors  to be
elected.  Cumulative voting shall not be allowed in the election of directors or
for any other  purpose,  and the  holders  of Common  Stock  have no  preemptive
rights,  redemption  rights or rights of  conversion  with respect to the Common
Stock.  All  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock and all  shares to be sold and
issued upon exercise of the Warrants will be fully paid and nonassessable by the
Company.  The Board Of Directors is  authorized  to issue  additional  shares of
Common  Stock  within the limits  authorized  by the  Company's  Certificate  Of
Incorporation and without stockholder action.

     The Company has not paid any dividends  during its last two fiscal years or
in any subsequent periods.

     The Company has reserved a sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock for
issuance in the event that all the Warrants  are  exercised.  In  addition,  the
Company has reserved a sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock for issuance
upon the exercise of options under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan.

     The issuance of additional  shares of Common Stock and other  securities of
the Company is subject to the  Representative's  right of approval for two years
after the effective date of the Offering.

Common Stock Purchase Warrants

     General.  The redeemable  Common Stock Purchase  Warrants (the  "Warrants")
offered  by the  Company  are  to be in  registered  form.  They  are  tradeable
separately  from the Common  Stock.  Each  Warrant is  exercisable  at $5.00 per
Warrant during the period  commencing on the date of this  Prospectus and ending
five years from the date of this Prospectus. Although there currently is no plan
or other intention to do so, the Board Of Directors of the Company,  in its sole
discretion,  may extend the exercise  period of the Warrants  and/or  reduce the
exercise price of the Warrants. It is anticipated that the Board would make such
a  modification  only if it deemed  it to be in the  Company's  best  interests.
Possible  circumstances  that  may  lead to  modification  of the  terms  of the
Warrants,  of which there is no assurance,  would include circumstances in which
the market price of the Company's  Common Stock is less than the exercise  price
of the Warrants and the Board would reduce the exercise price of the Warrants in



                                       41

<PAGE>



order to  encourage  their being  exercised.  This would be based on the Board's
belief that it would be in the Company's  best  interests to receive  additional
capital funds from that source.

     The exercise price of the Warrants was arbitrarily established and there is
no assurance that the price of the Common Stock of the Company will ever rise to
a level  where  exercise of the  Warrants  would be of any  economic  value to a
holder of the Warrants.

     Current Registration Statement Required For Exercise. In order for a holder
to  exercise  that  holder's  Warrants,  there  must be a  current  registration
statement on file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission and various state
securities commissions to continue registration of the issuance of the shares of
Common Stock underlying the Warrants.  The Company intends to maintain a current
registration  statement  during the period  that the  Warrants  are  exercisable
unless the market price of the Common Stock underlying the Warrants would create
no economic incentive for exercise of the Warrants.  If those circumstances were
to exist during the entire exercise  period of the Warrants,  the Warrants could
expire without the holders having had an opportunity to exercise their Warrants.

     The  maintenance  of a currently  effective  registration  statement  could
result in substantial expense to the Company, and there is no assurance that the
Company will be able to maintain a current  registration  statement covering the
shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  Although  there
can be no  assurance,  the Company  believes that it will be able to qualify the
shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the Warrants for sale in those states where
the Units are to be  offered.  The  Warrants  may be  deprived of any value if a
current Prospectus covering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
the Warrants is not kept effective or if the underlying shares are not qualified
in the states in which the Warrantholders reside.

     Exercise Of Warrants.  The Warrants may be exercised  upon the surrender of
the Warrant  certificate on or prior to the  expiration of the exercise  period,
with the form of "Election  To Purchase" on the reverse side of the  certificate
executed as indicated, and accompanied by payment of the full exercise price for
the number of Warrants being  exercised.  No rights of a stockholder  inure to a
holder of Warrants  until such time as a holder has  exercised  Warrants and has
been issued shares of Common Stock.

     Redemption. The Warrants are redeemable by the Company at any time prior to
their  exercise or expiration  upon 30 days prior  written or published  notice,
provided however, that the closing bid quotation for the Common Stock for all 20
business  days ending on the third day prior to the  Company's  giving notice of
redemption has been at least 150 percent of the then effective exercise price of
the Warrants.  The  redemption  price for the Warrants will be $.01 per Warrant.
Any  Warrant  holder that does not  exercise  prior to the date set forth in the
Company's  notice of redemption  will forfeit the right to exercise the Warrants
and purchase the shares of Common Stock underlying those Warrants.  Any Warrants
outstanding  after the redemption  date will be deprived of any value except the
right to receive the redemption price of $.01 per Warrant.

     Tax Consequences Of Warrants.  For federal income tax purposes,  no gain or
loss will be realized  upon  exercise of a Warrant.  The  holder's  basis in the
Common  Stock  received  will be equal  to the  holder's  basis  in the  Warrant
exercised, plus the amount of the exercise price. If the Warrant being exercised
has been  purchased by the holder in this  Offering,  the holder's  basis in the
Warrant will be determined based on the consideration paid for the Warrants. Any
loss  realized  by a holder of a Warrant  due to a failure to exercise a Warrant
prior to the  expiration  of the  exercise  period  will be treated  for federal
income tax purposes as a loss from the sale or exchange of property that has the
same  character as any shares of Common Stock  acquired from the exercise of the
Warrants.


                                       42

<PAGE>

     Warrant exercise price  adjustments,  or the omission of such  adjustments,
may under  certain  circumstances  be deemed to be  distributions  that could be
taxable as dividends for federal  income tax purposes to holders of the Warrants
or the holders of the Common Stock.

     The Internal  Revenue Code provides  that a corporation  does not recognize
gain or loss upon the issuance,  lapse or repurchase of a warrant to acquire its
own stock. Therefore,  the Company will not recognize income upon the expiration
of any unexercised Warrants.

Preferred Stock

     The  Company is  authorized  to issue up to  1,000,000  shares of $1.00 par
value Preferred Stock.

     The Board Of  Directors  of the  Company  has the right to fix the  rights,
privileges and  preferences of any class of Preferred  Stock to be issued in the
future out of authorized  but unissued  shares of Preferred  Stock and can issue
such shares after  adopting and filing a Certificate  Of  Designations  with the
Secretary  Of State  of  Delaware.  Any  class of  Preferred  Stock  that may be
authorized in the future may have rights,  privileges, and preferences senior to
the Common Stock.  The Company  currently  does not have a plan to authorize any
class of Preferred Stock.

     The foregoing description  concerning capital stock of the Company does not
purport  to be  complete.  Reference  is made to the  Company's  Certificate  Of
Incorporation, Bylaws, and Underwriting Agreement which are filed as exhibits to
the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is part, as well as to the
applicable statutes of the State of Delaware for a more complete  description of
the rights and liabilities of stockholders.

     The issuance of additional  shares of Preferred Stock and other  securities
of the Company is subject to the Representative's right of approval for one year
after the effective date of the Offering.

Registration Rights

     Concurrently with the closing of the Offering, there is being registered on
behalf of the  Selling  Securities  Holders an  aggregate  of 500,100  shares of
Common Stock and 3,000,000  Warrants issued in connection with the $300,000 loan
to the Company  consummated  in July 1996. The Selling  Securities  Holders have
entered into a Lock-Up  Agreement  which, in general,  provides that the Selling
Securities Holders will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any option to
purchase or  otherwise  dispose of the shares of Common Stock or Warrants of the
Company  issued  to them in  connection  with the loan for a period  of one year
after  the   Effective   Date   without  the  prior   written   consent  of  the
Representative.  If the  Representative  does  not  consent  to the sale of such
securities  concurrently with the Offering, the Selling Security Holders will be
entitled to certain demand and "piggyback"  registration  rights with respect to
the  registration  of such shares under the Securities  Act until ______,  1998.
Generally,   the   Company  is   required  to  bear  the  expense  of  all  such
registrations,  except that the Selling  Securities  Holders will be required to
bear their pro rata share of the underwriting discounts and commissions, if any.
Substantially  similar demand and  "piggyback  rights" have also been granted to
the  Underwriter  with respect to the  Underwriter's  Warrant and the securities
underlying the Underwriter's Warrant.


                                       43

<PAGE>

Delaware Law and Certain Charter Provisions

     The  Company is a Delaware  corporation  and  subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General  Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law"), an anti-takeover law. In
general,  Section 203 of the Delaware Law prevents an  "interested  stockholder"
(defined  generally  as a  person  owning  15%  or  more  of  the  corporation's
outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a "business combination" (as defined)
with a Delaware  corporation  for three  years  following  the date such  person
became an  interested  stockholder,  subject to certain  exceptions  such as the
approval  of the Board of  Directors  and the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding shares of voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.  The
existence of this provision would be expected to have the effect of discouraging
takeover  attempts  including  attempts  that might result in a premium over the
market price for the shares of Common Stock held by stockholders.


Transfer Agent

     The Transfer Agent for the Common Stock and Warrants is American Securities
Transfer & Trust, Inc.


                                       44

<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

     The Company has entered  into an  Underwriting  Agreement  with Dalton Kent
Securities Group, Inc. (the "Representative") as the Representative on behalf of
the  underwriters   (collectively,   the  "Underwriters"),   which  Underwriting
Agreement  has been filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which
this Prospectus  forms a part, and which governs the terms and conditions of the
sale of the Common Stock and Warrants  offered hereby.  Pursuant to the terms of
the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters, as the Company's exclusive agents,
have agreed to  purchase  from the Company on a firm  commitment  basis  900,000
shares of Common  Stock at a price of $5.00 per share and 450,000  Warrants at a
price of $.10 per  Warrant.  Each  Warrant  entitles  its holder to purchase one
share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $ 5.00 per share.

     The Company has applied for  quotation of the Common Stock and the Warrants
on The Nasdaq  SmallCap Market  ("NASDAQ")  under the trading symbols "AICI" and
"AICIW",  respectively.  The  Company  also  intends to apply for listing of the
Common  Stock and the Warrants on The Boston Stock  Exchange  ("BSE")  under the
trading  symbols  "AIC" and "AICW",  respectively.  There is no  assurance  that
listing on NASDAQ or BSE will occur or that a trading  market  will  develop for
the Common  Stock and/or  Warrants.  See "RISK  FACTORS--Risk  Factor No. 20. No
Assurance Of Market For Common Stock Or Warrants".

     The  Company  has granted to the  Underwriters  an option,  solely to cover
over-allotments  in the  Offering,  to purchase all or any part of 15 percent of
the total number of shares of the Common Stock and Warrants  offered pursuant to
this  Prospectus  for a period  of 45 days from the date of the  closing  of the
Offering at the price to public and  subject to the  discounts  and  commissions
described in the previous paragraph.

     The public  offering  price of the shares of Common  Stock and the exercise
price of the Warrants were determined by negotiation  between the Representative
and the  Company.  The Warrant  offering  price and other terms were  determined
arbitrarily by negotiation between the Company and the Representative and do not
necessarily bear any direct  relationship to the Company's  assets,  earnings or
other  generally  accepted  criteria  of  value.  Other  factors  considered  in
determining the offering and exercise price of the Warrants include the business
in  which  the  Company  is  engaged,  the  Company's  financial  condition,  an
assessment of the Company's management,  the general condition of the securities
markets and the demand for similar securities of comparable companies.

     The  Underwriters  will  receive  a  commission  equal to 10% of the  gross
proceeds  from the sale of the Common Stock and Warrants  sold or $454,500.  The
Underwriters also will receive a non-accountable  expense allowance in an amount
equal to 3% of the gross  proceeds of this  Offering  of which  $25,000 has been
paid to date.

     The  Underwriters  have  advised the Company that they propose to offer the
shares and the Warrants to the public at the public  offering price set forth on
the Cover  Page of this  Prospectus  for each  separate  security,  and that the
Underwriters  may allow to certain  dealers who are members of the NASD,  and to
certain foreign dealers not eligible for membership in the NASD,  concessions of
not in excess of $______  for each  share of Common  Stock and $ ______ for each
Warrant,  of which  amount a sum not in  excess  of $  _______  per  share and $
_______ per Warrant may be  re-allowed  by such dealers to other dealers who are
members of the NASD and to certain  foreign  dealers not eligible for membership
in the  NASD.  After  commencement  of this  Offering,  the  concession  and the
re-allowance  may be changed.  No such  modification  shall change the amount of
proceeds to be received by the Company.


                                       45

<PAGE>

     Pursuant to the Underwriting  Agreement,  the Company has agreed to sell to
the Underwriters,  at a nominal cost, Underwriters' Warrants to purchase up to a
maximum of 90,000  shares of Common Stock and 45,000  Warrants,  or one share of
Common Stock for each ten shares sold in this  Offering and one Warrant for each
ten  Warrants  sold  in  this  Offering.  The  Underwriters'  Warrants  will  be
non-exercisable for one year after the date of this Prospectus.  Thereafter, for
a period of four years, the Underwriters'  Warrants will be exercisable at $6.00
per share of Common Stock and $.12 per Warrant.  The Underwriters'  Warrants are
not  transferable  for a period of one year  after the date of this  Prospectus,
except to officers and  stockholders of the  Underwriters  and to members of the
selling group and their officers and partners.  The Company has also granted one
demand  and  certain  "piggy-back"  registration  rights to the  holders  of the
Underwriters' Warrants.

     For the life of the Underwriters'  Warrants, the holders thereof are given,
at a nominal cost, the  opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of
the  Company's  securities  with a resulting  dilution in the  interest of other
stockholders. Further, the holders may be expected to exercise the Underwriters'
Warrants at a time when the Company  would in all  likelihood  be able to obtain
equity capital on terms more favorable than those provided in the  Underwriters'
Warrants.

     The  Underwriters  have  informed  the Company  that they do not expect any
sales  of  the  Common  Stock  and  Warrants   offered  hereby  to  be  made  to
discretionary accounts.

     The  Company  may  provide  the  Underwriters  with the  names  of  persons
contacting  the Company with an interest in purchasing  Common Stock or Warrants
in this Offering, and it is possible that the Company's officers, directors, and
employees will refer subscribers to the Underwriters.  Although the Company will
not provide any names for the express purpose of closing the Offering, sales may
be made to those persons for that purpose.  The  Underwriters may sell a portion
of the Common Stock or Warrants offered hereby to such persons if they reside in
a state in which the Common Stock or Warrants can be sold. The  Underwriters are
not  obligated  to sell any Common Stock or Warrants to such persons and will do
so only to the extent that such sales would not be inconsistent  with the public
distribution  of the  shares.  Neither the  Company  nor the  Underwriters  will
directly or  indirectly  arrange for the  financing of such  purchases,  and the
proceeds  of the  Offering  will not  directly  or  indirectly  be used for such
purchases.  Officers,  directors  and  stockholders  of the Company may purchase
Common Stock or Warrants offered hereby.

     For a  period  of  five  years  after  the  closing  of the  Offering,  the
Representative  has the right to designate  one person to serve as an advisor to
or  member of the  Company's  Board of  Directors.  There is no  restriction  on
whether the person  designated is a director,  officer,  partner,  employee,  or
affiliate of any of the Underwriters.  The  Representative  has not yet informed
the Company of whether it intends to designate an advisor or director.

     Upon the successful  completion of this Offering,  the Representative shall
have a  preferential  right  for a period of three  years  from the date of this
Prospectus  to  purchase  for its own  account or to sell for the account of the
Company or any of the Company's subsidiaries or affiliates,  any securities sold
in a public or private  offering to raise capital and any sales of securities to
be  made  by the  Company,  its  affiliates  or any of  its  present  or  future
subsidiaries.


                                       46

<PAGE>

     The Company  will enter into on the date of this  Prospectus  a  consulting
agreement  with the  Representative  pursuant to which the  Representative  will
receive a consulting  fee of $108,000,  payable at the closing of the  Offering,
for services to be rendered by the Representative to the Company for three years
commencing on the closing date of the Offering.  Such services shall include but
not be  limited to  advising  the  Company in  connection  with  management  and
financial matters and possible acquisition opportunities.

     The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that the Company  will not sell any
shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock, Warrants or options for a period of two
years following the date of this Prospectus without the Representative's consent
except that the Company may, without the Representative's  consent, issue Common
Stock or options pursuant to the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan.

     The  Company  also has agreed to engage the  Representative  as the warrant
solicitation agent on behalf of the Company for the solicitation of the exercise
of the  Warrants  commencing  one year  after  the date of this  Prospectus  and
continuing for four years thereafter.  The Representative will be paid a warrant
solicitation  fee of  five  percent  of the  exercise  price  for  each  Warrant
exercised during that period. Unless granted an exemption by the Commission from
Rule 10b-6 under the Exchange Act, the  Representative  and any other soliciting
broker-dealers will be prohibited from engaging in any market-making  activities
or solicited brokerage activities with regard to the Company's securities during
the periods  prescribed by exemption (xi) to Rule 10b-6 before the  solicitation
of the  exercise  of any  Warrant  until  the later of the  termination  of such
solicitation activity or the termination of any right the Representative and any
other soliciting broker-dealer may have to receive a fee for the solicitation of
the exercise of the Warrants.

     The Underwriting Agreement provides for reciprocal  indemnification between
the Company and the Underwriters  against certain liabilities in connection with
this Offering,  including  liabilities under the Securities Act. See "SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION".

     The  Representative   became  a  member  of  the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. in May 1996 and this is its first public offering.  The
Representative  may  participate  in public  offerings  only if other  qualified
broker-dealers  participate as underwriters.  See "RISK FACTORS--Risk Factor No.
27. Lack Of Experience Of The Representative Of The Underwriters".

     The  foregoing  does not purport to be a complete  summary of the terms and
conditions  of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  copies of which are on file at the
offices  of the  Underwriter,  the  Company  and  the  Securities  And  Exchange
Commission in Washington, D.C. See "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION".

     There are no  material  relationships  between  the  Company and any of the
Underwriters other than the relationships created by the Underwriting Agreement.



                                       47

<PAGE>

                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION
                           ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION

     The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  directors,  officers,  and  other
representatives  of the Company for costs incurred by each of them in connection
with any action,  suit, or proceeding  brought by reason of their  position as a
director,  officer,  or  representative.  This would include actions,  suits, or
proceedings  with  respect to  liability  under the 1933 Act. To be eligible for
indemnification,  the person being indemnified must have acted in good faith and
in a manner he or she  reasonably  believed  to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Company.

     The Board Of  Directors  is  empowered  to make  other  indemnification  as
authorized by the Company's  Certificate Of Incorporation,  Bylaws, or corporate
resolutions  so long as the  indemnification  is  consistent  with  the  General
Corporation Law Of Delaware. Under the Company's Bylaws, the Company is required
to  indemnify  its  directors  to the  full  extent  permitted  by  the  General
Corporation Law Of Delaware, the common law, and any other statutory provisions.
These provisions also may include  indemnification for liabilities arising under
the 1933 Act.

     In the Underwriting Agreement,  the Company and the Underwriter have agreed
to indemnify each other against civil liabilities,  including  liabilities under
the 1933 Act. See "UNDERWRITING".

     Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act may
be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised
that  in  the  opinion  of  the   Securities   And  Exchange   Commission   such
indemnification  is against  public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus Professional Corporation, Denver, Colorado, has
acted as counsel for the Company in connection with this offering. Certain legal
matters will be passed upon for the  Underwriter by Schneck  Weltman  Hashmall &
Mischel LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York.


                                     EXPERTS

     The  audited  financial   statements  of  the  Company  appearing  in  this
Prospectus  have been examined by HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP,  independent  certified
public accountants, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and
are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

                               CONCURRENT OFFERING

     The  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a part also covers
500,100  shares of Common Stock and  3,000,000  Warrants  offered by the Selling
Securities Holders made pursuant to the Selling Security Holders Prospectus.



                                      48

<PAGE>

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed a Registration  Statement under the Securities Act Of
1933 with  respect to the  securities  offered  hereby  with the  United  States
Securities And Exchange Commission.  This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information  contained in the Registration  Statement.  For further  information
regarding both the Company and the securities offered hereby,  reference is made
to the  Registration  Statement,  including all exhibits and schedules  therein,
filed at the Commission's  Washington,  D.C. office.  Copies of the Registration
Statement and exhibits are on file with the Commission and may be obtained, upon
payment of the fee  prescribed  by the  Commission,  or may be examined  free of
charge at the  offices  of the  Commission,  Public  Reference  Room,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.


                                       49

<PAGE>


                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                          Index To Financial Statements

                                                                        Page No.

Independent Auditor's Report  ...........................................  F-1

Financial Statements:

   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
     April 30, 1995 and 1996.............................................  F-2

   Consolidated Statements Of Operations for each of
     the three years ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996.................  F-3

  Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity
   (Deficit) for each of the three years in the
   period ended April 30, 1996...........................................  F-4

   Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows for each of the three years
   ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996...................................  F-5

   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.......................  F-6 - 14


                                       50



<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT





To the Stockholders
American International Consolidated Inc.
Houston, Texas

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  American
International  Consolidated Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 1995 and 1996,
and the related  consolidated  statements of  operations,  stockholders'  equity
(deficit)  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended April
30, 1996. These consolidated  financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
American  International  Consolidated Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 1995
and 1996,  and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended April 30, 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.



/s/ HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP

Certified Public Accountants
Houston, Texas
July 1, 1996



                                       F-1

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                       
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                      April 30,
                                                                                        -----------------------------------       
                                                                                             1995                  1996
                                                                                        -------------         -------------
ASSETS
<S>                                                                                     <C>                     <C>   

Current assets:
    Cash                                                                                $     628,979         $     265,949
    Accounts receivable:
       Contracts, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $97,053
          and $79,857 at April 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively                              2,677,558             4,874,421
       Employee                                                                                11,815                26,543
       Other                                                                                        -                     -
    Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
       uncompleted contracts                                                                  709,635               645,420
    Other current assets                                                                      134,788               131,725
                                                                                        -------------         -------------
          Total current assets                                                              4,162,775             5,944,058
                                                                                        -------------         -------------

Property and equipment, net                                                                 1,207,700             1,185,841
Other assets                                                                                  116,616               216,184
                                                                                        -------------         -------------

          Total assets                                                                  $   5,487,091         $   7,346,083
                                                                                        =============         =============

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities:
    Note payable to financial institutions                                              $     408,889         $           -
    Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligation                            469,635               552,264
    Accounts payable                                                                        3,715,390             3,826,207
    Accrued payroll and related expenses                                                      158,558               108,970
    Other accrued liabilities                                                                 328,000               313,024
    Taxes payable                                                                                   -                45,500
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
       uncompleted contracts                                                                  487,814               261,319
                                                                                        -------------         -------------
          Total current liabilities                                                         5,568,286             5,107,284
                                                                                        -------------         -------------

Long-term debt, net of current portion                                                        409,482             2,400,005
Capital lease obligation, net of current portion                                               44,386                22,287
Other liabilities                                                                              37,000                37,000
                                                                                        -------------         -------------

          Total liabilities                                                                 6,059,154             7,566,576

Contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
    Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized,
       none issued                                                                                  -                     -
    Common stock, $.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized;
       2,400,000 shares issued and outstanding                                                  2,400                 2,400
    Additional paid-in capital                                                                145,755               145,755
    Accumulated deficit                                                                      (720,218)             (368,648)
                                                                                        -------------         -------------
          Total stockholders' deficit                                                        (572,063)             (220,493)
                                                                                        -------------         -------------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit                                   $   5,487,091         $   7,346,083
                                                                                        =============         =============

                         See  accompanying   notes  to  these  consolidated financial statements.



                                                              F-2
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                                       AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                             Consolidated Statements of Operations


                                                                      Year Ended April 30,
                                                         --------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1994                  1995                  1996
                                                         -------------         -------------        -------------
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>                   <C>   
Contract revenue                                        $  25,844,725         $  24,317,051         $  31,184,828

Contract cost                                              22,565,928            20,812,194            27,204,243
                                                        -------------         -------------         -------------
    Gross profit                                            3,278,797             3,504,857             3,980,585

Selling, general and administrative                         3,459,482             3,068,916             3,421,157

Other income (expense):
    Interest and other financing costs                       (219,155)             (187,908)             (184,277)
    Writeoff of capitalized costs in connection
       with delayed offering                                        -              (105,743)                    -
    Interest income and other, net                            (20,618)               44,372                11,419
                                                        -------------         -------------         -------------

Income (loss) before federal income taxes                    (420,458)              186,662               386,570

Federal income tax expense                                          -                     -                35,000
                                                        -------------         -------------         -------------

Net income (loss)                                       $    (420,458)        $     186,662         $     351,570
                                                        =============         =============         =============

Net income (loss) per share                             $        (.18)        $         .08         $         .15
                                                        =============         =============         =============

Weighted average common shares outstanding                  2,400,000             2,400,000             2,400,000
                                                        =============         =============         =============

                  See  accompanying   notes  to  these  consolidated financial statements.


                                                              F-3
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                                       AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                   Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)



                                                      Common Stock             Additional
                                                ------------------------        Paid-In        Accumulated
                                                 Shares          Amount         Capital          Deficit           Total
                                                --------       ----------      ----------      ------------     -----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>   

Balances, May 1, 1993                           2,400,000      $    2,400      $   15,621      $  (348,048)     $  (330,027)

    Net loss                                            -               -               -         (420,458)        (420,458)
    142,599 shares of common stock
       sold by the major stockholders at
       estimated fair market value                      -               -          14,260                -           14,260
    Distributions to AIC Management,
       Inc. stockholders                                -               -               -          (22,500)         (22,500)
    Conversion of AIC Management,
       Inc. from a non-taxable to
       taxable entity                                   -               -         115,874         (115,874)               -
                                               ----------     -----------      ----------      -----------      -----------

Balances, April 30, 1994                        2,400,000           2,400         145,755         (906,880)        (758,725)

    Net income                                          -               -               -          186,662          186,662
                                               ----------     -----------      ----------      -----------      -----------

Balances, April 30, 1995                        2,400,000           2,400         145,755         (720,218)        (572,063)

    Net income                                          -               -               -          351,570          351,570
                                               ----------     -----------      ----------      -----------      -----------

Balances, April 30, 1996                        2,400,000     $     2,400      $  145,755      $  (368,648)     $  (220,493)
                                               ==========     ===========      ==========      ===========      ===========


                              See  accompanying   notes  to  these  consolidated financial statements.



                                                              F-4
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                                       AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                             Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


                                                                                            Year Ended April 30,
                                                                            ----------------------------------------------
                                                                                 1994             1995             1996
                                                                            -------------    -------------     -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>              <C>               <C>   

Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income (loss)                                                       $    (420,458)   $     186,662     $    351,570
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization                                              137,492          141,176          170,123
       (Increase) decrease in:
          Receivables                                                            (200,705)         (12,353)      (2,211,591)
          Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
             uncompleted contracts                                             (1,072,648)         673,380           64,215
          Other current assets                                                     26,262          (96,016)           3,063
       Increase (decrease) in:
          Accounts payable                                                      2,272,397         (415,777)       2,510,817
          Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings                       88,759           98,668         (226,495)
          Other current liabilities                                               240,665          (74,152)         (19,064)
       Other, net                                                                 165,096         (116,113)         (99,568)
                                                                            -------------    -------------     ------------
          Net cash provided by operating activities                             1,236,860          385,475          543,070


Cash flows from investing activities:
    Capital expenditures                                                          (13,842)        (169,485)        (148,264)
    Proceeds from sale of investments                                                   -           19,050                -
                                                                            -------------    -------------     ------------
          Net cash used in investing activities                                   (13,842)        (150,435)        (148,264)


Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net borrowings (payments) under receivables factoring agreements             (460,808)         177,239         (408,889)
    Issuance of long-term debt                                                          -          173,585                -
    Principal payments on long-term debt,
       capital leases and other notes payable                                    (342,796)        (439,303)        (348,947)
    Distributions to stockholders                                                 (22,500)               -                -
                                                                            -------------    -------------     ------------
          Net cash used in financing activities                                  (826,104)         (88,479)        (757,836)
                                                                            -------------    -------------     ------------


Net increase (decrease) in cash                                                   396,914          146,561         (363,030)


Cash, beginning of year                                                            85,504          482,418          628,979
                                                                            -------------    -------------     ------------


Cash, end of year                                                           $     482,418     $    628,979     $    265,949
                                                                            =============     ============     ============


Supplemental disclosures:
    Interest paid                                                           $     203,629    $     197,661     $    184,277
    Equipment and vehicles acquired in exchange for long-term debt          $      28,182    $           -     $          -
    Advances to stockholders converted to compensation                      $     120,500    $           -     $          -
    Land acquired in exchange for long-term debt                            $      49,430    $           -     $          -
    Trade payable converted to long-term debt                               $           -    $           -     $  2,400,000
    Equipment acquired under capital leases                                 $       3,845    $      63,361     $          -
                                                                            =============    =============     ============

                              See  accompanying   notes  to  these  consolidated financial statements.



                                                              F-5
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- ---------------------------------------------------------

Organization:  The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements include the
accounts  of  American   International   Consolidated  Inc.  (AIC),  a  Delaware
corporation,  and its wholly-owned subsidiaries:  C.H.O.A.  Construction Company
and L. Campbell Construction,  Inc., which is currently inactive. Effective July
26, 1996, the Company changed its name from American International  Construction
Inc. to American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  Effective  April 30,  1994,
American International Construction, Inc., a Texas corporation, exchanged 75,000
shares of its common stock for the outstanding shares of AIC Management, Inc., a
corporation  wholly-owned  by the  stockholders  of AIC. In June 1994,  American
International  Construction , Inc., a Texas corporation,  formed AIC, a Delaware
corporation,  as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary.  Subsequent  to  this,  the  Texas
corporation  was merged  into the  Delaware  corporation  in a reverse  tax-free
exchange.  These  transactions  involved  companies  under  common  control and,
therefore,  are accounted for similar to a pooling of interest.  Therefore,  the
accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of AIC
Management,  Inc. and  (AIC-Texas)  for all years presented as if the respective
transaction  had  occurred  on April  30,  1992.  All  significant  intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company is primarily  engaged in the design and erection of metal  buildings
for use as self-storage,  commercial and cold storage facilities and fabrication
of  metal  building   components.   The  Company  also   participates  in  major
construction projects as a general contractor.

Revenue and Cost Recognition: Profits and losses on construction and fabrication
contracts  are recorded on the  percentage-of-completion  method of  accounting,
measured by the percentage of contract costs incurred to date to estimated total
contract costs for each contract.  Contract costs include raw materials,  direct
labor,  amounts paid to subcontractors  and an allocation of overhead  expenses.
General and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Anticipated
losses on uncompleted  construction  contracts are charged to operations as soon
as such losses can be estimated.  Changes in job  performance,  job  conditions,
estimated  profitability and final contract  settlements may result in revisions
to costs and income and are  recognized in the period in which the revisions are
determined.

The asset,  "costs and estimated  earnings in excess of billings on  uncompleted
contracts",  represents  revenues  recognized in excess of amounts  billed.  The
liability,  "billings in excess of costs and estimated  earnings on  uncompleted
contracts", represents billings in excess of revenues recognized.

Cash: Cash includes all highly liquid  investments  with original  maturities of
less than three months.

Property and Equipment:  Property and equipment is carried at cost. Property and
equipment acquired through capital leases are stated at the present value of the
future  minimum lease  payments at the inception of the lease.  Depreciation  is
computed using the  straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets.  Property and equipment  held under  capital  leases is amortized on the
straight-line method over the lesser of the asset's estimated useful life or the
term of the lease.  When assets are retired or  otherwise  disposed of, the cost
and related  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the  accounts,  and any
resulting gain or loss is recognized in operations  for the period.  The cost of
maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred;   however,   significant
refurbishments or improvements are capitalized.


                                       F-6

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements


NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Federal Income Taxes: AIC files a consolidated  federal income tax return, which
includes  the  results  of  its  operations   and  those  of  its   wholly-owned
subsidiaries. The Company accounts for income taxes in conformity with Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
Under  SFAS  No.  109,   deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  tax
consequences of temporary  differences by applying  enacted  statutory tax rates
applicable  to future  years to  differences  between  the  financial  statement
carrying  amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and  liabilities.  Income
tax expense or benefit  represents the current tax payable or refundable for the
period plus or minus the tax effect of the net change in the deferred tax assets
and liabilities.

Prior to its acquisition in fiscal 1994, AIC Management, Inc. was a subchapter S
corporation,  as provided  under the Internal  Revenue  Code.  Accordingly,  the
taxable  income  or loss for  this  entity  was  reported  in the  stockholders'
individual tax returns.

Deferred Offering Costs:  Direct costs incurred in connection with the Company's
proposed  offering of Common  Stock have been  capitalized  in the  accompanying
balance sheet. Upon closing of the proposed offering,  these costs, which amount
to  approximately  $159,000 at April 30, 1996, will be applied as a reduction of
the offering proceeds.

Use of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of the  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements,   in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
requires the Company's  management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the amounts  reported in these  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

New Accounting  Standards:  The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS
No. 121 entitled,  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed of, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1995. SFAS No. 121 specifies certain events and circumstances which indicate the
cost of an asset or assets may be impaired,  the method by which the  evaluation
should be performed and the method by which writedowns,  if any, of the asset or
assets  are to be  determined  and  recognized.  Management  does not  currently
believe  SFAS No. 121 will have a  material  impact on the  Company's  financial
condition or operating results upon implementation.

The  FASB  also  issued  SFAS No.  123  entitled,  Accounting  for  Stock  Based
Compensation, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. This
statement  allows  companies  to choose to adopt the  statement's  new rules for
accounting for employee stock-based  compensation plans. For those companies who
choose not to adopt the new rules, the statement requires disclosures as to what
earnings  and  earnings  per  share  would  have  been if the new rules had been
adopted.  Management  intends  to  adopt  the  disclosure  requirements  of this
statement in fiscal 1997.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share and Common Stock Split:  Net income (loss) per share
is based upon the weighted average common shares outstanding.  All share and per
share amounts in the  accompanying  financial  statements  have been adjusted to
reflect a 16 to 1 stock split which was  authorized in June 1994.  There were no
common stock equivalents during the years presented.



                                      F-7

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE 2 - HISTORICAL OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------

The  Company  experienced  substantial  losses  prior to  fiscal  1995 and has a
stockholders'  deficit of $220,493 at April 30, 1996.  The Company's  ability to
continue to fund its future  operating and capital  needs is dependent  upon its
ability to continue  profitable  operations and to generate  adequate cash flows
from  operations.  For the year ended April 30, 1996,  the Company  reported net
income of $351,570, cash flow from operations of $543,070 and an increase in its
working  capital  to  $836,774  as a result of  converting  $2,400,000  of trade
accounts payable to long-term debt.


NOTE 3 - CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
- -------------------------------------

The Company provides  construction services to commercial companies primarily in
the continental  United States which are  principally  concentrated in Texas and
Florida.  The Company performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its customers and
generally does not require collateral.  The Company assesses its credit risk and
provides an  allowance  for doubtful  accounts  for any accounts  which it deems
doubtful of collection.

The Company  maintains  deposits in banks which may exceed the amount of federal
deposit insurance  available.  Management believes that the risk of any possible
deposit loss is minimal


NOTE 4 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
- -------------------------------

Property and equipment consists of the following:

                                                     April 30,
                                        -----------------------------------
                                             1995                 1996
                                        ---------------      --------------

     Land                               $       167,461      $      167,461
     Buildings                                  825,172             834,944
     Construction equipment                     213,575             213,575
     Office equipment                           445,385             583,877
     Automobiles                                296,471             296,471
                                        ---------------      --------------
                                              1,948,064           2,096,328
     Less accumulated depreciation
     and amortization                          (740,364)           (910,487)
                                        ---------------      --------------

                                        $     1,207,700      $    1,185,841
                                        ===============      ==============


                                       F-8

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE 5 - CONSTRUCTION ACCOUNTS
- ------------------------------

Costs and billings on uncompleted contracts consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           April 30,
                                                              -----------------------------------
                                                                   1995                 1996
                                                              ---------------     ---------------
   <S>                                                       <C>                   <C>    

   Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts                   $     5,171,015       $   7,739,410
   Estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts                       456,387           1,239,522
                                                              --------------      --------------
                                                                   5,627,402           8,978,932
   Less:  Billings to date                                        (5,405,581)         (8,594,831)
                                                               ---------------    --------------

                                                               $     221,821       $     384,101
                                                               ===============     =============

   Included in the accompanying consolidated
    balance sheet under the following captions:
         Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
           on uncompleted contracts                            $     709,635       $     645,420
         Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
           on uncompleted contracts                                 (487,814)           (261,319)
                                                               ---------------     -------------

                                                               $     221,821        $    384,101
                                                               ===============      ============


NOTE 6 - CONTRACTS RECEIVABLE
- -----------------------------

Contracts receivable consisted of the following:

                                                                          April 30,
                                                               ---------------------------------
                                                                    1995               1996
                                                               ---------------     -------------

     Completed contracts                                       $     1,138,660      $  1,458,204
     Uncompleted contracts                                           1,350,298         3,158,551
     Retainage                                                         285,653           337,523
                                                               ---------------     -------------
                                                                     2,774,611         4,954,278
     Less allowance for doubtful accounts                              (97,053)          (79,857)
                                                               ---------------     -------------

                                                               $     2,677,558      $  4,874,421
                                                               ===============      ============
</TABLE>



NOTE 7 - NOTES PAYABLE TO FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
- ------------------------------------------------

The Company had a credit line with a financing  company  under which  certain of
the  Company's  contract  receivables  are  purchased  at a discount  of 9%. The
Company was  refunded a portion of the  discount  provided  the  receivable  was
collected promptly. The agreement was guaranteed by the Company's four principal
stockholders,  all of whom are officers,  and three of whom are directors of the
Company.  The outstanding balance under this credit agreement was $408,889 as of
April 30, 1995. This credit line was terminated effective April 24, 1996.


                                       F-9

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements


NOTE 8 - LONG-TERM DEBT
- -----------------------

Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             April 30,
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                       1995              1996 
                                                                                   -------------     ------------ 
     <S>                                                                            <C>              <C>   

     Note payable to supplier, due in weekly installments of $11,537,  including
     interest at prime plus 1% (10% at April 30, 1996)  through  April 30, 2001.
     The note is  collateraterized by certain contract  receivables,  inventory,
     equipment,  land,  buildings and  substantially all shares of the Company's
     common  stock.  The  note is  guaranteed  by the four  stockholders  of the
     Company.  If the Company completes the initial public offering described in
     Note 17, $1,200,000 of the remaining principal is immediately payable under
     the provisions of the loan agreement and the weekly payment will be reduced
     to provide for  amortization at an even rate over the remaining term of the
     note.                                                                              $       -      $ 2,400,000

     Note payable to supplier,  due in weekly installments of $6,000,  including
     interest at prime plus 1% (10% at April 30,  1995)  through  March 1, 1996.
     The note was repaid during fiscal 1996.                                              229,588                -

     Note payable to a bank, due in monthly  installments  of $4,907,  including
     interest at 8.75% (10% beginning March 15, 1995) through June 1998 when the
     remaining  principal is due. The note is  collateralized  by the  Company's
     land and buildings and guaranteed by three  principal  stockholders  of the
     Company.                                                                             314,150          289,153

     Note payable to a bank, due in monthly  installments  of $1,175,  including
     interest at 8.75%,  (10% beginning  March 15, 1995) with a final payment of
     principal and interest due the earlier of 30 days after  consummation  of a
     proposed public offering or June 5, 1998. The note is  collateralized  by a
     second lien on the Company's  land and  buildings  and  guaranteed by three
     principal stockholders of the Company.                                                88,038           83,416

     Real estate note payable, due in monthly installments of $1,018,  including
     interest at 8.7%,  through  October 1998. The note is  collateralized  by a
     first lien on a portion of the Company's land.                                        36,021           26,556

                                                         - Continued -

                                                             F-10

<PAGE>

                                           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                                       AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                          Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE 8 - LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

                                                                                              April 30,
                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                        1995              1996
                                                                                     ------------     -------------

     <S>                                                                              <C>             <C>    
     Notes payable to the State of Florida for sales and use tax, due in monthly
     installments  of $7,930,  including  interest  at 12%,  through  June 1997.
                                                                                           168,584         135,042

     Other   equipment   and   automobile   notes                                           21,979           1,228  

                                                                                     -------------    ------------
                                                                                           858,360       2,935,395 

      Less:  Current  maturities                                                          (448,878)       (535,390)
                                                                                     -------------    ------------

                                                                                     $     409,482    $  2,400,005
                                                                                     =============    ============
</TABLE>

The note payable to supplier includes various financial  covenants,  among other
things,  which require the Company to limit its capital expenditures to $120,000
annually,  submit  audited  financial  statements  within  90 days of year  end,
prohibit  the payment of  dividends,  require the Company to maintain a ratio of
current assets to current liabilities of at least .60 to 1 and maintain earnings
before interest expense of at least 1.5% of gross revenues. The distributions to
AIC Management,  Inc. in fiscal year 1994 preceded the merger of the Company and
AIC Management,  Inc. and were therefore not in violation of the loan covenants.
The  Company  also had  trade  payables  due this  supplier  of  $1,758,352  and
$1,065,825 at April 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

           Year Ending April 30,
           ---------------------

                  1997                              $      535,390
                  1998                                     528,187
                  1999                                     770,194
                  2000                                     525,178
                  2001                                     576,446
                                                    --------------
                                                    $    2,935,395
                                                    ==============

NOTE 9 - CONTINGENCIES
- ----------------------

The owner of one of the Company's construction projects has disputed some of the
costs charged to a job which was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
The owner has stated that some of the disputed costs relate to  mismanagement of
the project causing  unnecessary  cost overruns.  The Company contends that such
costs   incurred   were   beyond   management's   control  and  were  caused  by
weather-related   delays  and  ordinary   problems   encountered   with  several
subcontractors.  The  Company  has  liened the  project  and the matter has been
submitted  to  arbitration.  The Company  anticipates  settlement  of this claim
within the next year and management has estimated the range of loss to be $6,000
to  $200,000.  A  loss  of  $59,000  has  been  reflected  in  the  accompanying
consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  management's  assessment  of the
probable outcome of this dispute.



                                       F-11

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE 9 - CONTINGENCIES (continued)
- ----------------------------------

Additionally,  the Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions
arising in the ordinary  course of business.  In the opinion of management,  the
ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  consolidated  financial  condition,   liquidity  or  results  of
operations.


NOTE 10 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ------------------------------

In October 1993, the four  stockholders of the Company  transferred an aggregate
of 142,599 shares of the Company's common stock as a consideration  for services
provided to the Company.  Expense of $14,260 was  recognized  in fiscal 1994 for
the estimated fair value of the shares transferred.

The  Company  may  issue  one or more  series  of  preferred  stock,  with  such
designations,   preferences,  rights,  dividends  and  restrictions  as  may  be
determined by the Board of Directors.


NOTE 11 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
- ------------------------------

Deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  as of April 30,  1995  consisted  of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                           Current            Noncurrent            Total
                                                       --------------       -------------       --------------
   <S>                                                 <C>                   <C>                 <C> 
   Deferred tax assets:
   Net operating loss carryforwards                    $      157,000       $            -      $      157,000
   Deferred compensation and other accruals                    27,700                    -              27,700
   Other, net                                                  62,300                    -              62,300
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------
   Total deferred tax asset                                   247,000                    -             247,000

   Less:  Valuation allowance                                (210,000)                   -            (210,000)
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------

   Deferred tax asset, net                                     37,000                    -              37,000
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------

   Deferred tax liability - accumulated
    depreciation                                                    -              (37,000)            (37,000)
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------

                                                       $       37,000       $      (37,000)     $            -
                                                       ==============       ==============      ==============

Deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  as of April 30,  1996  consisted  of the
following:

                                                            Current           Noncurrent            Total
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------
          <S>                                           <C>                  <C>                 <C>    
           Deferred tax assets:
           Deferred compensation and other accruals    $       52,000       $            -      $       52,000

           Valuation allowance                                 (9,000)                   -              (9,000)
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------

           Deferred tax asset, net                             43,000                    -              43,000
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------

           Deferred tax liability - accumulated
            depreciation                                            -              (37,000)            (37,000)
                                                       --------------       --------------      --------------

                                                       $       43,000       $      (37,000)     $        6,000
                                                       ==============       ==============      ==============


                                                             F-12
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements


NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
- --------------------------------

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan (the Plan) which covers  substantially all of
its employees  meeting minimum age and service  requirements.  The Plan provides
for  elective  contributions  by  employees  up to  the  lesser  of  15%  of the
employee's  compensation or the maximum limit allowed by tax regulations.  Under
the terms of the Plan, the Company makes matching  contributions equal to 25% of
the first 6% of each employee's elective contributions to the Plan. In addition,
the Company may make discretionary  contributions up to 15% of total participant
compensation.  During the years ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company
made contributions to the Plan of $20,965, $25,692 and $24,626, respectively.


NOTE 13 - INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
- -------------------------------------

The Company has a Stock Option Plan (the Option Plan)  pursuant to which options
to  purchase  200,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock may be granted to
officers and employees of the Company or its  subsidiaries and to other persons.
As of April 30, 1996, no stock  options had been granted  pursuant to the Option
Plan.

Options  granted  pursuant to the Option Plan may be "incentive  stock  options"
within the  meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  or
"non-qualified   stock  options,"  which  are  options  that  do  not  meet  the
requirements  of Section  422.  Incentive  options  may be  granted  only to key
employees  of the  Company,  as defined in the Option  Plan,  and  non-qualified
options may be granted to both key  employees and other  persons,  other than an
employee of the Company, who are committed to the interests of the Company.

The Option Plan  expires  November  21,  2004,  except as to options  previously
granted and outstanding under the Option Plan at that time.


NOTE 14 - INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE
- -------------------------------------

The Company had an  ownership  interest of 13% in Saxon  International  Building
Systems  (Saxon) a Polish  limited  liability  company in which the three  major
stockholders  of  the  Company  have  a  26%  ownership  interest.  The  Company
recognized  losses from Saxon,  which was  accounted for on the equity method of
accounting,  of  $36,666  for the year  ended  April  30,  1994.  The  Company's
investment in Saxon had been reduced to zero at April 30, 1994,  and the Company
ceased recognizing its proportionate  share of Saxon's losses.  During 1995, the
Company ceased all funding of Saxon and sold its ownership  interest in Saxon to
an unrelated  third  party.  Management  does not believe it has any  contingent
liabilities arising from its prior ownership in Saxon.






                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements


NOTE 15 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
- ---------------------------------------------

The Company's financial instruments consist of trade receivables, trade payables
and various  notes  payable to banks,  a financing  company and a supplier.  The
Company believes the carrying value of these financial  instruments  approximate
their estimated fair value.

NOTE 16 - MAJOR CUSTOMERS
- -------------------------

The following is a summary of customers accounting for ten percent (10%) or more
of the Company's revenues and trade accounts receivable for the years indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Revenues                                            Receivables
                       ----------------------------------------------         ------------------------------------------
                                       Year Ended April 30,                                    April 30,
                       ----------------------------------------------         ------------------------------------------
                            1994             1995              1996               1994            1995            1996
                       -----------      -----------       -----------         -----------      -----------     ---------

     <S>               <C>              <C>               <C>                   <C>              <C>               <C>
     Customer A              19.0%            19.8%             26.0%               11%              20%            11%
     Customer B              21.6%             -                  -                  -                -              -
     Customer C               -               10.2%               -                  -                -              -
     Customer D               -                -                  -                  -               13%            -
                       -----------      -----------       -----------         -----------      -----------       -------

                             40.6%            30.0%             26.0%               11%              33%            11%
                       ===========      ===========       ===========         ===========      ===========       =======
</TABLE>


NOTE 17 - INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
- ---------------------------------

The Company is preparing to register the sale of 900,000  shares of common stock
and 450,000  warrants with the Securities and Exchange  Commission as part of an
initial  public  offering.  Each warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of
common  stock at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share.  The Company has entered
into a letter of intent  with an  underwriter  to offer  such  units in a public
offering on a "firm  commitment  basis".  If the  offering is  consummated,  the
underwriter  will receive  underwriters'  warrants to purchase a total of 90,000
shares of common stock and 45,000 warrants, each at 120% of the initial offering
price for a period of four years  beginning  twelve  months after the closing of
the offering.  The Company has granted  registration  rights with respect to the
common stock and warrants underlying the underwriters' warrants.

NOTE 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT
- --------------------------

     In July 1996,  the Company  issued an aggregate of 500,100 shares of Common
Stock,  3,000,000  Warrants,  and  $300,000  aggregate  face amount of unsecured
promissory  notes  payable in a balloon  payment  plus  accrued  interest  at 10
percent  per annum due on the  earlier of April 24,  1997 or the  closing of any
public debt or equity  offering by the Company or the closing of any transaction
in which the  Company's  securities  are  exchanged  for  securities of a public
entity.  The Company will incur a one-time  non-recurring  charge to earnings of
approximately  $625,000 over the term of the promissory notes in connection with
the 500,100 shares of common stock issued upon the closing of this transaction.

                                 * * * * * * * *


                                      F-14
<PAGE>

- ---------------------------------------

NO DEALER,  SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS
BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION
OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN          AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL
THOSE  CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,             CONSOLIDATED INC.
IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION  OR
AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL   REPRESENTATION
MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON  CONSOLIDATED
INC.  AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE       900,000 Shares of Common Stock
COMPANY.   THIS  PROSPECTUS   SHALL  NOT          450,000 Redeemable Common
CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  THE           Stock Purchase Warrants
SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  NOR
SHALL   THERE   BE  ANY  SALE  OF  THESE
SECURITIES  IN ANY  STATE IN WHICH  SUCH
OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE  WOULD  BE
UNLAWFUL   PRIOR  TO   REGISTRATION   OR
QUALIFICATION  UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
OF        ANY        SUCH         STATE.
      ------------------------------

             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                    Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY................... 6
RISK FACTORS........................  9          ---------------------------
USE OF PROCEEDS..................... 17
BUSINESS............................ 20                  PROSPECTUS
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED
  FINANCIAL DATA.................... 29          ---------------------------
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
  OPERATIONS........................ 31
MANAGEMENT.......................... 34
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.............. 36
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.............. 38
TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE
  COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES....... 39
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS
  WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
  AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.......... 40
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES........... 41
SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS.......... 45
CONCURRENT OFFERING................. 46
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
  COMMISSION POSITION
  ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION........ 48
LEGAL MATTERS....................... 48
EXPERTS............................. 48
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.............. 49
FINANCIAL INFORMATION............... 50


                                             Dalton Kent Securities Group, Inc.

                                                 I.A. Rabinowitz & Co.





                                                     ________________, 1996

                                           -------------------------------------
                                 


<PAGE>

           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]
                        [Logo red, white and blue flag]
                                 August 5, 1996
                                    [Red Ink]
PROSPECTUS

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.

                  500,100 Shares Of Common Stock And 3,000,000
                    Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants

     This  Prospectus  relates to 500,100  shares of Common Stock and  3,000,000
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants ("Warrants") of American International
Consolidated Inc. (the "Company"). See "OFFERING BY SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS".
The Common Stock and Warrants  being offered hereby were acquired by the persons
named herein (the "Selling  Securities  Holders") pursuant to a private offering
of Common Stock and Warrants (the "Private Placement") completed in July 1996.

     Each Warrant  entitles the registered  holder thereof to purchase one share
of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share,  subject to adjustment
in certain events,  at any time during the period  commencing on the date hereof
and  expiring on the fifth  anniversary  of the date  hereof.  The  Warrants are
subject to redemption by the Company at $.01 per Warrant at any time  commencing
12 months after the date hereof,  on not less than 30 days' prior written notice
to the holders of the Warrants,  provided that the average  closing bid price of
the Common Stock as reported on The Nasdaq  Stock Market or the average  closing
sale price if listed on a national securities  exchange,  has been at least 150%
of  the  then  current  exercise  price  of the  Warrants,  for  each  of the 20
consecutive business days ending on the third day prior to the date on which the
Company gives notice of redemption.  The Warrants will be exercisable  until the
close  of  business  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  date  fixed  for
redemption. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES-Warrants".

     The Company will receive no proceeds from the sales of the Common Stock and
Warrants  by the  Selling  Securities  Holders.  The Common  Stock and  Warrants
offered  by this  Prospectus  may be  sold  from  time  to  time by the  Selling
Securities  Holders, or by transferees.  No underwriting  arrangements have been
entered into by the Selling Securities  Holders.  The distribution of the Common
Stock and Warrants by the Selling  Warrant Holders may be offered in one or more
transactions  that may  take  place on the  over-the-counter  market,  including
ordinary  broker's  transactions,  privately-negotiated  transactions or through
sales to one or more  dealers  for resale of such Common  Stock and  Warrants as
principals,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated  prices.  Usual and customary
or  specifically  negotiated  brokerage fees or  commissions  may be paid by the
Selling  Securities  Holders in connection with sales of the Warrants by Selling
Securities Holders. See "OFFERING BY SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS".

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock or the  Warrants,  and there can be no assurance  that any such market for
the  Common  Stock or the  Warrants  will  develop  after  the  closing  of this
Offering, or that, if developed, it will be sustained. The offering price of the
Common Stock and the Warrants and the initial  exercise price and other terms of
the Warrants were

                                    ALT-COVER

                                       
                                                       

<PAGE>

           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]

established by negotiation  between the Company and the  Underwriter  and do not
necessarily bear any direct relationship to the Company's assets, earnings, book
value  per  share  or  other   generally   accepted   criteria  of  value.   See
"UNDERWRITING".  The Company has applied for  quotation  of the Common Stock and
the Warrants on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market  ("NASDAQ") under the trading symbols
"AICI" and "AICIW," respectively.  The Company also intends to apply for listing
of the Common Stock and the Warrants on The Boston Stock Exchange  ("BSE") under
the trading symbols "AICI" and "AICW", respectively.

     On _________  1996,  the Company  completed an initial  public  offering of
900,000  shares of  Common  Stock  and  450,000  Warrants  through  Dalton  Kent
Securities Group, Inc. (the  "Representative")  as the  representatives of I. A.
Rabinowitz & Co. and the other underwriters (the "Underwriters").

     THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY ARE  SPECULATIVE  AND  INVESTMENT  THEREIN
INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS  REGARDING AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION, SEE "RISK FACTORS"
(PAGE 9) AND "DILUTION" (PAGE 19).

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE COMMISSION NOR HAS
THE  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


Dalton Kent Securities Group, Inc.                     I.A. Rabinowitz & Co.



                  The date of this Prospectus is August 5, 1996



                                    ALT-COVER

                                       

<PAGE>

           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The Company

     American International  Consolidated Inc. (the "Company") is a manufacturer
and general  contractor  that focuses  primarily on three types of  construction
products:  mini-warehouses  and  self-storage  facilities;  metal  buildings and
structural steel projects; and cold storage, including refrigerated and freezer,
buildings.  The Company's services range from the start, or construction design,
phase  to the  finish,  or  erection,  phase  of a  project,  including  general
construction,   construction  management,  design,  manufacture,  building,  and
turnkey services.  The Company selects,  coordinates and manages  subcontractors
for  substantially  all phases of the work,  except  for  design,  erection  and
manufacture  of certain  metal  building  components.  The Company also provides
oversight and supervision of the entire construction process for each project.

     The Company intends to take advantage of its increased capital and improved
financial  condition  resulting from this Offering by (i)  increasing  revenues,
operating margins and profitability  through the following:  establishment of an
in-house trim shop,  expansion of its metal  buildings  manufacturing  facility,
decreasing  interest  expense (from reduction of debt),  obtaining raw materials
purchase  discounts,  and decreasing bonding costs; and (ii) increasing business
volume through  increasing  bonding  capacity in order to access larger projects
and other new business, undertaking planned domestic and international marketing
programs,  and increasing  business  referrals from suppliers and other business
contacts.  See  "BUSINESS--Business  Plan  And  Strategy"  for a  more  detailed
description  of this  strategy  and  each  of  these  items.  See  also  "USE OF
PROCEEDS".

     The Company's principal executive and administrative offices are located at
14603 Chrisman, Houston, Texas 77039, telephone number (713) 449-9000.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Texas in May 1985 and
changed its state of  incorporation  to Delaware in June 1994. In June 1996, the
Company  changed  its name to  American  International  Consolidated  Inc.  from
American International Construction Inc.

The Offering

Securities Offered                      500,100   shares  of  Common  Stock  and
                                        3,000,000 Warrants to purchase one share
                                        of  Common  Stock  for  $5.00  per share
                                        during the five-year period beginning on
                                        the date of this Prospectus.  The Common
                                        Stock  and   Warrants   offered  by  the
                                        Selling   Securities    Holders,    when
                                        purchased  by buyers,  are  identical to
                                        the Common Stock and Warrants offered by
                                        the  Company  pursuant  to the  Offering
                                        Prospectus.    See,    "DESCRIPTION   OF
                                        SECURITIES"  and  "OFFERING  BY  SELLING
                                        SECURITIES HOLDERS".

Offering  Price                         $ 5.00 per  share of Common  Stock  
                                        $ .10 per Warrant

Warrant Exercise Price                  $  5.00  per  share  of  Common   Stock,
                                        subject   to   adjustments   in  certain
                                        circumstances

Warrant                                 Exercise Period The Period commencing on
                                        the date of this prospectus and expiring
                                        on __________, 2001.



                                      ALT-6

                                       

<PAGE>



           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]

Shares of Common
 Stock outstanding prior to
 Offering:                                  2,900,100

Shares of Common Stock offered (1):           900,000

Shares of Common Stock outstanding
  after the Offering:                       3,800,100

Warrants outstanding prior to
  Offering:                                 3,000,000

Warrants offered:                             450,000

Warrants outstanding after
   the Offering:                            3,450,000

Shares of Common Stock  Outstanding
   after the Offering assuming
   exercise of all Warrants offered
   in Offering and previously
   outstanding:                             7,250,100

Estimated net proceeds to the
 Company (2):                             $ 3,832,500

Use of Proceeds                         The Company  will not receive any of the
                                        proceeds  from the  sales of the  Common
                                        Stock  and   Warrants   by  the  Selling
                                        Securities  Holders.  In the event  that
                                        any   holder  of   Warrants   elects  to
                                        exercise Warrants, the proceeds from the
                                        exercise  of  those   Warrants  will  be
                                        utilized  by  the  Company  for  working
                                        capital purposes. See, "USE OF PROCEEDS"
                                        and  "OFFERING  BY  SELLING   SECURITIES
                                        HOLDERS". 

- --------------------

(1)  Does not include (i) up to 450,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
     exercise  of the  Warrants  included  in the  Offering,  (ii) up to 135,000
     shares of Common Stock included in the Underwriters' over-allotment option,
     (iii) up to 135,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of the
     Underwriters'  Warrants and the warrants  issuable to the Underwriters upon
     the exercise of the  Underwriters'  Warrants,  and (iv) 3,000,000 shares of
     Common Stock issuable upon exercise of previously outstanding warrants. See
     "UNDERWRITING".

(2)  This amount is after deduction of aggregate selling commissions of $454,500
     and of $258,000 as the unpaid portion of the other total estimated offering
     expenses of $395,000.

Redemption Of The Warrants              The  Warrants  are   redeemable  by  the
                                        Company  at a price of $.01 per  Warrant
                                        upon 30 days prior  written or published
                                        notice at any time  commencing 12 months
                                        after  the date of this  Prospectus  and
                                        prior to their  exercise or  expiration,
                                        provided  however,  that the closing bid
                                        quotation  for the Common Stock for each
                                        of the 20 consecutive business days end-
                                        ing  on  the  third  day  prior  to  the
                                        Company's  giving  notice of  redemption
                                        has been at  least  150  percent  of the
                                        then  effective  exercise  price  of the
                                        Warrants.     The    Warrants     remain
                                        exercisable  during  the  30-day  notice
                                        period.  Any  Warrantholder who does not
                                        exercise that holder's Warrants prior to
                                        their  expiration or redemption,  as the
                                        case  may  be,  forfeits  that  holder's
                                        right to  purchase  the shares of Common
                                        Stock   underlying  the  Warrants.   See
                                        "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES--Common Stock
                                        Purchase Warrants--Redemption". 

                                     ALT-7

<PAGE>

Use Of Proceeds                         The Company  will not receive any of the
                                        proceeds  from the  sales of the  Common
                                        Stock  and   Warrants   by  the  Selling
                                        Securities  Holders.  In the event  that
                                        any   holder  of   Warrants   elects  to
                                        exercise Warrants, the proceeds from the
                                        exercise of the those  Warrants  will be
                                        utilized  by  the  Company  for  working
                                        capital purposes.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS"
                                        and  "OFFERING  BY  SELLING   SECURITIES
                                        HOLDERS".

Risk Factors                            The securities  offered hereby involve a
                                        high  degree  of  risk  and  substantial
                                        immediate dilution to new investors. See
                                        "CERTAIN RISK FACTORS" and "DILUTION".

NASDAQ Symbols                          Common Stock - AICI   Warrants - AICIW

Boston Exchange Symbol                  Common Stock - AIC    Warrants - AICW

Summary Selected Financial Data

     The financial  statements included in this Prospectus set forth information
regarding the Company as of and for the fiscal years ended April 30, 1996,  1995
and 1994 (audited). See "FINANCIAL INFORMATION".  The summary selected financial
data shown below is derived  from,  and is  qualified  in its entirety by, those
financial statements, which are contained in the "FINANCIAL INFORMATION" section
of this Prospectus.




                                 Fiscal Year Ended April 30
                                 --------------------------

                                  1995              1996
                                  ----              ----
                                 Actual            Actual

Operating Results:           

Revenues.....................  $24,317,051       $31,184,828

Net Income...................      186,662           351,570

Net Income Per share (1).....          .08               .15


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Fiscal Year
                                                                           Ended
                                                                      April 30, 1996
Balance Sheet Data:                                                   As Adjusted(1)
                                                                      --------------

<S>                            <C>                   <C>                  <C>      
Working Capital (Deficit)....  (1,405,511)           836,774              2,522,774

Total assets.................    5,487,091         7,346,083              9,323,320

Long Term Debt ..............      453,868         2,412,292              1,222,292

Total liabilities............    6,059,154         7,566,576              6,086,576

Accumulated (deficit)........    (720,218)         (368,648)              (368,648)

Stockholders' equity
  (deficit)..................    (572,063)         (220,493)              3,256,744

- --------------------

(1)   As adjusted for (a) $300,000 loan  consummated in July 1996 and (b) net proceeds
      from this  Offering,  including  repayment of $1.2 million of long-term debt and
      $300,000 of unsecured notes. See, "USE OF PROCEEDS".

                                                ALT-8

</TABLE>
                                                  

<PAGE>

           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The  Company  will not receive  any  proceeds  from the sale of the Selling
Securities  Holders  Common Stock and Warrants.  In the event that any holder of
Warrants  elects to exercise  Warrants,  the proceeds from the exercise of those
Warrants will be utilized by the Company for working capital purposes.

     The net  proceeds to the Company from the sale of Common Stock and Warrants
pursuant  to the  Offering  Prospectus  are  estimated  to be  $3,832,500  after
deducting selling  commissions and other unpaid expenses of the Offering.  Total
selling commissions equal to ten percent of the gross offering proceeds from the
Common Stock and Warrants, together with a three percent non-accountable expense
allowance,  will  be  allowed  to  the  Underwriters  upon  consummation  of the
offering.  Other  expenses of the  offering,  estimated to be $258,650,  include
printing costs, legal fees,  accounting fees, blue sky fees and costs,  transfer
agent fees,  SEC,  NASD and NASDAQ  filing fees and other  miscellaneous  costs.
Approximately  $137,000 of the total offering expenses will have been paid prior
to closing by the Company, leaving $258,000 of offering expenses and $454,500 of
selling commissions to be paid from the offering proceeds. The $3,832,500 of net
proceeds are expected to be  allocated  substantially  as follows and applied in
the  following  order of  priority,  during the 12 month  period  following  the
offering (1):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Approximate
                                                                                          Percentage
                                                                                                  of
                                                                     Approximate                 Net
                                                                          Amount            Proceeds
                                                                          ------            --------

<S>                                                                     <C>                   <C>   
Establish In-House Trim Shop; Expand Capacity of Metal
 Buildings Manufacturing Facility (2).........................       $   700,000               18.3%

Domestic and International Marketing Program..................           285,000                7.5%

Reduction of Secured Note to Major Supplier (3)...............         1,200,000               31.3%

Repayment of Unsecured Notes (4)..............................           300,000                7.8%

Upgrade Computer Software Systems.............................            50,000                1.3%

Reduction of Trade Accounts ..................................           300,000                7.8%

Other Working Capital (5).....................................           997,500               26.0%
                                                                         -------               -----

         TOTAL NET PROCEEDS                                           $3,832,500                100%
                                                                       =========                ====
</TABLE>

- --------------------

(1)     See "BUSINESS--Business  Plan And Strategy" for a description of how the
        proposed  allocation  of  proceeds  of  this  Offering  applies  to  the
        Company's plans.

(2)     A portion of the  proceeds  for the  in-house  trim shop,  which will be
        located in a portion of the metal buildings manufacturing facility, will
        be used for the purchase of initial  inventory  of trim  material and of
        operating  equipment,  including  a press  with a bed length of 27 to 33
        feet, a hemming mill machine,  a button lock mill machine,  a trim break
        machine, a cut-to-length-line  machine, and four work tables.  Expansion
        of the  manufacturing  facility also will include the acquisition of two
        250-ton presses, four welding machines, die sets, and miscellaneous hand
        tools.

                                     ALT-17

                                       

<PAGE>

           [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS' PROSPECTUS]
                           SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS

     The Company is registering the sale of Common Stock and Warrants by persons
who  received  an  aggregate  of 500,100  shares of Common  Stock and  3,000,000
Warrants (the "Selling Securities Holders") in the Private Placement pursuant to
exemptions  from  registration  under  federal  and state  securities  laws.  In
addition,  the Company is  registering  the  exercise  of those  Warrants by the
persons who purchase those Warrants from the Selling Securities Holders pursuant
to this Prospectus and, in the alternative, the sale of Common Stock received by
the Selling  Securities Holders upon the exercise of the Warrants by the Selling
Securities  Holders.  The Selling  Securities Holders may sell their Warrants or
Common  Stock at such  prices as they are able to obtain in the  market,  if any
market develops.  The Company will receive no proceeds from the sale of Warrants
or Common Stock by the Selling  Securities  Holders.  The  following  table sets
forth  the name of each  Selling  Securities  Holder,  the  number  of  Warrants
beneficially owned by each Selling  Securities Holder before this Offering,  the
number of Warrants proposed to be sold by each Selling  Securities  Holder,  the
number of  Warrants  owned  after  this  Offering  assuming  the sale of all the
Warrants  offered by the  Selling  Securities  Holders,  the number of shares of
Common Stock owned by the Selling  Securities  Holders before the Offering,  the
number of shares of Common  Stock to be sold by the Selling  Securities  Holders
assuming they  exercise  their  Warrants,  and the number of shares owned by the
Selling Securities Holders after the Offering.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Number Of Shares
                             Number of                            Number Of       Of Common Stock      Number of       Number Of 
                          Warrants Owned        Warrants       Warrants Owned      Owned Before       Shares To Be   Shares Owned
           Name           Before Offering      to be Sold       After Offering      Offering(1)         Sold (2)     After Offering
- -----------------------   ---------------    -------------     ----------------   --------------       -----------   --------------

<S>                           <C>                 <C>              <C>               <C>                  <C>              <C>
Alina Garcia                  40,000              40,000              0                46,668              46,668           0
Scott Gerard                 250,000             250,000              0               291,675             291,675           0
Richard H. Eisen             100,000             100,000              0               116,670             116,670           0
Rory Nichols                 250,000             250,000              0               291,675             291,675           0
Scott Stackman               150,000             150,000              0               175,005             175,005           0
Scott Silverman              250,000             250,000              0               291,675             291,675           0
Paul G. Leff                 250,000             250,000              0               291,675             291,675           0
Robert L. Dubofsky            20,000              20,000              0                23,334              23,334           0
Pemvi, Inc.                   80,000              80,000              0                93,336              93,336           0
George Stritas                10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Mogul Capital Corp.          250,000             250,000              0               291,675             291,675           0
Euro Pharmaceuticals
  Distributors Ltd.          750,000             750,000              0               875,025             875,025           0
John Donnidio                 10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
LTA Holding Corp.             10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Frank Signorile               10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Abe Heyman                    10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Maria Capello                 10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Geneva Partners               10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Al Abramovic                  10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Princess Export
  Associates, Inc.            50,000              50,000              0                58,335              58,335           0
E.P. Ong                      10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Mordecai Goldzweig            10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Irwin and Michelle Raymer     10,000              10,000              0                11,667              11,667           0
Tammy L. Gross                60,000              60,000              0                70,002              70,002           0
Randy Bobkin                 190,000             190,000              0               221,673             221,673           0
Rifky Weiner                 200,000             200,000              0               233,340             233,340           0
                             -------             -------              -               -------             -------           -
               TOTAL       3,000,000           3,000,000              0             3,500,100           3,500,100           0
  
- --------------------------

(1)  Because the Warrants  currently  are  exercisable,  the shares  issuable  upon the  exercise of the  Warrants are  considered
     beneficially  owned by the Selling  Securities  Holders.  The number of shares underlying the Warrants shown for each Selling
     Securities  Holder  under  "Number Of Warrants  Before  Offering"  are included in the "Number Of Share Of Common Stock Owned
     Before Offering."

                                                      ALT-45

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

              [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING SECURITIES' PROSPECTUS]

(2)  The number of shares of Common  Stock to be sold  assumes  that the Selling
     Securities  Holders  exercise all their  Warrants and elect to sell all the
     shares of Common Stock  received  upon the exercise of the Warrants and all
     the shares of Common  Stock  received  in the Private  Placement.  Upon the
     exercise  of the  Warrants by the Selling  Securities  Holders,  they would
     receive  restricted  shares of Common Stock  pursuant to an exemption  from
     registration  under Rule 506 under the  Securities  Act and those shares of
     Common  Stock  could  be   transferred   only   pursuant  to  an  effective
     registration statement or an exemption from registration.


                               CONCURRENT OFFERING

         The  registration  statement of which this Prospectus forms a part also
covers 900,000 shares of Common Stock and 450,000  Warrants being offered by the
Company in the Offering made pursuant to the Offering Prospectus.


                                     ALT-46


                                       

<PAGE>
- ---------------------------------------

NO DEALER,  SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS
BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION
OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN          AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL
THOSE  CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,             CONSOLIDATED INC.
IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION  OR
AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL   REPRESENTATION
MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON  CONSOLIDATED
INC.  AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE       900,000 Shares of Common Stock
COMPANY.   THIS  PROSPECTUS   SHALL  NOT          450,000 Redeemable Common
CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  THE           Stock Purchase Warrants
SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  NOR
SHALL   THERE   BE  ANY  SALE  OF  THESE
SECURITIES  IN ANY  STATE IN WHICH  SUCH
OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE  WOULD  BE
UNLAWFUL   PRIOR  TO   REGISTRATION   OR
QUALIFICATION  UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
OF        ANY        SUCH         STATE.
      ------------------------------

             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                    Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY................... 6
RISK FACTORS........................  9          ---------------------------
USE OF PROCEEDS..................... 17
BUSINESS............................ 20                  PROSPECTUS
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED
  FINANCIAL DATA.................... 29          ---------------------------
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
  OPERATIONS........................ 31
MANAGEMENT.......................... 34
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.............. 36
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.............. 38
TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE
  COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES....... 39
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS
  WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
  AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.......... 40
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES........... 41
SELLING SECURITIES HOLDERS.......... 45
CONCURRENT OFFERING................. 46
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
  COMMISSION POSITION
  ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION........ 48
LEGAL MATTERS....................... 48
EXPERTS............................. 48
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.............. 49
FINANCIAL INFORMATION............... 50


                                             Dalton Kent Securities Group, Inc.

                                                    I.A. Rabinowitz & Co.





                                                     ________________, 1996

                                           -------------------------------------
                                 ALT-Back Cover

<PAGE>
                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.

     The  following  is an  itemization  of  all  expenses  (subject  to  future
contingencies)  incurred or to be incurred by the Registrant in connection  with
the issuance and distribution of the securities being offered.


  Registration and filing fee..................................$ 9,392
  Transfer agent's fee*..........................................3,000
  Printing and engraving*.......................................22,000
  Accounting fees and expenses*................................100,000
  Legal fees and expenses*.....................................175,000
  Blue sky fees and expenses*...................................50,000
  NASD filing fee................................................3,224
  NASDAQ listing fee............................................10,000
  Boston Stock Exchange listing fee.............................15,000
  Underwriter's non-accountable expense allowance..............136,350
  Standard & Poor's listing......................................2,380
  Miscellaneous*................................................27,654
                                                              --------
           Total*                                             $554,000
                                                              ========

- --------------------
*  Estimated

Item 14.  Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

     The Delaware  General  Corporation  Law provides for  indemnification  by a
corporation of costs incurred by directors,  employees, and agents in connection
with an action,  suit,  or proceeding  brought by reason of their  position as a
director,  employee,  or agent. The person being  indemnified must have acted in
good faith and in a manner that the person  reasonably  believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

     In addition to the general indemnification  section,  Delaware law provides
further  protection  for  directors  under  Section  102(b)(7)  of  the  General
Corporation Law of Delaware.  This section was enacted in June 1986 and allows a
Delaware  corporation to include in its Certificate Of Incorporation a provision
that eliminates and limits certain personal liability of a director for monetary
damages for certain breaches of the director's  fiduciary duty of care, provided
that any such  provision  does not (in the words of the  statute)  do any of the
following:

          "eliminate  or limit the liability of a director (i) for any
          breach of the director's  duty of loyalty to the corporation
          or its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good
          faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing
          violation  of law,  (iii)  under  section  174 of this Title
          [dealing   with  willful  or  negligent   violation  of  the
          statutory provision  concerning  dividends,  stock purchases
          and redemptions], or (iv) for any transaction from which the
          director  derived  an  improper  personal  benefit.  No such
          provision  shall  eliminate  or  limit  the  liability  of a
          director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date
          when such provision becomes effective..."

     The Board Of  Directors  is  empowered  to make  other  indemnification  as
authorized by the Certificate Of Incorporation,  Bylaws or corporate  resolution
so  long  as  the  indemnification  is  consistent  with  the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law.  Under the  Company's  Bylaws,  the  Company  is  required  to
indemnify  its  directors to the full extent  permitted by the Delaware  General
Corporation Law, common law and any other statutory provisions.


                                       60

<PAGE>

Item 15.  Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities.

     In July 1996,  the Company sold an  aggregate  of 500,100  shares of Common
Stock,  3,000,000  Warrants,  and $300,000  aggregate  face amount of promissory
notes in reliance  upon  exemptions  pursuant  to Sections  4(2) and 4(6) of the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended.  These  securities  were  sold  solely to
accredited  investors  in 300  units at a price of $1,000  per  unit.  Each unit
consisted of 1,667 shares of Common Stock,  10,000 Warrants,  and one promissory
note in the face amount of $1,000.

Item 16.  Exhibits.

         The  following  is a complete  list of  Exhibits  filed as part of this
Registration Statement, which Exhibits are incorporated herein.



Number            Description
- ------            -----------

 1.1           Underwriting    Agreement    between    American    International
               Consolidated  Inc.  ("Registrant")  and  Dalton  Kent  Securities
               Group, Inc.

 2.1           Agreement   And  Plan  Of   Merger  of   American   International
               Construction,   Inc.,   a   Texas   Corporation,   and   American
               International Construction Inc., a Delaware Corporation.(1)

 2.2           Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               AIC Management, Inc.(1)

 2.3           Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               American International Thermal Systems, Inc.(1)

 2.4           Plan Of Merger of American International  Construction,  Inc. and
               American International Building Systems, Inc.(1)

 3.1(a)        Certificate Of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary Of
               State on June 7, 1994.(1)

 3.1(b)        Certificate  of Amendment  To The  Certificate  of  Incorporation
               filed with the Delaware  Secretary of Sate on July 26, 1996.  3.2
               Bylaws.(1)

  4.1(a)       Specimen Common Stock Certificate.(1)

  4.1(b)       Specimen Common Stock Purchase Warrant.

  4.2          Form of Underwriter's Warrant

  4.3          Form  of  Warrant  Agreement  concerning  Common  Stock  Purchase
               Warrants.

                                       61

<PAGE>


   5.1         Opinion of Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus  Professional  Corporation
               concerning  legality of issuance of Common Stock,  Warrants,  and
               underlying securities.

  10.1         Loan  Agreement  effective  April 24, 1996  between and among the
               Company,  Metal Building  Components,  Inc.  ("MBCI"),  Danny Roy
               Clemons,  Ralph  Leroy  Farrar,  Judith Ann  Farrar,  Jimmy Wayne
               Williams, Shirley Beth Williams, and John Thomas Wilson.

  10.2         Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               September 3, 1993 between  American  International  Construction,
               Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(1)

  10.3         Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               September 5, 1993 between  American  International  Construction,
               Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(1)

  10.4A        Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               March 5, 1995 between American International  Construction,  Inc.
               and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(4)

  10.4B        Renewal,  Extension And  Modification  Agreement  effective as of
               March 5, 1995 between American International  Construction,  Inc.
               and Texas Commerce Bank National Association.(4)

  10.5         Employee Stock Option Plan.(1)

  10.8         Revised Form of Executive  Service  Agreement between the Company
               and each of John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons, Ralph L. Farrar and
               Jim W. Williams.(3)

  10.8A        Schedule Identifying Material Differences Among Executive Service
               Agreements between the Company and each of John T. Wilson,  Danny
               R. Clemons, Ralph L. Farrar and Jim W. Williams.(1)

  10.9         Executive  Service  Agreement  between  the  Company and Jimmy M.
               Rogers dated November 16, 1994.(1)

  16           Letter to Securities and Exchange  Commission  from the Company's
               former independent accountant, MELTON & MELTON, L.L.P.(2)

  22           List of subsidiaries of Registrant. (1)

  24.1         Consent of Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus  Professional  Corporation
               (included in Opinion in Exhibit 5.1).

  24.2         Consent of HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP.

  25           Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

- ---------------------



                                       62

<PAGE>

(1) Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed with the  Securities And Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") on December 12,
1994, File No. 33-87336.

(2) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Amendment No. 1 to Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 24, 1995, File No. 33-87336.

(3) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Amendment No. 2 to Registration
Statement  on Form  S-1  filed  with  the SEC on  February  15,  1995,  File No.
33-87336.

(4) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Amendment No. 3 to Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 16, 1995, File No. 33-87336.


Item 17.  Undertakings.

1. The Company hereby undertakes:

     (a)  to file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
          post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement:

          (1)  to include any  prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3) of the
               Securities Act of 1933;

          (2)  to reflect in the  Prospectus  any facts or events  arising after
               the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement (or the most
               recent post-effective  amendment thereof) which,  individually or
               in  the  aggregate,   represent  a  fundamental   change  in  the
               information set forth in the Registration Statement; and

          (3)  to include any material  information  with respect to the plan of
               distribution   not  previously   disclosed  in  the  Registration
               Statement  or any  material  change  to such  information  in the
               Registration Statement.

     (b)  That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
          Act of 1933, each such post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be
          a new  registration  statement  relating  to  the  securities  offered
          therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at that time shall be
          deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

     (c)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
          of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
          termination of the offering.

2.  The Company hereby  undertakes to provide to the  Underwriter at the closing
    specified in the Underwriting  Agreement  certificates in such denominations
    and registered in such names as required by the Underwriter to permit prompt
    delivery to each purchaser.

3.  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 1933 Act may be
    permitted  to  directors,  officers and  controlling  persons of the Company
    pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the Company has been
    advised that in the opinion of the Securities And Exchange Commission,  such
    indemnification  is against  public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and
    is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
    against such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Company of expenses
    incurred  or paid by a  director,  officer  or a  controlling  person of the
    


                                       63

<PAGE>

     Company in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding) is
     asserted by such  director,  officer or a controlling  person in connection
     with the  securities  being  registered,  the Company  will,  unless in the
     opinion  of its  counsel,  the  matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling
     precedent,  submit  to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question
     whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
     the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

4.  The Company hereby undertakes that:

    (a) for  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under the 1933 Act,  the
    information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as part of the
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus  filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
    under the 1933 Act shall be deemed to be part of the Registration  Statement
    as of the time it was declared effective.

    (b) for the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the 1933 Act, each
    post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
    to be a new  registration  statement  relating  to  the  securities  offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                       64

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to be signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas,
on August 5, 1996.

                                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED INC.


                                    By:  /S/  JOHN T. WILSON
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                        John T. Wilson, Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officers and directors
of the Registrant,  by virtue of their signatures to this Registration Statement
appearing  below,  hereby  constitute  and  appoint  John  T.  Wilson  or Jim W.
Williams,  and each or  either  of them,  with full  power of  substitution,  as
attorneys-in-fact  in  their  names,  place  and  stead  to ex cute  any and all
amendments to this  Registration  Statement in the capacities set forth opposite
their name and hereby ratify all that said attorneys-in-fact and each of them or
his substitutes may do by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures                     Title                             Date
- ----------                     -----                             ----



/S/  JOHN T. WILSON      Chief Executive Officer and            August 5, 1996
- --------------------     Director
John T. Wilson        



/S/  DANNY R. CLEMONS   President/Mini-Warehouse                August 5, 1996
- ---------------------   Division and Director
Danny R. Clemons      
                     



/S/  RALPH L. FARRAR    President/Metal Buildings               August 5, 1996
- ---------------------   Divison, Secretary and Director
Ralph L. Farrar       


/S/  JIM W. WILLIAMS    Chief Financial Officer, Vice          August 5, 1996
- --------------------    President/Finance, Principal
Jim W. Williams         Financial Officer, Principal
                        Accounting Officer, and
                        Assistant Secretary



                                       65


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.

                       900,000 Shares of Common Stock and
                               450,000 Redeemable
                         Common Stock Purchase Warrants


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


                                     , 1996


Dalton Kent Securities Group, Inc.
330 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10001

Dear Sirs:

     American  International  Consolidated,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  hereby  confirms its agreement with Dalton Kent  Securities  Group,
Inc.,  ("you"  or  the   "Underwriter")   the   representitive  of  the  several
underwriters,  which is expected to include  I.A.  Rabinowitz  & Co.,  Inc. , as
follows:

     1. Description of the Securities.
        ------------------------------

     The Company  proposes to issue and sell to the  Underwriter  900,000 shares
(the "Shares") of common stock, $.01 par value per share ("Common  Stock"),  and
450,000  redeemable common stock purchase  warrants  ("Warrants") of the Company
(the Shares,  together with such Warrants,  being  sometimes  referred to as the
"Securities").  The Company  proposes to grant to the  Underwriter  an option to
purchase up to 135,000 additional shares of Common Stock and up to an additional
67,500 Warrants (the  "Additional  Securities").  The offering of Securities and
Additional  Securities  contemplated  hereby may sometimes be referred to as the
"Offering."

          (a) The Warrants.
              -------------

     Pursuant to and subject to certain  conditions  set forth in the  agreement
(the "Warrant  Agreement")  between the Company,  the  Underwriter and [ ] Stock
Transfer & Trust  Company,  each Warrant will be  exercisable  during the period
commencing on the effective date of the  Registration  Statement,  as defined in
Paragraph  2(a)  hereof  (the  "Effective   Date"),   and  expiring  five  years
thereafter,  subject to prior redemption by the Company (as described below), at
an initial  exercise  price  (subject to  adjustment as set forth in the Warrant
Agreement)  equal to $5.00 per share.  The shares of Common Stock  issuable upon
the exercise of Warrants are hereinafter referred to as "Warrant Shares."


<PAGE>

     As more fully  provided  in the Warrant  Agreement,  the  Warrants  will be
redeemable  at a price of $.01 per  Warrant,  commencing  12  months  after  the
Effective Date and prior to their  expiration  upon not less than 30 days' prior
written notice to the holders of the Warrants,  provided the average closing bid
quotations  of the Common Stock as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market if traded
thereon, or if not traded thereon, the average closing sale price if listed on a
national securities exchange (or other reporting system that provides last sales
prices),  has been at least  150% of the then  current  Warrant  exercise  price
(initially  $7.50  per  share,  subject  to  adjustment),  for  a  period  of 20
consecutive  trading days ending on the third day prior to the date on which the
Company  gives  notice of  redemption,  subject  to the  right of the  holder to
exercise his purchase rights thereunder until redemption.

          (b) Underwriter's Securities.
              -------------------------

     The  Company  will sell to the  Underwriters,  for  nominal  consideration,
warrants to  purchase  up to one share of Common  Stock and one Warrant for each
ten shares of Common Stock and ten Warrants  sold in the Offering  excluding the
Additional  Securities  (a maximum of 90,000  shares of Common  Stock and 45,000
Warrants)  at a price  equal to $6.00 per  share of  Common  Stock and $.012 per
Warrant (the "Underwriter's  Warrants").  The Underwriter's Warrants,  shares of
Common Stock and Warrants  underlying the  Underwriter's  Warrants and shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants underlying the Underwriter's
Warrants  are  hereinafter   referred  to  collectively  as  the  "Underwriters'
Securities."   The   Underwriters'   Warrants  shall  be   non-exercisable   and
non-transferable  (other than to officers and directors of the  Underwriters and
to members of the selling group and their  officers or partners) for a period of
12 months following the Effective Date.  Thereafter,  the Underwriter's Warrants
shall be exercisable and  transferable for a period of four years (provided such
transfer  is in  accordance  with the  Securities  Act and any other  applicable
securities laws). If the  Underwriters'  Warrants are not exercised during their
term,  they shall,  by their  terms,  automatically  expire.  The  Underwriters'
Securities  shall be registered  for sale to the public and shall be included in
the Registration Statement filed in connection with the Offering.

     2. Representations and Warranties of the Company.
        ----------------------------------------------

     The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriter that:

          (a) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission"),  a  registration  statement,  and  one or  more  amendments
thereto,  on Form S-1  (File No.  33- ),  including  in each  such  registration
statement   and  each  such   amendment  any  related   preliminary   prospectus



                                        2

<PAGE>

("Preliminary  Prospectus"),  for the  registration of the Securities  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the  "Act").  The Company  will,  if  required,  file a
further amendment to said registration  statement in the form to be delivered to
you and will not, before the registration statement becomes effective,  file any
other amendment  thereto to which you shall have reasonably  objected in writing
after  having  been  furnished  with a copy  thereof.  Except as the context may
otherwise require,  such registration  statement,  as amended,  on file with the
Commission at the time such registration  statement becomes effective (including
the  prospectus,  financial  statements,  exhibits and all other  documents,  as
amended,  filed as a part  thereof),  is  hereinafter  called the  "Registration
Statement," and the prospectus,  in the form filed with the Commission  pursuant
to Rule 424(b) of the General Rules and Regulations of the Commission  under the
Act (the "Regulations") or, if no such filing is made, the definitive prospectus
used in the Offering,  is hereinafter  called the  "Prospectus." The Company has
delivered  to you  copies  of each  Preliminary  Prospectus  as  filed  with the
Commission and has consented to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by
the Act.

          (b) The Commission has not issued any orders  preventing or suspending
the use of any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  and,  as of the  date  filed  with the
Commission,  each Preliminary Prospectus conformed in all material respects with
the  requirements  of the Act and did not  include  any  untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be stated  therein
and  necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances
under  which  they were  made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that this
representation  and warranty does not apply to  statements or omissions  made in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company by or on your behalf for use in such  Preliminary  Prospectus and except
that this  representation and warranty does not apply to statements or omissions
that  have  been  cured  in  a  subsequent  preliminary  prospectus  or  in  the
Prospectus.

          (c) When the Registration  Statement  becomes  effective under the Act
and  at  all  times  subsequent  thereto  to  and  including  the  Closing  Date
(hereinafter  defined) and the Option Closing Date (hereinafter defined) and for
such longer  periods as a Prospectus  is required to be delivered in  connection
with the sale of the Securities by the Underwriter,  the Registration  Statement
and Prospectus,  and any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto,  will contain
all material  statements  which are required to be stated  therein in accordance
with the Act and the Regulations,  and will in all material  respects conform to
the  requirements of the Act and the  Regulations,  and neither the Registration
Statement nor the  Prospectus,  nor any amendment or  supplement  thereto,  will
contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material


                                        3

<PAGE>

fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
in light of the  circumstances  under  which  they were  made,  not  misleading;
provided,  however,  that this  representation  and  warranty  does not apply to
statements or omissions  made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with written
information  furnished  to the  Company  by  you  for  use  in the  Registration
Statement or Prospectus,  or in any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto. It
is understood  that the statements  set forth in the Prospectus  with respect to
(i) the amounts of the selling concession and reallowance;  (ii) the identity of
counsel  to the  Underwriter  under  the  heading  "Legal  Matters";  (iii)  the
statements with respect to the public offering of the Securities set forth under
the heading  "Underwriting,"  including the information  concerning the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") affiliation of the Underwriter;
and  (iv)  the  stabilization  legend  in  the  Prospectus  and  (v)  any  other
information  in  the  Prospectus   concerning   the   Underwriter,   constitutes
information supplied by you for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

          (d) The  Company is, and at the  Closing  Date and the Option  Closing
Date  will  be, a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company does not have any
subsidiaries.  The Company is duly  qualified  and in good standing as a foreign
corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in which its  ownership  or  leasing  of any
properties  or the  character of its  operations  requires  such  qualification,
except those  jurisdictions  in which the failure to so qualify would not have a
material  adverse  effect on the business or  operations  of the Company and its
subsidiaries,  taken as a whole ("Material Adverse Effect"). The Company has all
requisite  corporate  powers and  authority,  and all necessary  authorizations,
approvals,   orders,  licenses,   certificates  and  permits  of  and  from  all
governmental  regulatory officials and bodies to own or lease its properties and
conduct its business as described in the Prospectus  except where the failure to
have any such  authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  certificates  or
permits  would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  and the  Company is doing
business  and has  been  doing  business  during  the  period  described  in the
Registration  Statement in  compliance  with all such  material  authorizations,
approvals, orders, licenses,  certificates and permits and all material federal,
state and local laws, rules and regulations concerning the business in which the
Company  is  engaged,   except  where  the  failure  to  comply  with  any  such
authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates or permits or any such
laws,  rules or  regulations  would  not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The
disclosures  in the  Registration  Statement  concerning the effects of federal,
state and local regulation on the Company's business as currently  conducted and
as contemplated are correct in all material  respects and do not omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein in light of the circumstances under


                                        4

<PAGE>

which such  disclosures  were made.  The  Company  has all  corporate  power and
authority  to enter  into  this  Agreement  and  carry  out the  provisions  and
conditions  hereof,  and all  consents,  authorizations,  approvals  and  orders
required in connection  therewith  have been obtained or will have been obtained
prior to the Closing Date.

          (e) This  Agreement has been duly and validly  authorized and executed
by the Company.  The Securities  (including  the Shares and the  Warrants),  the
Warrant Shares underlying such Warrants,  and the Underwriter's  Securities have
been duly  authorized  (and, in the case of the Shares and such Warrant  Shares,
have  been  duly  reserved  for  issuance)  and,  when  issued  and  paid for in
accordance with this Agreement  (and, in the case of such Warrant  Shares,  upon
exercise  of such  Warrants  and payment to the  Company of the  exercise  price
therefor  pursuant to the terms of the Warrant  Agreement),  the Shares and such
Warrant  Shares  will be  validly  issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable;  the
Securities,  Additional  Securities,  Warrant  Shares (other than  Underwriter's
Securities), and Underwriter's Securities are not and will not be subject to the
preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company and conform and at all times
up to and including their issuance will conform in all material  respects to all
statements  with regard  thereto  contained in the  Registration  Statement  and
Prospectus; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization,
issuance and sale of the Securities,  the Additional Securities,  Warrant Shares
(other than  Underwriter's  Securities)  and  Underwriter's  Securities has been
taken,  and this  Agreement  constitutes  a valid and binding  obligation of the
Company,  enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms,  to issue and sell,  upon
exercise in accordance with the terms thereof, the number and kind of securities
called for thereby.

          (f)  The  consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not result in a breach or
violation of any of the terms or provisions  of, or constitute a default  under,
the Certificate of  Incorporation  or by-laws,  in each case as amended,  of the
Company or of any evidence of indebtedness,  lease,  contract or other agreement
or  instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of
its  properties  is  bound,  or under  any  applicable  law,  rule,  regulation,
judgment,  order  or  decree  of any  government,  professional  advisory  body,
administrative  agency or court,  domestic or foreign,  having jurisdiction over
the Company or its properties,  in each case except for any breach, violation or
default that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or result in the creation
or  imposition  of any  material  lien,  charge or  encumbrance  upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company; and no consent, approval,  authorization or
order  of any  court  or  governmental  or other  regulatory  agency  or body is
required for the  consummation  by the Company of the  transactions  on its part


                                        5

<PAGE>

herein contemplated, except such as may be required under the Act or under state
securities or blue sky laws or under the rules and  regulations of the NASD, and
except where the breach, violation or failure to obtain such consent,  approval,
authorization or order would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (g)  Subsequent to the date hereof,  and prior to the Closing Date and
the Option Closing Date, except as otherwise described in or contemplated by the
Prospectus, the Company will not issue or acquire any equity securities.

          (h) The consolidated  financial  statements and notes thereto included
in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus fairly present the consolidated
financial  position  and  the  results  of  operations  of  the  Company  at the
respective  dates and for the respective  periods to which they apply;  and such
financial  statements have been prepared in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods involved.

          (i) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement,  the Company is
not, and at the Closing Date and at the Option Closing Date the Company will not
be, in violation or breach of, or default in, the due performance and observance
of any term,  covenant or condition of any indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,
note, loan or credit agreement,  or any other agreement or instrument evidencing
an obligation for borrowed  money, or any other agreement or instrument to which
the  Company is a party or by which the  Company may be bound or to which any of
the property or assets of the Company is subject,  which  violations,  breaches,
default  or  defaults,  singularly  or in the  aggregate,  would have a Material
Adverse  Effect.  The Company  does not have and at the  Closing  Date or Option
Closing  Date the  Company  will not have taken any action in  violation  of the
provisions  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or by-laws,  in each case as
amended,  of the Company, or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any
court or regulatory  authority or governmental body having  jurisdiction over or
application  to the  Company  or its  business  or  properties,  except  for any
violations  that,  singularly  or in the  aggregate,  would not have a  Material
Adverse Effect.

          (j) The Company has, and at the Closing Date and at the Option Closing
Date will have, good and marketable title to all properties and assets described
in the  Prospectus  as  owned  by it,  free and  clear  of all  liens,  charges,
encumbrances,  claims,  security  interests,  restrictions  and  defects  of any
material nature  whatsoever,  except such as are described or referred to in the
Prospectus  and  liens  for  taxes  not yet due  and  payable  or such as in the
aggregate will not have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  All of the material leases
and  subleases  under which the Company is the lessor or sublessor of properties
or assets or under which the  Company  holds  properties  or assets as lessee as

                                        6

<PAGE>


described  in the  Prospectus  are,  and will on the Closing Date and the Option
Closing  Date be, in full  force and  effect,  and  except as  described  in the
Prospectus,  the  Company is not and will not be in default in respect of any of
the terms or provisions of any of such leases or subleases  (except for defaults
which would not have a Material Adverse Effect),  and no claim has been asserted
by anyone  adverse  to rights of the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  as  lessor,
sublessor,  lessee or sublessee  under any of the leases or subleases  mentioned
above,  or  affecting  or  questioning  the  right of the  Company  to  continue
possession of the leased or subleased premises or assets under any such lease or
sublease, except as described or referred to in the Prospectus or such as in the
aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect,  and the Company  (including
through  wholly owned  subsidiaries)  owns or leases all such  properties as are
necessary to its operations as now conducted and, except as otherwise  stated in
the  Prospectus,  as proposed  to be  conducted  as set forth in the  Prospectus
(except  where the  failure  to own or lease  such  properties  would not have a
Material Adverse Effect).

          (k) The  authorized,  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of the
Company as of the date  referenced  in the  Prospectus  is, and the  authorized,
issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company on the Closing Date will be,
as set forth in the Prospectus under "Capitalization" (in each case based on the
assumptions  set  forth  therein  and  except  that  issuance  and  sale  of the
Additional  Securities will not be reflected therein);  the shares of issued and
outstanding  capital stock of the Company set forth  thereunder have been (or as
of the Closing Date will be) duly  authorized  and validly issued and are (or as
of the Closing Date will be) fully paid and non-assessable;  except as set forth
in the Prospectus, no options, warrants or other rights to purchase,  agreements
or other  obligations  to issue,  or  agreements  or other rights to convert any
obligation into, any shares of capital stock of the Company have been granted or
entered into by the  Company;  and the Common  Stock,  the Warrants and all such
options  and  warrants  conform  in all  material  respects,  to all  statements
relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

          (l) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company does not own or
control any capital stock or securities of, or have any proprietary interest in,
or otherwise participates in any other corporation,  partnership, joint venture,
firm,  association or business organization (other than those direct or indirect
subsidiaries  of  the  Company  disclosed  in  Exhibit  22 to  the  Registration
Statement);  provided,  however,  that this provision shall not be applicable to
the investment, if any, of the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities sold
by the  Company or other funds  thereof in  interest-bearing  savings  accounts,
certificates  of  deposit,  money  market  accounts,  United  States  government
obligations or other short-term obligations.


                                        7

<PAGE>

          (m) HEIN +  ASSOCIATES,  LLP.,  who  have  reported  on the  financial
statements of the Company which have been filed with the Commission as a part of
the  Registration  Statement,  are independent  accountants  with respect to the
Company as required by the Act and the Regulations.

          (n)  Subsequent to the  respective  dates as of which  information  is
given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,  and except as may otherwise
be indicated or contemplated  herein or therein,  the Company has not (i) issued
any  securities or incurred any liability or  obligation,  direct or contingent,
for  borrowed  money;  or (ii) entered  into any  transaction  other than in the
ordinary course of business;  or (iii) declared or paid any dividend or made any
other  distribution  on or in respect of its capital stock;  provided,  however,
that this provision shall not be applicable to any transaction  between or among
the Company and its subsidiaries.

          (o) There is no litigation or  governmental  proceeding  pending or to
the  knowledge  of  the  Company  or the  Subsidiaries  threatened  against,  or
involving the  properties or business of the Company which might have a Material
Adverse  Effect,  except as referred to in the  Prospectus.  Further,  except as
referred  to  in  the  Prospectus,  there  are  no  pending  actions,  suits  or
proceedings related to environmental matters or related to discrimination on the
basis of age, sex,  religion or race, nor is the Company charged with or, to its
knowledge,  under investigation with respect to any violation of any statutes or
regulations of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over its business or
operations,  which violations might have a Material Adverse Effect, and no labor
disturbances  by the  employees of the Company exist or, to the knowledge of the
Company, have been threatened.

          (p) The Company has, and at the Closing Date and at the Option Closing
Date will  have,  filed all  necessary  federal,  state and  foreign  income and
franchise tax returns or has requested  extensions  thereof  (except in any case
where the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect),  and has
paid all taxes which it  believes  in good faith were  required to be paid by it
except for any such  taxes  that  currently,  or on the  Closing  Date or Option
Closing  Date,  as the case may be,  are  being  contested  in good  faith or as
described in the Prospectus.

          (q) The Company has not at any time (i) made any  contribution  to any
candidate  for  political   office,   or  failed  to  disclose  fully  any  such
contribution,  in  violation  of law,  or (ii) made any  payment  to any  state,
federal,  foreign  governmental or professional  regulatory  agency,  officer or
official  or  other  person  charged  with  similar   public,   quasi-public  or
professional regulatory duties, other than payments or contributions required or
allowed by applicable law.

                                        8

<PAGE>

          (r) Except as set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  neither  the
Company nor any officer, director, employee or agent of the Company has made any
payment  or  transfer  of any funds or assets of the  Company or  conferred  any
personal benefit by use of the Company's assets or received any funds, assets or
personal benefit in violation of any law, rule or regulation,  which is required
to be stated in the  Registration  Statement or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading.

          (s) On the Closing Date and on the Option  Closing Date,  all transfer
or other taxes,  if any (other than income tax),  which are required to be paid,
and are due and  payable,  in  connection  with  the sale  and  transfer  of the
Securities  by the  Company  to the  Underwriter  will have been  fully  paid or
provided for by the Company as the case may be, and all laws imposing such taxes
will have been fully complied with in all material respects.

          (t) There are no contracts or other documents of the Company which are
of a  character  required  to be  described  in the  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus  or filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement  which have not
been so described or filed.

          (v) The Company  maintains a system of  internal  accounting  controls
sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in
accordance  with   management's   general  or  specified   authorizations;   (2)
transactions  are  recorded as  necessary  to permit  preparation  of  financial
statements in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and to
maintain  accountability  for assets; and (3) access to assets is permitted only
in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations.

          (w) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no holder of any securities
of the  Company  has  the  right  (which  has not  been  effectively  waived  or
terminated) to require  registration of any securities  because of the filing or
effectiveness  of  the  Registration  Statement,  except  as  set  forth  in the
Prospectus.

          (x) The Company  has not taken and at the  Closing  Date will not have
taken,  directly or  indirectly,  any action  designed to cause or result in, or
which has constituted or which might  reasonably be expected to constitute,  the
stabilization  or  manipulation of the price of the Common Stock or the Warrants
to facilitate the sale or resale of such securities.

          (y) To the  Company's  knowledge,  there are no claims for services in
the  nature  of a  finder's  origination  fee  with  respect  to the sale of the
Securities hereunder, except as set forth in the Prospectus.


                                        9

<PAGE>

          (z) No right of  first  refusal  exists  with  respect  to any sale of
securities by the Company.

          (aa) No  statement,  representation,  warranty or covenant made by the
Company in this  Agreement or made in any  certificate  or document  required by
this Agreement to be delivered to the  Underwriter  was, when made, or as of the
Closing  Date or as of the Option  Closing Date will be  materially  inaccurate,
untrue or incorrect.

     3. Covenants of the Company.
        -------------------------

     The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriter that:

          (a) It will deliver to the Underwriter,  without charge, two conformed
copies  of each  Registration  Statement  and of each  amendment  or  supplement
thereto, including all financial statements and exhibits.

          (b) The  Company has  delivered  to the  Underwriter,  and each of the
Selected Dealers (as hereinafter defined) without charge, as many copies as have
been reasonably requested of each Preliminary  Prospectus  heretofore filed with
the  Commission in  accordance  with and pursuant to the  Commission's  Rule 430
under the Act and will deliver to the  Underwriter and to others whose names and
addresses are furnished by the Underwriter or a Selected Dealer, without charge,
on the Effective  Date, and thereafter  from time to time during such reasonable
period as you may  request  if, in the  reasonable  opinion of  counsel  for the
Underwriter,  the  Prospectus  is required by law to be delivered in  connection
with sales by the  Underwriter  or a dealer,  as many  copies of the  Prospectus
(and, in the event of any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus,  of such
amended or supplemented  Prospectus) as the  Underwriter may reasonably  request
for the purposes  contemplated  by the Act. The Company will take all  necessary
actions  to  furnish  to  whomever  directed  by the  Underwriter,  when  and as
requested by the Underwriter,  all necessary documents,  exhibits,  information,
applications,  instruments and papers as may be reasonably  required in order to
permit or facilitate the sale of the Securities.

          (c) The  Company  has  authorized  the  Underwriter  to use,  and make
available  for use by  prospective  dealers,  the  Preliminary  Prospectus,  and
authorizes the  Underwriter,  all dealers selected by you in connection with the
distribution of the Securities  (the "Selected  Dealers") to be purchased by the
Underwriter  and all dealers to whom any of such  Securities  may be sold by the
Underwriter or by any Selected Dealer, to use the Prospectus,  during the period
that the Prospectus is current, as from time to time amended or supplemented, in
connection  with the sale of the  Securities in accordance  with the  applicable
provisions

                                       10

<PAGE>



provisions of the Act, the  applicable  Regulations  and  applicable  state law,
until  completion  of the  distribution  of the  Securities  and for such longer
period as you may  reasonably  request if the  Prospectus is required  under the
Act,  the  applicable  Regulations  or  applicable  state law to be delivered in
connection  with sales of the  Securities  by the  Underwriter  or the  Selected
Dealers.

          (d) The Company  will use its best  efforts to cause the  Registration
Statement to become effective and will notify the Underwriter  immediately,  and
confirm  the  notice in  writing:  (i) when the  Registration  Statement  or any
post-effective  amendment thereto becomes effective;  (ii) of the receipt of any
comments  from the  Commission  regarding the  Registration  Statement or of the
receipt of any stop order or of the initiation,  or to the best of the Company's
knowledge,  the  threatening,  of any  proceedings  for that purpose;  (iii) the
suspension  of  the  qualification  of  the  Securities  and  the  Underwriter's
Warrants, or underlying securities,  for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or
of the initiating, or to the best of the Company's knowledge the threatening, of
any  proceeding  for that purpose;  and (iv) of the receipt of any comments from
the  Commission.  If the  Commission  shall enter a stop order at any time,  the
Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the lifting of such order as
promptly as practicable.

          (e) During the time when a prospectus  relating to the  Securities  is
required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use its best efforts to
comply  with  all  requirements  imposed  upon it by the Act and the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act"), as now and hereafter  amended and by
the  Regulations,  as from time to time in force,  as  necessary  to permit  the
continuance  of sales of or dealings in the  Securities in  accordance  with the
provisions  hereof and the Prospectus and the Company shall use its best efforts
to keep the Registration Statement effective so long as a Prospectus is required
to be delivered in  connection  with the sale of the  Securities  or  Additional
Securities by the Underwriter or by dealers  effecting  transactions  therein in
connection  with the  initial  public  offering  thereof.  If at any time when a
prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act,
any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the reasonable opinion of
counsel for the Company or counsel for the  Underwriter,  the Prospectus as then
amended or  supplemented  (or the  prospectus  contained  in a new  registration
statement filed by the Company pursuant to Paragraph  3(q)),  includes an untrue
statement of a material  fact or omits to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the
circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading,  or if,  in the
reasonable opinion of either such counsel,  it is necessary at any time to amend
the Prospectus (or the prospectus contained in such new registration  statement)


                                       11

<PAGE>

to comply with the Act,  the Company  will notify you  promptly  and prepare and
file with the  Commission an  appropriate  amendment or supplement in accordance
with Section 10 of the Act and will furnish to you copies thereof.

          (f) The Company will endeavor in good faith, in cooperation  with you,
at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify
the Securities for offering and sale under the securities  laws or blue sky laws
of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably designate;  provided,  however, that
in  connection  therewith  the  Company  shall not be  required  to qualify as a
foreign  corporation  or to file a general  consent to service of process in any
jurisdiction  or to make any changes in its capital  structure or certificate of
incorporation  or in any other material aspects of its business or to enter into
any material  agreement  with any Blue Sky  commissioner.  In each  jurisdiction
where such qualification  shall be effected,  the Company will, unless you agree
that such action is not at the time necessary or advisable,  use it best efforts
to file  and  make  such  statements  or  reports  at such  times  as are or may
reasonably  be  required  by the  laws of such  jurisdiction  to  continue  such
qualification  until none of the Warrants  held by persons in that  jurisdiction
are outstanding.

          (g) The Company will make generally  available  (within the meaning of
Section 11(a) of the Act and the Regulations) to its security  holders,  as soon
as practicable,  but in no event later than the first day of the eighteenth full
calendar  month  following  the  Effective  Date,  an earnings  statement of the
Company,  which will be in  reasonable  detail  but which  need not be  audited,
covering a period of at least twelve months  beginning after the Effective Date,
which earnings statements shall satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of the
Act and the  Regulations  as then in effect.  The  Company  may  discharge  this
obligation in accordance with Rule 158 of the Regulations.

          (h) During the period of five years  commencing on the Effective  Date
(unless the Company shall no longer have a class of equity securities registered
under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange  Act),  the Company will furnish to
its stockholders an annual report (including financial statements audited by its
independent  public  accountants),  in  accordance  with  Rule  14a-3  under the
Exchange Act, and, at its expense, furnish to the Underwriter (i) within 90 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company,  a consolidated  balance sheet
of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and a separate balance sheet of
each  subsidiary  of the Company the  accounts of which are not included in such
consolidated  balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, and  consolidated
statements of operations, stockholder's equity and cash flows of the Company and
its   consolidated   subsidiaries   and  separate   statements  of   operations,
stockholder's equity and cash flows of each of the subsidiaries of the Company


                                       12

<PAGE>

the accounts of which are not included in such consolidated statements,  for the
fiscal year then ended all in reasonable detail and all certified by independent
accountants (within the meaning of the Act and the Regulations),  (ii) within 50
days after the end of each of the first  three  fiscal  quarters  of each fiscal
year,  similar  balance  sheets as of the end of such fiscal quarter and similar
statements  of  operations,  stockholder's  equity and cash flows for the fiscal
quarter  then  ended,  all  in  reasonable  detail,  and  subject  to  year  end
adjustment,  all certified by the Company's  principal  financial officer or the
Company's  principal  accounting  officer as having been  prepared in accordance
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied on a consistent basis,
(iii)  as  soon as  available,  each  report  furnished  to or  filed  with  the
Commission or any  securities  exchange and each report and financial  statement
furnished  to  the  Company's  stockholders  generally,  and  (iv)  as  soon  as
available,  such  other  material  as the  Underwriter  may  from  time  to time
reasonably  request  regarding  the financial  condition  and  operations of the
Company;  provided,  however, that the Underwriter shall use such other material
only in  connection  with its  activities  as  Underwriter  hereunder  and shall
otherwise keep such other material confidential.

          (i) For a period  of  eighteen  months  from  the  Closing  Date,  the
Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified
public accountants to review (but not audit), the Company's financial statements
for each of the first three  quarters  prior to the  announcement  of  quarterly
financial information, the filing of the Company's 10-Q quarterly report and the
mailing,if any, of quarterly financial information to stockholders.

          (j) Prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date (if any), the
Company will not,  directly or indirectly,  without your prior written  consent,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,  issue any press release or
other  public  announcement  or hold any press  conference  with  respect to the
Company  or its  activities  with  respect  to the  Offering  (other  than trade
releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company's business consistent with
past  practices  with  respect  to the  Company's  operations  and other than as
required by law.

          (k) The Company will deliver to you prior to filing,  any amendment or
supplement  to the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  proposed to be filed
after the Effective  Date and will not file any such  amendment or supplement to
which you shall reasonably object after being furnished such copy.

          (l) During the period of 120 days  commencing on the date hereof,  the
Company will not at any time take,  directly or indirectly,  any action designed
to, or which will  constitute or which might  reasonably be expected to cause or

                                       13

<PAGE>



result  in  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the price of the  Securities  to
facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities.

          (m) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering received
by it  substantially  in the manner set forth  under  "Use of  Proceeds"  in the
Prospectus.

          (n)  Counsel  for the  Company,  the  Company's  accountants,  and the
officers and directors of the Company will, respectively,  furnish the opinions,
the  letters and the  certificates  referred to in  subsections  of  Paragraph 9
hereof,  and,  if the  Company  shall  file any  amendment  to the  Registration
Statement  relating  to the  offering  of the  Securities  or any  amendment  or
supplement  to the  Prospectus  relating  to  the  offering  of  the  Securities
subsequent  to the Effective  Date,  such counsel,  such  accountants,  and such
officers and  directors,  respectively,  will,  at the time of such filing or at
such  subsequent  time  as you  shall  specify,  so  long  as  Securities  being
registered  by such  amendment  or  supplement  are  being  underwritten  by the
Underwriter,  furnish to you such opinions, letters and certificates, each dated
the date of its delivery,  of the same nature as the  opinions,  the letters and
the certificates referred to in said Paragraph 9, as you may reasonably request,
or, if any such opinion or letter or  certificate  cannot be furnished by reason
of the fact  that  such  counsel  or such  accountants  or any such  officer  or
director  believes  that the same  would be  inaccurate,  such  counsel  or such
accountants  or such  officer or director  will  furnish an accurate  opinion or
letter or certificate with respect to the same subject matter.

          (o) The Company will comply in all material  respects  with all of the
provisions of any undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

          (p) The Company will  reserve and keep  available  for  issuance  that
maximum number of its  authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock which are
issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  and  issuable  upon  exercise of the
Underwriter's  Warrants (including the underlying  securities)  outstanding from
time to time.

          (q) The  Company  will  timely  prepare  and file at its sole cost and
expense one or more post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement or a
new registration  statement as required by law as will permit Warrant holders to
be  furnished  with a  current  prospectus  in the event and at such time as the
Warrants  are  exercised,  and the  Company  will use its best  efforts  and due
diligence to have the same be declared  effective (with the intent that the same
be declared  effective as soon as the Warrants become  exercisable)  and to keep
the same  effective so long as the Warrants  are  outstanding.  The Company will
deliver  a draft  of each  such  post-effective  amendment  or new  registration


                                       14

<PAGE>

statement  to the  Underwriter  at least  ten days  prior to the  filing of such
post-effective amendment or registration statement.

          (r) So long as any of the  Warrants  remain  outstanding,  the Company
will timely  deliver and supply to its Warrant  agent  sufficient  copies of the
Company's  current  Prospectus,  as will enable such Warrant  agent to deliver a
copy of such  Prospectus  to any Warrant or other holder  where such  Prospectus
delivery is by law required to be made.

          (s) So long as any of the  Warrants  remain  outstanding,  the Company
shall continue to employ the services of a firm of independent  certified public
accountants  reasonably  acceptable to the  Underwriter  in connection  with the
preparation  of the  financial  statements  to be included  in any  registration
statement to be filed by the Company  hereunder,  or any amendment or supplement
thereto.  During the same period, the Company shall employ the services of a law
firm(s)  reasonably  acceptable to the  Underwriter in connection with all legal
work of the Company, including the preparation of a registration statement to be
filed by the Company hereunder, or any amendment or supplement thereto.

          (t) So long as any of the  Warrants  remain  outstanding,  the Company
shall  continue  to  appoint a  Warrant  agent  for the  Warrants,  who shall be
reasonably acceptable to the Underwriter.

          (u) The Company  agrees that it will,  upon the Effective  Date, for a
period of no less than three years,  engage a designee of the  Underwriter as an
advisor  (the  "Advisor")  to its Board of Directors  where such  Advisor  shall
attend meetings of the Board,  receive all notices and other  correspondence and
communications  sent by the  Company to members  of its Board of  Directors  and
receive  cash  compensation  equal  to  the  entitlement  of  other  non-officer
Directors.  In addition, such Advisor shall be entitled to receive reimbursement
for all reasonable costs incurred in attending such meetings including,  but not
limited to (if reasonably  required in connection  with any meeting held outside
the New York City metropolitan  area),  food,  lodging and  transportation.  The
Company further agrees that, during said three year period, it shall schedule no
less than four (4) formal and "in person"  meetings of its Board of Directors in
each such year and such meetings  shall be held  quarterly each year and advance
notice of such  meetings  identical to the notice  given to  directors  shall be
given to the Advisor.  Further, during such three year period, the Company shall
give  notice to the  Underwriter  with  respect  to any  proposed  acquisitions,
mergers,   reorganizations  or  other  similar  transactions.  In  lieu  of  the
Underwriter's  right to designate  an Advisor,  the  Underwriter  shall have the
right during such three-year  period,  in its sole discretion,  to designate one

                                       15

<PAGE>

person for  election as a Director of the Company and the Company  will  utilize
its best  efforts to obtain the election of such person who shall be entitled to
receive the same  compensation,  expense  reimbursements  and other benefits set
forth above.

          The Company  agrees to  indemnify  and hold the  Underwriter  and such
Advisor or Director harmless against any and all claims, actions, damages, costs
and  expenses,   and  judgments   arising  solely  out  of  the  attendance  and
participation  of your  designee at any such meeting  described  herein.  In the
event the Company maintains a liability  insurance policy affording coverage for
the acts of its officers and directors,  it agrees, if possible,  to include the
Underwriter's designee as an insured under such policy.

          (v) Upon the Closing  Date,  the Company  shall have  entered  into an
agreement  with  the  Underwriter  in  form   reasonably   satisfactory  to  the
Underwriter (the "Consulting Agreement"), pursuant to which the Underwriter will
be retained as a management  and financial  consultant  for a three-year  period
commencing as of the Closing Date,  and will be paid a fee of $3,000 a month for
a term of three years,  all of which  ($108,000)  shall be paid upon the Closing
Date.

          (w) The  Common  Stock and  Warrants  shall be  quoted  on the  Nasdaq
SmallCap Market ("Nasdaq") and the Boston Stock Exchange ("BSE"), not later than
the Closing Date. Thereafter,  (unless the Company is acquired) the Company will
effect  and use its  best  efforts  to  maintain  such  listing  or  cause  such
securities  to be listed on a national  securities  exchange or in a  comparable
inter-dealer  quotation  system  for at least  five  years from the date of this
Agreement (or until such earlier date on which no Warrants remain outstanding).

          (x)  The  Company  will  apply  for  listing  in  Standard  and  Poors
Corporation  Reports or Moodys OTC Guide and shall use its best  efforts to have
the Company  included in one of such  publications  for at least five years from
the  Closing  Date  (unless  the  Common  Stock is listed on the New York  Stock
Exchange or the American  Stock  Exchange or unless the Company  shall no longer
have a class of equity securities registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the
Exchange Act).

          (y) The Company has  obtained  from each  person who is  currently  an
officer  or  director  of the  Company or a  beneficial  owner of more than five
percent  of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  a  written  agreement,  in form  and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory to you and your counsel,  to the effect that
such person shall not offer,  sell or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly,  without your prior written consent (or pursuant to such
other agreement with respect to the sale of capital stock as may be required by

                                       16

<PAGE>

state "Blue Sky" laws in order to qualify the Offering in any such  State),  any
shares of the Common  Stock owned by such person or any  securities  convertible
into, or exchangeable for, or warrants to purchase or acquire,  shares of Common
Stock,  for a period of twenty four months from the  Effective  Date,  except as
otherwise  set  forth in the  Prospectus.  For a period  of two  years  from the
Effective  Date,  the  Company  shall not issue  any  shares of Common  Stock or
preferred  stock or any  warrants,  options or other  rights to purchase  Common
Stock or preferred stock without the consent of the Underwriter,  except for (i)
the Securities and the Additional Securities, (ii) the Underwriter's Securities,
(iii)  Warrant  Shares,  (iv)  securities  issuable  upon the  exercise of other
options or warrants  outstanding as of the Closing Date, (v) options to purchase
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company's stock option plan and shares of
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such options.

          (z) The Company will use its best efforts to obtain, as soon after the
Closing  Date  as is  reasonably  possible,  liability  insurance  covering  its
officers and directors.

          (aa)  The  Company  agrees  that  it will  employ  the  services  of a
financial public  relations firm reasonably  acceptable to the Underwriter for a
period of at least twelve months following the Effective Date.

     4.  Sale,  Purchase  and  Delivery  of  Securities;  Closing  Date;  Public
         Offering.
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------

          (a) On the basis of the  warranties,  representations  and  agreements
herein  contained,  and  subject  to the  satisfaction  of  all  the  terms  and
conditions  of this  Agreement,  the  Company  agrees  to issue  and sell to the
Underwriter,  and the  Underwriter  agrees to  purchase  from the  Company,  the
Securities  at a price of $[ ] per share of Common  Stock and $.10 per  Warrant,
less, in the case of each such Security, an underwriting discount of ten percent
(10%) of the price for such Security. The Underwriter may allow a concession not
exceeding  $. per share of Common  Stock and $. per Warrant to Selected  Dealers
who are members of the NASD, and to certain  foreign  dealers,  and such dealers
may reallow to NASD  members and to certain  foreign  dealers a  concession  not
exceeding $. per share of Common Stock and $ per Warrant.

          (b) Delivery of the Securities  and payment  therefor shall be made at
10:00 A.M.,  New York time on the Closing Date, as hereinafter  defined,  at the
offices of the  Underwriter  or such other location as may be agreed upon by you
and the Company.  Delivery of certificates for the Common Stock and Warrants (in
definitive  form and registered in such names and in such  denominations  as you
shall request by written notice to the Company  delivered at least four business
days' prior to the Closing Date), shall be made to you for the account of the

                                       17

<PAGE>

the  Underwriter  against payment of the purchase price therefor by certified or
bank check or wire  transfer  payable in New York  Clearing  House  funds to the
order of the Company.  The Company  will make such  certificates  available  for
inspection  at least one business day prior to the Closing Date at such place as
you shall designate.

          (c) The "Closing  Date" shall be , 1996,  or such other date not later
than the fourth  business day following the effective  date of the  Registration
Statement as you shall  determine  and advise the Company by at least three full
business days' notice.

          (d) The cost of original issue tax stamps,  if any, in connection with
the issuance and delivery of the  Securities  by the Company to the  Underwriter
shall be borne by the Company.  The Company  will pay and hold the  Underwriter,
and  any  subsequent  holder  of the  Securities,  harmless  from  any  and  all
liabilities  with  respect to or  resulting  from any failure or delay in paying
federal and state stamp taxes,  if any, which are payable in connection with the
original  issuance or sale to the  Underwriter of the Securities or any portions
thereof.

          (e) As soon, on or after the Effective Date, as the Underwriter  deems
advisable, the Underwriter shall make a public offering of the Securities (other
than to  residents  of or in any  jurisdiction  in  which  qualification  of the
Securities  is required  and has not become  effective)  at the  initial  public
offering  prices  and upon the  other  terms set  forth in the  Prospectus.  The
Underwriter  may from time to time  increase  or  decrease  the public  offering
prices of the Securities  after the  distribution  thereof has been completed to
such extent as the Underwriter, in its sole discretion, deems advisable.

     5. Sale,  Purchase and Delivery of Additional  Securities;  Option  Closing
        Date.
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------

          (a) Upon the basis of the  representations,  warranties and agreements
herein  contained,  and  subject  to the  satisfaction  of  all  the  terms  and
conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriter, and
the  Underwriter  shall have the option  (the  "Option")  to  purchase  from the
Company,  the Additional  Securities at the same price per Security as set forth
in Paragraph 4(a) above.  Additional  Securities may be purchased solely for the
purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the distribution and
sale of the Securities as contemplated by the Prospectus.

          (b) The Option to purchase  all or part of the  Additional  Securities
covered  thereby is  exercisable by you at any time and from time to time before
the  expiration  of a period of 45 calendar  days from the date of the Effective

                                       18

<PAGE>

Date (the "Option  Period") by written  notice to the Company  setting forth the
number of Additional  Securities  for which the Option is being  exercised,  the
name or names in which the certificates for such Additional Securities are to be
registered and the denominations of such certificates. Upon each exercise of the
Option,  the  Company  shall sell to the  Underwriter  the  aggregate  number of
Additional Securities specified in the notice exercising such Option.

          (c)  Delivery  of the  Additional  Securities  with  respect  to which
Options shall have been  exercised and payment  therefor  shall be made at 10:00
A.M., New York time on the Option Closing Date, as hereinafter  defined,  at the
offices of the  Underwriter or at such other  locations as may be agreed upon by
you and the Company. Delivery of certificates for Additional Securities shall be
made to you for the account of the  Underwriter  against payment of the purchase
price  therefor by certified or bank check or wire transfer in New York Clearing
House Funds to the order of the Company.  The Company will make certificates for
Additional  Securities to be purchased at the Option  Closing Date available for
inspection  at least one business day prior to such Option  Closing Date at such
place as you shall designate.

          (d) The "Option  Closing  Date" shall be the date not later than three
business  days after the end of the  Option  Period as you shall  determine  and
advise the Company by at least three full  business  days'  notice,  unless some
other time is agreed upon between you and the Company.

          (e)  The  obligations  of the  Underwriter  to  purchase  and  pay for
Additional Securities at such Option Closing Date shall be subject to compliance
as of such date with all the conditions  specified in Paragraph 9 herein and the
delivery to you of opinions,  certificates  and letters,  each dated such Option
Closing Date,  substantially  similar in scope to those specified in Paragraph 9
herein.

          (f) The cost of original issue tax stamps,  if any, in connection with
the  issuance and delivery of the  Additional  Securities  by the Company to the
Underwriter  shall be borne by the  Company.  The Company  will pay and hold the
Underwriter,  and any subsequent holder of Additional Securities,  harmless from
any and all  liabilities  with respect to or resulting from any failure or delay
in paying federal and state stamp taxes, if any, which are payable in connection
with  the  original  issuance  or  sale  to the  Underwriter  of the  Additional
Securities or any portion thereof.

     6. Warrant Solicitation Fee.
        -------------------------

     The Company agrees to pay the Underwriter a fee of five percent (5%) of the
aggregate exercise price of the Warrants if:

                                       19

<PAGE>

(i) the market price of the Common  Stock is greater than the exercise  price of
the  Warrants on the date of  exercise;  (ii) the  exercise  of the  Warrants is
solicited  by a  member  of the  NASD;  (iii)  the  Warrants  are not  held in a
discretionary account; (iv) the disclosure of compensation arrangements was made
both at the time of the Offering and at the time of the exercise of the Warrant;
and (v) the  solicitation  of the  Warrant  is not in  violation  of Rule  10b-6
promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act.  The  Company  agrees not to solicit  the
exercise  of any  Warrants  other  than  through  the  Underwriter  and will not
authorize  any other  dealer to engage in such  solicitation  without  the prior
written consent of the Underwriter which will not be unreasonably  withheld. The
Warrant  solicitation fee will not be paid in a non-solicited  transaction.  Any
request for  exercise  will be presumed to be  unsolicited  unless the  customer
states in writing that the  transaction  was solicited and designates in writing
the  broker/dealer  to  receive  compensation  for  the  exercise.   No  Warrant
solicitation  by the  Underwriter  will occur for a period of 12 months from the
Effective Date.

     7. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter.
        --------------------------------------------------

     The Underwriter represents and warrants to the Company that:

          (a) The  Underwriter is a member in good standing of the NASD, and has
complied with all NASD  requirements  concerning net capital and compensation to
be received in connection with the Offering.

          (b) To the Underwriter's  knowledge,  there are no claims for services
in the nature of a finder's or  origination  fee with respect to the sale of the
Securities hereunder, which the Company is, or may become, obligated to pay.

     8. Payment of Expenses.
        --------------------

          (a) The  Company  will  pay and  bear all  costs,  fees  and  expenses
incident to and in connection  with: (i) the issuance,  sale and delivery of the
Securities,  including  all  expenses  and  fees  incident  to the  preparation,
printing and filing  (including the mailing and  distribution of preliminary and
final  prospectuses)  of the  Registration  Statement  (including  all  exhibits
thereto),  each  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Prospectus,  and  amendments and
post-effective  amendments thereof and supplements  thereto,  and this Agreement
and related documents,  Preliminary and Final Blue Sky Memoranda,  including the
cost of preparing and copying all copies thereof in quantities deemed reasonably
necessary by the Underwriter;  (ii) advertising  costs and expenses,  including,
but not limited to, the costs and expenses in  connection  with the "road show,"
memorabilia and "tombstones" in publications selected by the Underwriter; (iii)
the printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the Shares, Warrants, Warrant
                                       20

<PAGE>


Shares,  Additional  Securities,   Underwriter's  Warrants  and  the  securities
underlying  the  Underwriter's  Warrant,  including  any transfer or other taxes
payable thereon in connection with the original issuance thereof (excluding such
transfer or other taxes as may be payable in connection with the issuance of the
securities  underlying the  Underwriter's  Warrants other than to the registered
holder of the  Underwriter's  Warrants  or in  connection  with the  issuance of
Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants other than to the  registered  holder
of such Warrants); (iv) the qualification of the Common Stock and Warrants under
the state or foreign  securities or "Blue Sky" laws selected by the  Underwriter
and the Company, and disbursements and reasonable fees of $40,000 to counsel for
the  Underwriter  in connection  therewith plus the filing fees for such states;
(v) fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the Company;  (vi) all
reasonable  traveling and lodging expenses  incurred by us and/or our counsel in
connection  with visits to, and  examination  of, the  Company's  premises;(vii)
other  expenses and  disbursements  incurred on behalf of the Company (viii) the
filing  fees  payable to the  Commission  and the NASD;  (ix) any listing of the
Common Stock and Warrants on a securities exchange or on NASDAQ.

          (b) In  addition  to the  expenses to be paid and borne by the Company
referred to in Paragraph 8(a) above,  the Company shall reimburse you at closing
for expenses incurred by you in connection with the Offering (for which you need
not make any accounting),  in the amount of 3% of the price to the public of the
Securities   and   Additional   Securities   sold  in  the  Offering.   This  3%
non-accountable  expense  allowance  shall cover the fees of your legal counsel,
but shall not include any  expenses for which the Company is  responsible  under
Paragraph 8(a) above,  including the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of your
legal counsel with respect to Blue Sky matters.

     9. Conditions of Underwriter's Obligations.
        ----------------------------------------

     The  obligations  of  the   Underwriter  to  consummate  the   transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement  shall be subject to the continuing  accuracy in
all  material  respects of the  representations  and  warranties  of the Company
contained herein (except those representations and warranties that speak as of a
specific  date) and the accuracy in all material  respects of the  statements of
the Company and its  officers  and  directors  made  pursuant to the  provisions
hereof, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, and to the performance
by the  Company  in  all  material  respects  of its  covenants  and  agreements
hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

                                       21

<PAGE>

          (a) The  Registration  Statement shall have become effective not later
than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date following the date of this Agreement,
or such later date and time as shall be  consented  to in writing by you and, on
or prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the  effectiveness of the
Registration  Statement  and no  proceedings  for that  purpose  shall have been
instituted  or to your  knowledge  or the  knowledge  of the  Company,  shall be
pending or  contemplated  by the  Commission  and any request on the part of the
Commission  for  additional  information  shall have been  complied  with to the
reasonable  satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriter and after the date hereof
no amendment or supplement shall have been filed to the  Registration  Statement
or Prospectus without your prior consent, which shall not have been unreasonably
withheld or delayed.

          (b) The  Underwriter  shall  not have  advised  the  Company  that the
Registration  Statement or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto  contains  an untrue  statement  of a fact which,  in the  Underwriter's
reasonable  opinion,  is  material,  or  omits  to  state a fact  which,  in the
Underwriter's  reasonable  opinion,  is  material  and is  required to be stated
therein  or is  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

          (c) Between the time of the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement
and the  Closing  Date,  there  shall be no  litigation  instituted  against the
Company or any of its officers or  directors  and between such dates there shall
be no proceeding  instituted or, to the Company's knowledge,  threatened against
the Company or any of its officers or directors before or by any federal,  state
or  county  commission,   regulatory  body,   administrative   agency  or  other
governmental  body,  domestic or foreign,  in which  litigation or proceeding an
unfavorable ruling, decision or finding would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (d) The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein
and in each  certificate  and document  contemplated  under this Agreement to be
delivered  to you shall be true and  correct  in all  material  respects  at the
Closing Date as if made at the Closing Date,  and all  covenants and  agreements
contained herein to be performed on the part of the Company,  and all conditions
contained  herein to be fulfilled or complied with by the Company at or prior to
the Closing Date shall be fulfilled or complied with in all material respects.

          (e) At the  Closing  Date,  you shall  have  received  the  opinion of
Bearman  Talesnick & Clowdus,  P.C.,  counsel to the  Company,  dated as of such
Closing  Date,   addressed  to  the   Underwriter  and  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                                       22

<PAGE>

               (i) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with all requisite
corporate  power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business
as described in the Registration Statement.  The Company is duly qualified to do
business as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing in all  jurisdictions
where its  ownership,  leasing,  licensing  or use of property and assets or the
conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where failure
to be so qualified or in good standing will not have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (ii) The Company has all requisite  corporate power and authority
to  execute,  deliver and perform the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Consulting
Agreement (to be entered into as of the Closing Date), the Warrant Agreement and
the  Underwriter's  Warrants and to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated
thereby. The execution,  delivery and performance of the Underwriting Agreement,
the Consulting Agreement,  the Warrant Agreement and the Underwriter's  Warrants
by the Company,  the  consummation  by the Company of the  transactions  therein
contemplated   and  the  compliance  by  the  Company  with  the  terms  of  the
Underwriting Agreement,  the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the
Underwriter's  Warrants have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action,  the Underwriting  Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
Company,  and each of the Consulting  Agreement,  the Warrant  Agreement and the
Underwriter's Warrants will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company
as of the Closing Date.  The  Underwriting  Agreement is, and, as of the Closing
Date  each  of  the  Consulting   Agreement,   the  Warrant  Agreement  and  the
Underwriter's  Warrants will be, a valid and binding  obligation of the Company,
enforceable in accordance with its terms,  except insofar as  enforceability  of
indemnification and contribution  provisions may be limited by applicable law or
policy or equitable  principles,  and except as enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy,  reorganization,  moratorium, insolvency or other laws affecting the
enforceability  of  creditors'  rights  generally  and  rules  of law  governing
specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

               (iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the Underwriting
Agreement, the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the Underwriter's
Warrants by the Company, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
therein or herein contemplated will not, with or without the giving of notice or
the lapse of time,  or both,  (A) result in a violation  of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or  by-laws  of the  Company,  in each  case as the  same  may be
amended, (B) to the best of such counsel's knowledge,  result in a breach of, or
conflict  with,  any terms or provisions of or  constitute a default  under,  or
result in the  modification  or  termination  of, or result in the  creation  or


                                       23

<PAGE>

imposition of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, any indenture,  mortgage, note,
contract,  commitment or other  material  agreement or instrument  known to such
counsel to which the  Company  is a party or by which the  Company or any of its
properties  or assets are bound or affected,  except where any of the  foregoing
would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  (C) to the best of such  counsel's
knowledge,  violate any existing applicable law, rule or regulation or judgment,
order or  decree  known to such  counsel  of any  governmental  agency or court,
domestic  or  foreign,  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Company  or  any of its
properties  or  business,  which  judgment,  order or decree is  binding  on the
Company or to which any of its business or operations  is subject,  except where
any such violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect;  or (D) to the best
of such  counsel's  knowledge,  have any material  adverse effect on any permit,
certification,  registration,  approval, consent, license or franchise necessary
for the Company to own or lease and operate  its  properties  and to conduct its
business or the ability of the Company to make use thereof,  in each case in the
State of New York;

               (iv) To the best of such counsel's  knowledge,  no authorization,
approval,  consent,  order,  registration,  license  or  permit  of any court or
governmental  agency or body  (other  than under the Act,  the  Regulations  and
applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws) is required for the authorization,
issuance,  sale and delivery of the Securities,  the Additional Securities,  the
Warrant  Shares  or the  Underwriter's  Warrants,  and the  consummation  by the
Company of the  transactions  contemplated by the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the
Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement or the Underwriter's Warrants;

               (v) Such counsel has been advised by the staff of the  Commission
that the  Registration  Statement  was declared  effective  under the Act by the
Commission on , 1996;  to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  no stop order
suspending the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has been issued by
the Commission,  and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
pending or threatened under the Act;

               (vi) The  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus,  as of the
Effective  Date (except for the financial  statements  and other  financial data
included therein or omitted therefrom,  as to which such counsel need express no
opinion),  comply as to form in all material  respects with the  requirements of
the Act and  Regulations  and,  to the  best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  the
conditions for use of a  registration  statement on Form S-1 have been satisfied
by the Company;

               (vii)  The  description  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus,  other than in the section  entitled  "Underwriting"  as to which no
opinion

                                       24

<PAGE>

need be provided, of statutes,  regulations,  contracts and other documents have
been reviewed by us, and, based upon such review, are accurate summaries of such
statutes,  regulations,  contracts and other documents in all material  respects
and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no material contracts or
documents of a character required to be described in the Registration  Statement
or the  Prospectus  or to be filed as  exhibits to the  Registration  Statement,
which are not so described or filed as required.

               (viii) Each share of Common Stock  outstanding  as of the date of
the Prospectus or immediately prior to the Closing Date has been duly authorized
and  validly  issued  and is fully paid and  nonassessable.  To the best of such
counsel's knowledge, none of the Common Stock outstanding as of either such date
or time has been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any stockholder
of the Company. The authorized Common Stock conforms in all material respects to
the description thereof contained in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus.
To the best of such counsel's knowledge,  except as set forth in the Prospectus,
no  holders  of  any of the  Company's  securities  has  any  rights,  "demand,"
"piggyback" or otherwise (which has not been waived or terminated), to have such
securities registered under the Act, except as set forth in the Prospectus;

               (ix) The  issuance  and sale of the  Securities,  the  Additional
Securities, the Warrants, the Warrant Shares and the Underwriter's Warrants have
been duly authorized and, when issued, paid for and delivered in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof,  the Common Stock  comprising the Securities  and,
Additional  Securities and the Warrant Shares will be validly issued, fully paid
and  nonassessable.  Neither the Securities  nor the  Additional  Securities are
subject to statutory  preemptive  rights of any stockholder of the Company.  The
certificates representing the Securities are in proper legal form;

               (x) The Warrants and the Underwriter's  Warrants constitute,  and
the Warrants  underlying the Underwriter's  Warrants,  when issued and delivered
upon exercise of the Underwriter's  Warrants,  will constitute valid and binding
obligations  of the Company,  enforceable  in accordance  with their  respective
terms,  to issue and sell,  upon  exercise  thereof and payment  pursuant to the
terms  thereof,  the numbers and types of securities  of the Company  called for
thereby.  All  corporate  action  required  to be taken  for the  authorization,
issuance  and sale of the  Securities  has  been  duly and  validly  taken.  The
Warrants and the Underwriter's  Warrants conform in all material respects to the
descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;

                                       25

<PAGE>

               (xi) Good title to the  Securities,  free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances,  equities,  security  interests and claims  (except those that may
arise from actions or inactions of the Underwriter), has been transferred to the
Underwriter,  provided that the  Underwriter  purchased  the  Securities in good
faith and  without  notice of any such lien,  encumbrance,  equity,  security or
claim or any other  adverse  claim  within the  meaning of the New York  Uniform
Commercial  Code  ("NYUCC")  to the extent  that the NYUCC is  identical  to the
Colorado Uniform Commercial Code ("COUCC").

               (xii)  Assuming  that the  Underwriter  exercises  the  Option to
purchase the Additional  Securities  and makes  payments  therefor in accordance
with the terms of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  upon issuance of the Additional
Securities to the  Underwriter  pursuant  hereto,  good title to the  Additional
Securities,  free  and  clear of any  liens,  encumbrances,  equities,  security
interests  and claims  (except those that may arise from actions or inactions of
the Underwriter),  will have been transferred to the Underwriter,  provided that
the  Underwriter  purchased the Additional  Securities in good faith and without
notice of any such lien,  encumbrance,  equity,  security  or claim or any other
adverse claim within the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial Code to the
extent that the NYUCC is identical to the COUCC;

               (xiii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, other than as set
forth or contemplated in the Prospectus,  there are no claims,  actions,  suits,
proceedings,  arbitrations,  investigations or inquiries before any governmental
agency, court or tribunal, or before any private arbitration  tribunal,  pending
or  threatened  against  the Company or to which its  properties  or business is
subject, which, individually or in the aggregate,  would have a Material Adverse
Effect.

               In addition,  such counsel  shall state that during the course of
the preparation of the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  such counsel
participated  in  conferences  with  officers of the  Company,  and,  while such
counsel are not passing upon,  has not verified or  independently  investigated,
and does  not  assume  any  responsibility  for the  accuracy,  completeness  or
fairness of the statements or documents contained in the Registration  Statement
or the  Prospectus,  during the  course of such  preparation  and the  foregoing
conferences, no facts came to such counsel's attention which caused such counsel
to believe  that (A) the  Registration  Statement  (except  as to the  financial
statements and other financial data contained therein,  as to which such counsel
need  express  no  opinion),  as of the  Effective  Date,  contained  any untrue
statement of a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
made, not misleading, or that (B) the Prospectus (except as to the financial

                                       26

<PAGE>



statements and other financial data contained therein,  as to which such counsel
need express no opinion),  as of its date,  contained any untrue  statement or a
material fact or omitted to state any material  fact  necessary in order to make
the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.

               In rendering such opinions, such counsel may limit their opinions
to matters  governed by the federal laws of the United  States,  the laws of the
State of New York (to the extent that New York law is similar to  Colorado  law)
and the general  corporation  laws of the State of Delaware,  and may rely as to
matters of fact,  to the extent they deem proper,  on  certificates  and written
statements  of  officers  of the  Company  and  certificates  or  other  written
statements of officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of
documents  respecting  the corporate  existence or good standing of the Company,
provided that copies of any such statements or  certificates  shall be delivered
to counsel to the Underwriter.

          (f) On or prior to the Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriter shall
have been  furnished  such  documents,  certificates  and  opinions  as they may
reasonably  require  for the  purpose of  enabling  them to review  the  matters
referred to in subparagraph (e) of this Paragraph 9, or in order to evidence the
accuracy, completeness or satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties
or conditions herein contained.

          (g) Prior to the Closing Date:

               (i) There  shall  have  been no  material  adverse  change in the
condition or prospects or the business  activities,  financial or otherwise,  of
the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus;

               (ii) There shall have been no  transaction,  outside the ordinary
course of business, entered into by the Company from the latest date as of which
the  financial  condition  of the  Company  is  set  forth  in the  Registration
Statement and Prospectus which is material to the Company, which is (x) required
to be  disclosed  in the  Prospectus  or  Registration  Statement  and is not so
disclosed, and (y) likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (iii) The  Company  shall not be in  default  under any  material
provision of any instrument relating to any outstanding indebtedness,  except as
described in the Prospectus and except such as will not have a Material  Adverse
Effect;


                                       27

<PAGE>

               (iv) No material  amount of the assets of the Company  shall have
been  pledged,  mortgaged  or otherwise  encumbered,  except as set forth in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus;

               (v) No action,  suit or  proceeding,  at law or in equity,  shall
have  been  pending  or to its  knowledge  threatened  against  the  Company  or
affecting any of its properties or businesses  before or by any court or federal
or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable
decision,  ruling or finding would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set
forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;

               (vi) No stop order  shall have been  issued  under the Act and no
proceedings  therefor shall have been initiated or, to the Company's  knowledge,
threatened by the Commission; and

               (vii) Each of the  representations  and warranties of the Company
contained in this Agreement and in each  certificate  and document  contemplated
under this Agreement to be delivered to you was, when  originally made and is at
the time such certificate is dated, true and correct in all material respects.

               (h)  Concurrently   with  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement and at the Closing Date,  you shall have received a certificate of the
Company signed by the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and the principal
financial  officer of the Company,  dated as of the Closing  Date, to the effect
that the conditions set forth in  subparagraph  (g) above have been satisfied in
all material respects and that, as of the Closing Date, the  representations and
warranties  of the Company set forth in Paragraph 2 herein are true and correct,
as if  made  on and as of the  Closing  Date,  in  all  material  respects.  Any
certificate  signed by any  officer of the Company  and  delivered  to you or to
counsel for the Underwriter shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the
Company to the Underwriter as to the statements made therein.

          (i) At the time this  Agreement is executed,  and at the Closing Date,
you shall have received a letter,  addressed to the  Underwriter and in form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory in all material  respects to you and counsel
for the  Underwriter,  from HEIN + ASSOCIATES  LLP. dated as of the date of this
Agreement  and as of the Closing  Date,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A
hereto.

          (j) All  proceedings  taken  in  connection  with  the  authorization,
issuance or sale of the Securities,  Warrant Shares,  Additional  Securities and
the  Underwriter's   Securities  as  herein  contemplated  shall  be  reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to you and to counsel to the Underwriter, and
the Underwriter  shall have received from such counsel an opinion,  dated as the

                                       28

<PAGE>

Closing Date with  respect to such of these  proceedings  as you may  reasonably
require.

          (l)  The  obligation  of  the   Underwriter  to  purchase   Additional
Securities  hereunder  is subject to the  accuracy  of the  representations  and
warranties of the Company  contained herein on and as of the Option Closing Date
in all material respects and to the satisfaction on and as of the Option Closing
Date of the conditions set forth herein in all material respects.

          (m) On the Closing Date there shall have been duly tendered to you for
your  account  the  appropriate  number of shares of Common  Stock and  Warrants
constituting the Securities.

     10. Indemnification and Contribution.
         ---------------------------------

          (a) Subject to the conditions  set forth below,  the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter,  each of its agents and counsel and
each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter  ("controlling person") within
the meaning of either  Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange  Act,
against any and all losses,  liabilities,  claims, damages, actions and expenses
or liability, joint or several, whatsoever (including but not limited to any and
all expense  whatsoever  reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,  preparing  or
defending  against  any  litigation,  commenced  or  threatened,  or  any  claim
whatsoever),  joint or  several,  to which it or such  controlling  persons  may
become  subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or under any other statute or at
common law or  otherwise,  arising out of or based upon any untrue  statement or
alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in the  Registration
Statement or any Preliminary  Prospectus or the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented);  in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any
new  registration  statement  and  prospectus  in which is included  the Warrant
Shares of the Company  issued or issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants,  or
Warrant Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrants;
or in any  application  or other  document  or  written  communication  (in this
Paragraph 10 collectively called "application") executed by the Company or based
upon written  information  furnished by the Company filed in any jurisdiction in
order  to  qualify  the  Securities,   Warrant  Shares,  Additional  Securities,
Underwriter's  Warrants and  Underwriter's  Securities under the securities laws
thereof or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange; or the omission
or alleged  omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein
or  necessary to make the  statements  therein not  misleading  (in light of the
circumstances under which they were made), unless such statement or omission was
made in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company  with  respect  to the  Underwriter  by or on behalf of the  Underwriter
expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or

                                       29

<PAGE>

Prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement thereof,  or in any application,  as
the case may be.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall  have no
liability  under this Paragraph  10(a) if any such untrue  statement or omission
made  in a  Preliminary  Prospectus,  is  corrected  in the  Prospectus  and the
Underwriter  failed to deliver to the person or persons  alleging the  liability
upon  which  indemnification  is  being  sought,  at or  prior  to  the  written
confirmation of such sale, a copy of the  Prospectus.  This indemnity will be in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

          (b) The Underwriter  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company
and each of the  officers  and  directors  of the  Company  who have  signed the
Registration  Statement,  each of its agents and counsel, and each other person,
if any, who controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
from the Company to the Underwriter in Paragraph 10(a), but only with respect to
any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained
in or any omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact required to be
stated in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or Prospectus
or any  amendment or  supplement  thereof or  necessary  to make the  statements
therein not  misleading  or in any  application  made in reliance  upon,  and in
conformity with, written  information  furnished to the Company by you expressly
for use in the  preparation of such  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Registration
Statement or Prospectus with respect to the Underwriter or directly  relating to
the  transactions  effected or to be effected by the  Underwriter  in connection
with the Offering. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability
which the Underwriter may otherwise have.

          (c) If any  action is  brought  against  any  indemnified  party  (the
"Indemnitee")  in respect of which indemnity may be sought against another party
pursuant to the foregoing (the  "Indemnitor"),  the Indemnitor  shall assume the
defense of the action,  including the employment and fees of counsel (reasonably
satisfactory to the Indemnitee)  and payment of expenses.  Any Indemnitee  shall
have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees
and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such  Indemnitee  unless
the  employment  of such counsel  shall have been  authorized  in writing by the
Indemnitor  in  connection  with the defense of such action.  If the  Indemnitor
shall have  employed  counsel to have charge of the defense or shall  previously
have assumed the defense of any such action or claim,  the Indemnitor  shall not
thereafter be liable to any Indemnitee in investigating,  preparing or defending
any such action or claim.  Each Indemnitee  shall promptly notify the Indemnitor
of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings or any other action against
the Indemnitee in respect of which indemnification is to be sought.

                                       30

<PAGE>

          (d) In order to provide for just and equitable  contribution under the
Act in any case in which: (i) the Underwriter makes a claim for  indemnification
pursuant to Paragraph 10 hereof,  but it is judicially  determined (by the entry
of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent  jurisdiction and the time
to appeal has  expired or the last  right of appeal has been  denied)  that such
indemnification  may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the fact that
this  Paragraph  10  provides  for   indemnification   of  such  case;  or  (ii)
contribution  under the Act may be  required on the part of the  Underwriter  in
circumstances  for which  indemnification  is provided  under this Paragraph 10,
then, and in each such case, the Company and the Underwriter shall contribute to
the  aggregate  losses,  claims,  damages  or  liabilities  to which they may be
subject  (after any  contribution  from others) in such  proportion  so that the
Underwriter  is  responsible  for the portion  represented by dividing the total
compensation  received  by the  Underwriter  herein  or in  connection  with the
Offering  by the  total  purchase  price of all  Securities  sold in the  public
offering and the Company is  responsible  for the remaining  portion;  provided,
that in any such  case,  no  person  guilty  of a  fraudulent  misrepresentation
(within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the  Act)  shall  be  entitled  to
contribution   from  any  person   who  was  not   guilty  of  such   fraudulent
misrepresentation.

     The  foregoing   contribution   agreement   shall  in  no  way  affect  the
contribution liabilities of any persons having liability under Section 11 of the
Act other than the Company and the  Underwriter.  As used in this  Paragraph 10,
the term  "Underwriter"  includes  any  officer,  director,  or other person who
controls  the  Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act, and the
word "Company" includes any officer, director or person who controls the Company
within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the  Act.  If the  full  amount  of the
contribution  specified  in this  paragraph is not  permitted  by law,  then the
Underwriter  and each person who controls the  Underwriter  shall be entitled to
contribution  from  the  Company  to  the  full  extent  permitted  by  law.  No
contribution shall be requested with regard to the settlement of any matter from
any party who did not consent in writing to the settlement.

          (e)  Within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  receipt  by any party to this
Agreement (or its  representative)  of notice of the commencement of any action,
suit or  proceeding,  such party will,  if a claim for  contribution  in respect
thereof is made against  another party (the  "contributing  party"),  notify the
contributing  party of the commencement  thereof,  but the omission so to notify
the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability it may have to any
other party other than for contribution hereunder.

                                       31

<PAGE>

     In case any such action,  suit or proceeding is brought  against any party,
and such party notifies a contributing party or his or its representative of the
commencement  thereof within the aforesaid  fifteen (15) days, the  contributing
party will be entitled to participate  therein with the notifying  party and any
other contributing party similarly  notified.  Any such contributing party shall
not be liable to any party seeking  contribution on account of any settlement of
any claim,  action or  proceeding  effected by such party  seeking  contribution
without the written  consent of such  contributing  party.  The  indemnification
provisions contained in this Paragraph 11 are in addition to any other rights or
remedies  which  either  party  hereto  may have  with  respect  to the other or
hereunder.




                                       32

<PAGE>

     11. Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive Delivery.
         ------------------------------------------------------------

     The respective indemnity and contribution agreements by the Underwriter and
the Company contained in Paragraph 10 hereof, and the covenants, representations
and warranties of the Company and the  Underwriter  set forth in this Agreement,
shall  remain  operative  and in full  force and  effect  regardless  of (i) any
investigation made by the Underwriter or on its behalf or by or on behalf of any
person who controls the Underwriter, or by the Company or any controlling person
of the Company or any director or any officer of the Company, (ii) acceptance of
any of the Securities  and payment  therefor,  or (iii) any  termination of this
Agreement,  and shall survive the delivery of the Securities;  and any successor
of the  Underwriter  or the  Company,  or of any person who  controls you or the
Company or any other indemnified party, as the case may be, shall be entitled to
the  benefit of such  respective  indemnity  and  contribution  agreements.  The
respective  indemnity and  contribution  agreements by the  Underwriter  and the
Company  contained in  Paragraph 10 above shall be in addition to any  liability
which the Underwriter and the Company may otherwise have.

     12. Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.
         ---------------------------------------------------------

          (a) This  Agreement  shall become  effective  at 10:00 A.M.,  New York
time,  on the first full  business  day  following  the day on which you and the
Company receive notification that the Registration Statement became effective.

          (b) This  Agreement may be terminated by the  Underwriter by notifying
the  Company at any time on or before  the  Closing  Date,  if any  domestic  or
international  event or act or occurrence has materially  disrupted,  or in your
reasonable opinion will in the immediate future materially  disrupt,  securities
markets in the United States;  or if trading in securities  generally on the New
York Stock  Exchange,  the American Stock Exchange,  or in the  over-the-counter
market in the United  States  shall have been  suspended,  or minimum or maximum
prices for trading in  securities  generally  shall have been fixed,  or maximum
ranges  for   prices  for   securities   shall  have  been   required,   on  the
over-the-counter  market by the NASD or NASDAQ or by order of the  Commission or
any other  governmental  authority  having  jurisdiction;  or if a moratorium in
foreign  exchange  trading  by major  international  banks or  persons  has been
declared in the United  States;  or if the Company  shall have  sustained a loss
material  or  substantial  to the  Company  taken  as a whole  by  fire,  flood,
accident, hurricane,  earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious
act  which,  whether or not such loss shall  have been  insured,  will,  in your
reasonable opinion,  make it inadvisable to proceed with the offering,  sale and
delivery  of the  Securities;  or if there  shall have been a  material  adverse

                                       33

<PAGE>

change in the conditions of the United States securities  market in general,  as
in your  reasonable  judgment  would make it  inadvisable  to  proceed  with the
offering, sale and delivery of the Securities.

          (c) If you elect to  terminate  this  Agreement  as  provided  in this
Paragraph  12, the Company  shall be notified  promptly by you by  telephone  or
facsimile, confirmed by letter.

          (d) Anything in this  Agreement to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  if
this  Agreement  shall  terminate  or shall not be  carried  out within the time
specified  herein by reason of any failure on the part of the Company to perform
any  undertaking,  or to satisfy any  condition  of this  Agreement  by it to be
performed or satisfied, the sole liability of the Company to the Underwriter, in
addition  to the  obligations  assumed by the Company  pursuant  to  Paragraph 8
herein,  will be to reimburse the  Underwriter on an  accountable  basis for the
following:  (i) reasonable  Blue Sky counsel fees and expenses to the extent set
forth in Paragraph 8(a)(iv);  (ii) Blue Sky filing fees to that same extent; and
(iii) such other  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  actually  incurred by the
Underwriter  (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel),
to the extent set forth in Paragraph 8(a), in connection with this Agreement and
the proposed  offering of the  Securities,  but in no event to exceed the sum of
$100,000  less such amounts as shall have already been paid  pursuant to Section
8(b)  or  otherwise.  The  Company  shall  not in any  event  be  liable  to the
Underwriter for the loss of anticipated profits from the transactions covered by
this Agreement.

          Anything in this  Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding,  if this
Agreement  shall be  terminated  by you because you have  exercised  your rights
pursuant to Paragraph 12(b) above,  the Company shall not be under any liability
to you except, on an accountable  basis, for the portion of the  non-accountable
expense allowance referred to in Paragraph 8(b) for which expenses have actually
been paid or  incurred by you,  and any  balance  will be returned by you to the
Company.

     13. Notices.
         --------

     All  communications  hereunder,  except  as herein  otherwise  specifically
provided, shall be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriter,  shall be mailed,
delivered  or  telegraphed  and  confirmed  to the  Underwriter  at Dalton  Kent
Securities Group, Inc., 330 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10001, Attention:
Alan Elkes,  with a copy thereof to Gregory  Sichenzia,  Esq.,  Schneck  Weltman
Hashmall & Mischel LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas,  New York,  New York 10019,
and, if sent to the  Company,  shall be mailed,  delivered  or  telegraphed  and
confirmed to the Company at 14603 Chisman,  Houston,  Texas,  77039,  Attention:
John Wilson, Chief

                                       34

<PAGE>

Executive  Officer,  with  a copy  thereof  to  Alan  Talesnick,  Esq.,  Bearman
Talesnick & Clowdus,  P.C., 1200 Seventeenth Street, Suite 2600, Denver Colorado
80202.

     14. Parties.
         --------

     This  Agreement  shall inure  solely to the benefit of and shall be binding
upon, the Underwriter,  the Company and the controlling  persons,  directors and
officers  referred to in Paragraph 10 hereof,  and their respective  successors,
legal  representatives  and  assigns,  and no  other  person  shall  have  or be
construed  to have any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or claim  under or in
respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  No
purchaser of any of the Securities or Additional Securities from the Underwriter
shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

     15. Construction.
         -------------

     This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  and  enforced  in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York,  without giving effect to the
rules  governing  conflict  of  laws,  and  shall  supersede  any  agreement  or
understanding,  oral or in writing,  express or implied, between the Company and
you relating to the sale of any of the Securities.

     16. Jurisdiction and Venue.
         -----------------------

     The  Company  agrees  that the  courts of the State of New York  shall have
jurisdiction over any litigation arising from this Agreement, and venue shall be
proper in the Southern District of New York.

     17. Counterparts.
         ------------

     This agreement may be executed in counterparts.

     If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between you and the
Company, please so indicate in the space 

                                       35

<PAGE>

provided  below for that  purpose,  whereupon  this letter  shall  constitute  a
binding agreement between us.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED,
                                          INC.


                                          By:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                            John Wilson, Chief Executive Officer


Accepted as of the date first above written:

DALTON KENT SECURITIES GROUP, INC.


By:
    ----------------------------------------


                                       36






              

                         CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION INC.


     Pursuant to the provision of Section 242 of the General  Corporation Law Of
Delaware,  the undersigned  corporation  adopts the following  amendments to its
Certificate Of Incorporation:

          FIRST:   The  name  of  the  corporation  is  American   International
Construction Inc.

          SECOND:  The following  amendments to the Certificate Of Incorporation
was adopted by a vote of the stockholders  sufficient for approval  effective on
July 15, 1996 in the manner  prescribed  by the General  Corporation  Law of the
State of Delaware:

         Article FIRST of the Certificate Of Incorporation is amended to read in
its entirety as follows:

     "FIRST: The name of the corporation is American International  Consolidated
Inc."

     Article FOURTH of the  Certificate Of  Incorporation  is amended to read in
its entirety as follows:

          "FOURTH:  The total number of shares that the  corporation  shall have
the authority to issue is 21,000,000,  consisting of 20,000,000 shares of common
stock,  with each  share  having a par value of $.01,  and  1,000,000  shares of
preferred stock, with each share having a par value of $1.00.

               The  Board  Of  Directors  is  hereby  expressly  authorized,  by
resolution or resolutions,  to provide,  out of the unissued shares of preferred
stock,  for the  issuance of one or more series of  preferred  stock,  with such
voting powers,  if any, and with such  designations,  preferences  and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations
or restrictions  thereof, as shall be expressed in the resolution or resolutions
providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board Of Directors, including,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:

          (a)  the  designation  of  such  series,   the  number  of  shares  to
               constitute  such series and the stated value thereof if different
               from the par value thereof;

          (b)  whether the shares of such series  shall have voting  rights,  in
               addition to any voting  rights  provided by law,  and, if so, the
               terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

          (c)  the dividends,  if any, payable on such series,  whether any such
               dividends shall be cumulative,  and, if so, from what dates,  the
               conditions and dates upon which such dividends  shall be payable,
               the  preferences or relation  which such dividends  shall bear to
               the  dividends  payable on any shares of stock of any other class
               or any other series of this class;


<PAGE>

          (d)  whether the shares of such series shall be subject to  redemption
               by the corporation, and, if so, the times, prices and other terms
               and conditions of such redemption;

          (e)  the amount or amounts  payable  upon shares of such series  upon,
               and the rights of the holders of such series in, the voluntary or
               involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up, or upon any
               distribution of the assets, of the corporation;

          (f)  whether  the  shares  of such  series  shall  be  subject  to the
               operation of a retirement  or sinking fund and, if so, the extent
               to and manner in which any such  retirement or sinking fund shall
               be applied to the  purchase or  redemption  of the shares of such
               series for retirement or other  corporate  purposes and the terms
               and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

          (g)  whether the shares of such series shall be  convertible  into, or
               exchangeable  for,  shares of stock of any other class or classes
               or of any  other  series  of this  class  or any  other  class or
               classes of capital  stock and,  if so, the price or prices or the
               rate or rates of conversion  or exchange and the method,  if any,
               of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of such
               conversion or exchange;

          (h)  the limitations and  restrictions,  if any, to be effective while
               any shares of such  series are  outstanding  upon the  payment of
               dividends or the making of other  distributions  on, and upon the
               purchase,  redemption or other acquisition by the corporation of,
               the  common  stock or shares  of stock of any other  class or any
               other series of this class; and

          (i)  the  conditions  or  restrictions,  if any,  upon the creation of
               indebtedness  of  the  corporation  or  upon  the  issue  of  any
               additional stock,  including  additional shares of such series or
               of any  other  series  of this  class  or of any  other  class or
               classes.

               The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and
     other  special  rights  of  each  series  of  preferred   stock,   and  the
     qualifications,  limitations or  restrictions  thereof,  if any, may differ
     from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.  All shares
     of any one series of  preferred  stock shall be  identical  in all respects
     with all other shares of such series,  except that shares of any one series
     issued at different  times may differ as to the dates from which  dividends
     thereon shall be cumulative."

          THIRD:   The   Amendment   does   not   provide   for  the   exchange,
reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.

          FOURTH: The Amendment does not effect a change in the amount of stated
capital.

          Dated: July 15, 1996.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>


ATTEST:                                AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION INC.


- --------------------------------       By:
R.L. Farrar, Secretary                    ------------------------------------- 
                                           Danny Clemons, President


     Each of the undersigned,  Danny Clemons,  the President of the Corporation,
and  R.L.  Farrar,   the  Secretary  of  the  corporation   hereby  affirms  and
acknowledges,  under penalties of perjury,  that the respective signature of the
undersigned  on the foregoing  instrument is his  respective act and deed or the
act and deed of the  Corporation,  and that the facts  stated  in the  foregoing
instrument are true.


                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Danny Clemons, President



                                           -------------------------------------
                                           R.L. Farrar, Secretary


                                    * * * * *



                                       -3-


No. W-1~                                              VOID AFTER         , 2001
                                                                ---------

                                                                     7~WARRANTS

                        REDEEMABLE WARRANT CERTIFICATE TO
                       PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION INC.


                                                        CUSIP [              ]

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 3~

or registered  assigns (the  "Registered  Holder") is the owner of the number of
Redeemable  Warrants (the "Warrants")  specified above.  Each Warrant  initially
entitles the Registered Holder to purchase,  subject to the terms and conditions
set  forth  in  this  Certificate  and the  Warrant  Agreement  (as  hereinafter
defined),  one fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock, no par value
(the "Common Stock"),  of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  CONSTRUCTION INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), at any time from ___________, 1996 (the date of the
Prospectus) (the "Initial  Warrant Exercise Date"),  and prior to the Expiration
Date (as  hereinafter  defined),  upon the  presentation  and  surrender of this
Warrant  Certificate with the Exercise Form on the reverse hereof duly executed,
at the corporate  office of [ ] Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  [ ], as Warrant
Agent, or its successor (the "Warrant  Agent"),  accompanied by payment of $[ ],
subject to  adjustment  (the  "Exercise  Price"),  in lawful money of the United
States of America  in cash or by  certified  or bank  check made  payable to the
Company.

     This Warrant  Certificate  and each Warrant  represented  hereby are issued
pursuant to and are  subject in all  respects  to the terms and  conditions  set
forth in the Warrant Agreement,  dated as of ____, 1996 [date of the Prospectus]
(the "Warrant  Agreement"),  between the Company,  Dalton Kent Securities Group,
Inc. and the Warrant Agent.

     In  the  event  of  certain  contingencies  provided  for  in  the  Warrant
Agreement,  the Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common Stock subject
to purchase upon the exercise of each Warrant  represented hereby are subject to
modification or adjustment.

     Each  Warrant  represented  hereby  is  exercisable  at the  option  of the
Registered  Holder,  but no fractional  interests will be issued. In the case of
the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented hereby, the Company shall
cancel this Warrant  Certificate upon the surrender hereof and shall execute and
deliver a new Warrant  Certificate or Warrant  Certificates of like tenor, which
the Warrant Agent shall countersign, for the balance of such Warrants.

     The term  "Expiration  Date"  shall  mean  5:00  p.m.  (New  York  time) on
________,  2001 [the date which is the fifth  anniversary of the Initial Warrant
Exercise Date]; provided, that if such date is not a business day, it shall mean
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the next following  business day. For purposes
hereof, the term "business day' shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday
or a day on  which  banking  institutions  in  New  York  City,  New  York,  are
authorized or obligated by law to be closed.

     The Company  shall not be obligated to deliver any  securities  pursuant to
the exercise of the Warrants  represented  hereby unless at the time of exercise
the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"),  covering the securities
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  represented hereby and such registration
statement has been declared and shall remain effective and shall be current, and
such  securities  have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under
the  securities  laws of the state or other  jurisdiction  of  residence  of the
Registered  Holder and the  exercise of the Warrants  represented  hereby in any
state or other jurisdiction shall not otherwise be unlawful.

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable,  upon the surrender hereof by the
Registered  Holder at the  corporate  office  of the  Warrant  Agent,  for a new
Warrant Certificate or Warrant  Certificates of like tenor representing an equal
aggregate number of Warrants, each of such new Warrant Certificates to represent
such number of Warrants as shall be designated by such Registered  Holder at the
time of such  surrender.  Upon the  presentment  and payment of any tax or other
charge imposed in connection  therewith or incident thereto, for registration of
transfer of this Warrant  Certificate at such office, a new Warrant  Certificate
or Warrant Certificates  representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants will
be issued to the  transferee in exchange  therefor,  subject to the  limitations
provided in the Warrant Agreement.


<PAGE>

     Prior to the exercise of any Warrant  represented  hereby,  the  Registered
Holder,  as such,  shall not be entitled to any rights of a  shareholder  of the
Company,  including,  without  limitation,  the  right  to  vote  or to  receive
dividends  or other  distributions,  and shall not be  entitled  to receive  any
notice of any  proceedings  of the  Company,  except as  provided in the Warrant
Agreement.

     Subject to the  provisions  of the Warrant  Agreement,  this Warrant may be
redeemed  at the  option  of the  Company,  at a  redemption  price  of $.01 per
Warrant, at any time commencing _____________, 1997 [12 months after the date of
the  Prospectus],  provided that the average closing bid quotation of the Common
Stock as reported  on The Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  if traded  thereon,  or is not
traded thereon,  the average closing sale price if listed on a national exchange
(or other  reporting  system that provides last sales prices),  shall have for a
period of 20 consecutive days on which such market is open for trading ending on
the  third  day  prior to the date on which  the  Company  gives  the  Notice of
Redemption,  as defined  below,  equalled or exceeded  150% of the then  current
Exercise Price. Notice of redemption (the "Notice of Redemption") shall be given
by the  Company  not later  than the  thirtieth  day  before  the date fixed for
redemption,  all as  provided in the  Warrant  Agreement.  On and after the date
fixed for redemption,  the Registered Holder shall have no right with respect to
this  Warrant  except to receive the $.01 per  Warrant  upon  surrender  of this
Certificate.

     Under certain circumstances described in the Warrant Agreement, Dalton Kent
Securities  Group,  Inc. shall be entitled to receive as a  solicitation  fee an
aggregate of five percent (5%) of the Exercise Price of the Warrants represented
hereby.

     Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer  hereof,  the Company
and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the  Registered  Holder as the absolute
owner  hereof  and of  each  Warrant  represented  hereby  (notwithstanding  any
notations  of  ownership  or  writing  hereon  made by anyone  other than a duly
authorized  officer of the Company or the Warrant  Agent) for all  purposes  and
shall not be affected by any notice to the  contrary,  except as provided in the
Warrant Agreement.

     This Warrant  Certificate  shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York  without  regard to the  conflicts of law
principles thereof.

     This Warrant  Certificate is not valid unless  countersigned by the Warrant
Agent.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant  Certificate to be
duly  executed,  manually or in facsimile by two of its officers  thereunto duly
authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

     Dated _______________________, 1996

[SEAL]                                 AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION INC.



                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                                     , President

                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                                     , Secretary
COUNTERSIGNED:

[   ] STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
  as Warrant Agent


By:
   ----------------------------------
   Authorized Officer



              NO SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS WARRANT OR THE SECURITIES
                    UNDERLYING THIS WARRANT MAY BE MADE UNTIL
                  THE EFFECTIVENESS OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                    OR OF A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT THERETO
                  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT"),
               COVERING THIS WARRANT OR THE SECURITIES UNDERLYING
             THIS WARRANT, OR UNTIL THE COMPANY IS IN RECEIPT OF AN
                 OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY
                STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM
              THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT. TRANSFER OF
               THIS WARRANT IS RESTRICTED UNDER PARAGRAPH 2 BELOW.

                        UNDERWRITER'S WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                     COMMON STOCK AND/OR REDEEMABLE WARRANTS

                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                            (a Delaware corporation)


                                  Dated: , 1996


     THIS  CERTIFIES  THAT,  for value  received,  I.A.  Rabinowitz & Co.,  Inc.
("Rabinowitz") one of the several underwriters  including Dalton Kent Securities
Group, Inc.,  ("Dalton")  (collectivley the  "Underwriters"),  or its registered
assigns (the "Holder") is the owner of options (the  "Underwriter's  Option") to
purchase from American International Consolidated,  Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"),  during the period and at the prices hereinafter specified,  up
to 45,000  shares of the Company's  common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the
"Common  Stock"),  and 22,500  redeemable  common stock  purchase  warrants (the
"Warrants"), (collectively with the Common Stock, the "Securities").

     This Underwriter's  Option is issued pursuant to an Underwriting  Agreement
dated , 1996,  between the Company and the  Underwriters  in  connection  with a
public offering through the  Underwriters  (the "Public  Offering"),  of 900,000
shares of Common Stock and 450,000 Warrants,  and, pursuant to the Underwriter's
overallotment  option,  an additional  135,000 shares of Common Stock and 67,500
Warrants. The Warrants (including those issuable pursuant to the exercise of the
Underwriter's  Option)  will be issued  pursuant to and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in an agreement between the Company, the Underwriters and [
] Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the "Warrant Agreement").


<PAGE>

          1. Exercise of the Underwriter's Option.
          ----------------------------------------

          (a) The  rights  represented  by this  Underwriter's  Option  shall be
exercisable at the prices and during the period specified below,  upon the terms
and subject to the conditions as set forth herein:

               (i)  During  the  period  from , 1996 to , 1997,  inclusive,  the
Holder shall have no right to purchase any Securities hereunder.

               (ii) Between , 1997 and , 2001, inclusive,  the Holder shall have
the option to purchase shares of Common Stock and Warrants  hereunder at a price
of $ $6.00 per share and $.12 per Warrant,  respectively,  the purchase price of
the Common  Stock and price of the Warrants  being 120 % of the public  offering
prices  for the  Securities  set forth in the  Prospectus  forming a part of the
registration  statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33- ) of the  Company,  as amended
(the "Registration Statement").

               (iii)  After , 2001,  the Holder  shall have no right to purchase
any Securities hereunder and this Underwriter's Option shall expire effective at
5:00 p.m., New York time on such date.

               (b) The rights  represented by this  Underwriter's  Option may be
exercised at any time within the period above specified, in whole or in part, by
(i) the  surrender of this  Underwriter's  Option (with the purchase form at the
end hereof properly  executed) at the principal  executive office of the Company
(or such other office or agency of the Company as it may  designate by notice in
writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the
Company);  (ii) payment to the Company of the exercise  price then in effect for
the  number  of  shares  of  Common   Stock  and   Warrants   specified  in  the
above-mentioned  purchase form together with applicable stock transfer taxes, if
any; and (iii)  delivery to the Company of a duly executed  agreement  signed by
the person(s)  designated in the purchase form to the effect that such person(s)
agree(s) to be bound by the provisions of Paragraph 5 and subparagraphs (b), (c)
and (d) of Paragraph 6 hereof. This Underwriter's Option shall be deemed to have
been exercised,  in whole or in part to the extent specified,  immediately prior
to the close of business on the date this  Underwriter's  Option is  surrendered
and  payment  is  made in  accordance  with  the  foregoing  provisions  of this
Paragraph  1, and the person or persons in whose name or names the  certificates
for the Securities shall be issuable upon such exercise shall become the holder

                                        2

<PAGE>

or holders of record of such  Common  Stock and  Warrants at that time and date.
The Common  Stock and  Warrants so  purchased  shall be  delivered to the Holder
within a reasonable time, not exceeding ten (10) business days, after the rights
represented by this Underwriter's Option shall have been so exercised.

          2. Restrictions on Transfer.
          ----------------------------

          This Underwriter's Option shall not be transferred,  sold, assigned or
hypothecated  for a period of one year commencing , 1996,  except that it may be
transferred to successors of the Holder, and may be assigned in whole or in part
to any person who is an officer of the  Underwriter  or an officer or partner of
any other member of the selling  group during such period.  Any such  assignment
shall be effected by the Holder by (i)  completing  and  executing  the transfer
form at the end hereof and (ii) surrendering this Underwriter's Option with such
duly completed and executed transfer form for cancellation, accompanied by funds
sufficient  to pay any  transfer  tax,  at the  office or agency of the  Company
referred to in Paragraph 1 hereof,  accompanied  by a  certificate  (signed by a
duly authorized representative of the Holder), stating that each transferee is a
permitted  transferee under this Paragraph 2; whereupon the Company shall issue,
in the name or names  specified  by the Holder  (including  the  Holder),  a new
Underwriter's Option or Underwriter's  Options of like tenor and representing in
the  aggregate  rights to  purchase  the same number of  Securities  as are then
purchasable  hereunder.  The Holder acknowledges that this Underwriter's  Option
may  not be  offered  or  sold  except  pursuant  to an  effective  registration
statement  under the Act or an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Company
that an exemption from registration under the Act is available.

          3. Covenants of the Company
          ---------------------------

          (a) The Company  covenants  and agrees that all Common Stock  issuable
upon the exercise of this  Underwriter's  Option will, upon issuance thereof and
payment  therefor in  accordance  with the terms  hereof,  and all Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants  underlying  this  Underwriter's  Option,
will upon the issuance thereof and payment therefor in accordance with the terms
of  the  Warrant  Agreement,   be  duly  and  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  and no personal  liability  will attach to the holder  thereof by
reason of being such a holder, other than as set forth herein.

          (b) The Company  covenants  and agrees  that during the period  within
which this Underwriter's Option may be exercised,  the Company will at all times
have  authorized  and reserved a sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock to
provide for the exercise of this Underwriter's  Option and the Warrants included
therein.

                                        3

<PAGE>

          (c)  The  Company  covenants  and  agrees  that  for  so  long  as the
Securities  shall be  outstanding  (unless  the  Securities  shall no  longer be
registered  under  Paragraph  12(b) or 12(g) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934,  as amended) the Company shall use its best efforts to cause all shares of
Common  Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Underwriter's  Option and the
Warrants contained therein, to be quoted by the NASDAQ Stock Market or listed on
a national securities exchange.

          4. No Rights of Stockholder.
          ----------------------------

          This  Underwriter's  Option shall not entitle the Holder to any voting
rights or other  rights as a  stockholder  of the  Company,  either at law or in
equity,  and the  rights of the Holder are  limited to those  expressed  in this
Underwriter's  Option and are not enforceable  against the Company except to the
extent set forth herein.

          5. Registration Rights.
          -----------------------

          (a) During the period of four  years from , 1997,  the  Company  shall
advise the Holder,  whether the Holder  holds this  Underwriter's  Option or has
exercised  this  Underwriter's  Option and holds Common Stock and  Warrants,  or
Common Stock underlying the Warrants (the "Warrant  Shares"),  by written notice
at least 30 days  prior to the  filing of any  post-effective  amendment  to the
Registration  Statement or of any new registration  statement or  post-effective
amendment thereto under the Act, covering any securities of the Company, for its
own  account or for the  account of others,  and upon the  request of the Holder
made during such four-year period, include in any such post-effective  amendment
or registration statement such information as may be required to permit a public
offering of any of the Common Stock or Warrants issuable  hereunder,  and/or the
Warrant Shares (the "Registerable  Securities");  provided,  that this Paragraph
5(a) shall not apply to any  registration  statement filed pursuant to Paragraph
5(b) hereof or to registrations of shares in connection with an employee benefit
plan or a merger,  consolidation or other  comparable  acquisition or solely for
registration  of  non-convertible  debt or preferred  equity  securities  of the
Company; and provided,  further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder
shall  have  no  right  to  include  any  Registrable   Securities  in  any  new
registration  statement or  post-effective  amendment  thereto  unless as of the
effective  date  thereof the  Registration  Statement  (as it may  hereafter  be
amended or  supplemented)  or any new  registration  statement  under  which the
Registrable Securities are registered shall  have  ceased  to  be  effective  or

                                        4

<PAGE>

the prospectus contained in such Registration  Statement shall have ceased to be
current. The Company shall supply prospectuses in order to facilitate the public
sale or other disposition of the Registerable  Securities,  use its best efforts
to  register  and qualify any of the  Registerable  Securities  for sale in such
states in which the Common Stock and Warrants are offered and sold in the Public
Offering as such Holder reasonably  designates and do any and all other acts and
things  which may be necessary  to enable such Holder to  consummate  the public
sale  of the  Registerable  Securities,  provided  that,  without  limiting  the
foregoing,  the Company  shall not be  obligated  to execute or file any general
consent to service  of  process  or to  qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do
business under the laws of any such jurisdiction, and furnish indemnification in
the manner provided in Paragraph 6 hereof. The Holder shall furnish  information
reasonably  requested  by the  Company in  accordance  with such  post-effective
amendments or  registration  statements,  including its intentions  with respect
thereto,  and shall  furnish  indemnification  as set forth in  Paragraph 6. The
Company shall continue to advise the Holders of the  Registerable  Securities of
its  intention to file a  registration  statement or amendment  pursuant to this
Paragraph 5(a) until the earliest of (i) , 2001; or (ii) such time as all of the
Registerable  Securities  have been  registered and sold under the Act; or (iii)
all  of  the  Registrable  Securities  have  been  otherwise  transferred,   new
certificates  for them not bearing a legend  restricting  further transfer shall
have been delivered by the Company and subsequent  public  distribution  of them
shall not require  registration or  qualification of them under the Act, or (iv)
in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company, the Registrable  Securities may
be offered and sold by the holders  thereof without being  registered  under the
Act and such securities, upon receipt by the purchasers thereof pursuant to such
sale,  will not  constitute  "restricted  securities" as such term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Act.

          (b) If any  fifty-one  (51%) percent  holder (as defined  below) shall
give notice to the Company at any time during the two (2) year period  beginning
one (1) year from , 1996 to the effect  that such  holder  desires  to  register
under the Act any  Registerable  Securities,  under  such  circumstances  that a
public  distribution  (within the  meaning of the Act) of any such  Registerable
Securities  will  be  involved  (and  the  Registration  Statement  or  any  new
registration  statement under which such Registerable  Securities are registered
shall have ceased to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein shall have
ceased to be current),  then the Company will as promptly as  practicable  after
receipt of such  notice,  but not later than thirty  (30) days after  receipt of
such notice,  at the Company's  option,  file a post-effective  amendment to the
current Registration  Statement or a new registration  statement pursuant to the


                                        5

<PAGE>

Act to the end that the  Registerable  Securities may be publicly sold under the
Act as  promptly as  practicable  thereafter  and the Company  will use its best
efforts to cause such  registration  to become and remain  effective as provided
herein (including the taking of such steps as are reasonably necessary to obtain
the removal of any stop order);  provided,  that such  fifty-one  (51%)  percent
holder shall  furnish the Company with  appropriate  information  in  connection
therewith as the Company may reasonably request; and provided, further, that the
Company  shall  not be  required  to file  such a  post-effective  amendment  or
registration  statement  pursuant  to  this  Paragraph  5(b) on  more  than  one
occasion; and provided, further, that, the registration rights of the 51% holder
under this  Paragraph  5(b) shall be  subject  to the  "piggyback"  registration
rights of other holders of securities of the Company to include such  securities
in any registration statement or post-effective amendment filed pursuant to this
Paragraph  5(b).  The Company  will  maintain  such  registration  statement  or
post-effective  amendment  current  under the Act for a period of at least  nine
months from the effective date thereof. The Company shall supply prospectuses in
order to facilitate the public sale of the Registerable Securities, use its best
efforts to register and qualify any of the  Registerable  Securities for sale in
such states in which the Common  Stock and  Warrants are offered and sold in the
Public Offering as such holder reasonably designates and furnish indemnification
in the manner provided in Paragraph 6 hereof,  provided that,  without  limiting
the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to execute or file any general
consent to service  of  process  or to  qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do
business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.

          (c) The Holder may, in accordance  with Paragraphs 5(a) or (b), at his
or its  option,  and  subject to the  limitations  set forth in  Paragraph  1(a)
hereof,  request the  registration  of any of the  Registerable  Securities in a
filing made by the  Company  prior to the  acquisition  of the  Securities  upon
exercise of this Underwriter's  Option. The Holder may thereafter  exercise this
Underwriter's  Option  at any  time or  from  time  to  time  subsequent  to the
effectiveness  under the Act of the  registration  statement in which the Common
Stock underlying the Underwriter's Options and Warrants were included.

          (d) The term "51% holder," as used in this  Paragraph 5, shall include
any owner or  combination  of owners of  Underwriter's  Options or  Registerable
Securities if the aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock and Warrant Shares
included in and underlying the Underwriter's Options and Registerable Securities
held of record by it or them,  would  constitute a majority of the  aggregate of
such shares of Common  Stock and Warrant  Shares  underlying  the  Underwriter's
Option and Registrable  Securities as of the date of the initial issuance of the
Underwriter's Option.


                                        6

<PAGE>

          (e) The  following  provisions  of  this  Paragraph  5  shall  also be
applicable:

               (i) Within ten (10) days after  receiving any notice  pursuant to
Paragraph  5(b),  the  Company  shall  give  notice  to  the  other  Holders  of
Underwriter's Options or Registerable  Securities,  advising that the Company is
proceeding with such  post-effective  amendment or registration  and offering to
include therein the Registerable Securities of such other Holders, provided that
they shall furnish the Company with all  information in connection  therewith as
shall be necessary or appropriate and as the Company shall reasonably request in
writing.  Following  the  effective  date of such  post-effective  amendment  or
registration,  the Company shall, upon the request of any Holder of Registerable
Securities,   forthwith   supply  such  number  of   prospectuses   meeting  the
requirements  of the Act, as shall be reasonably  requested by such Holder.  The
Company shall use its best efforts to qualify the  Registerable  Securities  for
sale in such states in which the Common  Stock and Warrants are offered and sold
in the Public  Offering as the 51% holder  shall  reasonably  designate  at such
times as the registration  statement is effective under the Act,  provided that,
without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to execute or
file any  general  consent  to  service  of  process  or to qualify as a foreign
corporation to do business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.

               (ii) The  Company  shall bear the entire  cost and expense of any
registration  of  securities   initiated  by  it  under  Paragraph  5(a)  hereof
notwithstanding  that the Registerable  Securities subject to this Underwriter's
Option may be included in any such  registration.  The Company shall also comply
with  the one  request  for  registration  made by the 51%  holder  pursuant  to
Paragraph  5(b) hereof at the  Company's  own expense and without  charge to any
holder of the Registerable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Holder
whose  Registerable  Securities are included in any such registration  statement
pursuant  to this  Paragraph  5 shall,  however,  bear  the fees of any  counsel
retained by him and any transfer taxes or underwriting  discounts or commissions
applicable to the  Registerable  Securities sold by him pursuant thereto and, in
the case of a  registration  pursuant to Paragraph  5(a) hereof,  any additional
registration  or  "blue  sky"  or  state  securities  fees  attributable  to the
registration or qualification of such Holder's Registerable Securities.

               (iii)  If  the   underwriter  or  managing   underwriter  in  any
underwritten  offering made  pursuant to Paragraph  5(a) hereof shall advise the


                                        7

<PAGE>

Company  that it  declines  to  include  a  portion  or all of the  Registerable
Securities  requested  by  the  Holders  to  be  included  in  the  registration
statement,  then  distribution of all or a specified portion of the Registerable
Securities  shall be excluded  from such  registration  statement (in case of an
exclusion as to a portion of such  Registerable  Securities,  such portion to be
allocated  among  such  Holders  in  proportion  to the  respective  numbers  of
Registerable Securities requested to be registered by each such Holder). In such
event  the  Company  shall  give the  Holder  prompt  notice  of the  number  of
Registerable  Securities  excluded.  Further,  in such event the Company  shall,
commencing  six (6) months after the completion of such  underwritten  offering,
file and use its best efforts to have  declared  effective,  at its sole expense
(subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5), a registration statement relating to
such excluded securities.

               (iv)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein,
the Company  shall have the right at any time after it shall have given  written
notice  pursuant to Paragraph  5(a) or 5(b)  (irrespective  of whether a written
request for inclusion of any  Registerable  Securities  shall have been made) to
elect  not to file or to  delay  any such  proposed  registration  statement  or
post-effective  amendment thereto,  or to withdraw the same after the filing but
prior to the  effective  date  thereof.  In addition,  the Company may delay the
filing of any  registration  statement  or  post-effective  amendment  requested
pursuant  to  Paragraph  5(b)  hereof by not more than 120 days if the  Company,
prior  to  the  time  it  would  otherwise  have  been  required  to  file  such
registration statement or post-effective  amendment thereto,  determines in good
faith that the filing of the registration statement would require the disclosure
of non-public material  information that, in its judgment,  would be detrimental
to the Company if so disclosed or would otherwise  adversely affect a financing,
acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction.

(v) If a registration pursuant to Paragraph 5(a) hereof involves an underwritten
offering,  the Company shall have the right to select the  investment  banker or
investment  bankers and manager or managers that will serve as underwriter  with
respect to the underwritten  offering. No Holder of Registerable  Securities may
participate in any underwritten offering under this Agreement unless such holder
completes  and executes  all  questionnaires,  powers of attorney,  indemnities,
underwriting  agreements  and other  documents  required under the terms of such
underwritten  offering,  in each  case,  in the form and upon  terms  reasonably
acceptable  to the  Company and the  underwriters.  The  requested  registration
pursuant to  Paragraph  5(b) hereof shall not involve an  underwritten  offering
unless the Company  shall first give its  written  approval of each  underwriter
that  participates  in  the  offering,  such  approval  not  to be  unreasonably
withheld. 

                                       8

<PAGE>

          6. Indemnification.
          -------------------

          (a)  Whenever  pursuant  to  Paragraph  5,  a  registration  statement
relating  to any  Registerable  Securities  is filed  under the Act,  amended or
supplemented,  the Company will  indemnify  and hold harmless each Holder of the
Registerable  Securities  covered by such registration  statement,  amendment or
supplement (such holder hereinafter  referred to as the "Distributing  Holder"),
each  person,  if  any,  who  controls  (within  the  meaning  of the  Act)  the
Distributing  Holder,  and  each  officer,  employee,  partner  or  agent of the
Distributing  Holder, if the Distributing Holder is a broker or dealer, and each
underwriter  (within the meaning of the Act) of such securities and each person,
if any, who controls  (within the meaning of the Act) any such  underwriter  and
each officer, employee, agent or partner of such underwriter against any losses,
claims,  damages or  liabilities,  joint or several,  to which the  Distributing
Holder,  any such  underwriter  or any other person may become subject under the
Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities  (or
actions in respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement
or  alleged  untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained  in  any  such
registration  statement  or  any  preliminary  prospectus  or  final  prospectus
constituting a part thereof or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out
of or are based upon the omission to state  therein a material  fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light of the
circumstances  under which such statements  were made, not misleading;  and will
reimburse the Distributing Holder and each such underwriter or such other person
for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Distributing  Holder,
or  underwriter  or such other  person,  in  connection  with  investigating  or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,  however,
that the Company  will not be liable in any such case (i) to the extent that any
such loss,  claim,  damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue
statement or alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission made in
said registration statement, said preliminary prospectus,  said final prospectus
or said amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity  with written
information furnished by such Distributing Holder, any other Distributing Holder
or any such underwriter for use in the preparation thereof, or (ii) such losses,
claims,  damages  or  liabilities  arise out of or are based  upon any actual or
alleged untrue statement or omission made in or from any preliminary prospectus,
but corrected in the final prospectus, as amended or supplemented.

                                        9

<PAGE>

          (b) Whenever pursuant to Paragraph 5 a registration statement relating
to the  Registerable  Securities  is filed  under  the  Act,  or is  amended  or
supplemented,  the  Distributing  Holder will  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its  officers  who have  signed  said
registration  statement and such  amendments and supplements  thereto,  and each
person, if any, who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Act) against
any  losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  to which the Company or any such
director,  officer or  controlling  person may become  subject  under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect  thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any  untrue or alleged  untrue
statement of any material fact contained in any such  registration  statement or
any preliminary  prospectus or final prospectus  constituting a part thereof, or
any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based  upon the
omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not  misleading,  in
each case to the extent,  but only to the extent that such untrue  statement  or
alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged  omission  was made in said
registration statement,  said preliminary  prospectus,  said final prospectus or
said  amendment or supplement  in reliance  upon and in conformity  with written
information  furnished by such  Distributing  Holder for use in the  preparation
thereof;  and will  reimburse  the  Company  or any such  director,  officer  or
controlling person for any legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by them
in connection  with  investigating  or defending any such loss,  claim,  damage,
liability or action.

          (c)  Promptly  after  receipt  by  an  indemnified  party  under  this
Paragraph 6 of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified party
will,  if a claim in respect  thereof  is to be made  against  any  indemnifying
party, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement  thereof;  but the
omission  to so notify  the  indemnifying  party  will not  relieve  it from any
liability which it may have to any  indemnified  party otherwise than under this
Paragraph 6.

          (d) In case any such action is brought against any indemnified  party,
and  it  notifies  an  indemnifying  party  of  the  commencement  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate  in, and, to the extent that
it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying  party similarly  notified,  to
assume  the  defense  thereof  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to  such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party  of its  election  to so  assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such  indemnified  party  under  this
Paragraph  6 for any  legal  or other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such
indemnified  party in connection  with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation.

                                       10

<PAGE>

          7. Adjustments of Warrant Price and Number of Shares of Common Stock.
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------

          (a) Computation of Adjusted Price. Except as hereinafter  provided, in
case the  Company  shall,  at any time  after the date of closing of the sale of
securities  pursuant to the initial  public  offering  ("IPO") of the  Company's
securities (the "Closing Date"), issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (other
than the issuances or sales  referred to in Paragraph 7(f) hereof and other than
private offerings  pursuant to exemptions from federal and state securities laws
to  parties  other  than  the  Company's  officers,   directors,   five  percent
shaeholders  or  Affiliates  as such is defined in the Act, the Exchange Act and
the rules and regulations  thereunder of each of them), including shares held in
the  Company's  treasury  and shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of
any options,  rights or warrants to subscribe  for shares of Common Stock (other
than the issuances or sales of Common Stock  pursuant to rights to subscribe for
such Common Stock  distributed  pursuant to Paragraph 7(j) hereof) and shares of
Common  Stock  issued  upon the direct or  indirect  conversion  or  exchange of
securities for shares of Common Stock,  for a consideration  per share less than
both the "Market Price" (as defined in Paragraph  7(a)(vi)  hereof) per share of
Common Stock on the trading day immediately  preceding such issuance or sale and
the Warrant  Price in effect  immediately  prior to such  issuance  or sale,  or
without  consideration,  then  forthwith upon such issuance or sale, the Warrant
Price in respect of the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter's
Option (but not the exercise price of the Warrants  underlying the Underwriter's
Option,  which shall be adjusted only in accordance with the Warrant  Agreement)
shall (until another such issuance or sale) be reduced to the price  (calculated
to the nearest full cent)  determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect
immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction, the numerator of which
shall  be the sum of (1) the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  prior to such  issuance or sale  multiplied  by the  Warrant  Price
immediately prior to such issuance or sale plus (2) the  consideration  received
by the Company upon such issuance or sale, and the denominator of which shall be
the  product  of (x) the total  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  after such  issuance or sale,  multiplied  by (y) the Warrant Price
immediately prior to such issuance or sale; provided,  however, that in no event
shall the Warrant Price be adjusted pursuant to this computation to an amount in
excess of the Warrant  Price in effect  immediately  prior to such  computation,
except in the case of a combination  of outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  as

                                       11

<PAGE>

provided by  Paragraph  7(c) hereof.  For the purposes of this  Paragraph 7, the
term "Warrant Price" shall mean the exercise price per share of Common Stock and
Warrants  issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's  Option  (initially $ per
Share  and $ per  Warrant),  as  adjusted  from  time  to time  pursuant  to the
provisions of this Paragraph 7.

          For the purposes of any computation to be made in accordance with this
Paragraph 7(a), the following provisions shall be applicable:

               (i) In case of the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock for
a  consideration  part or all of which  shall be cash,  the  amount  of the cash
consideration  therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received by the
Company  for such  shares  (or,  if shares of Common  Stock are  offered  by the
Company for subscription,  the subscription  price, or, if such securities shall
be sold to underwriters  or dealers for public  offering  without a subscription
offering, the public offering price) before deducting therefrom any compensation
paid or  discount  allowed  in the sale,  underwriting  or  purchase  thereof by
underwriters or dealers or others performing  similar services,  or any expenses
incurred in connection therewith.

               (ii)  In  case  of the  issuance  or  sale  (otherwise  than as a
dividend or other  distribution on any stock of the Company) of shares of Common
Stock for a  consideration  part or all of which  shall be other than cash,  the
amount of the  consideration  therefor other than cash shall be deemed to be the
value  of such  consideration  as  determined  in good  faith  by the  Board  of
Directors of the Company.

               (iii) Shares of Common Stock issuable by way of dividend or other
distribution  on any stock of the  Company  shall be deemed to have been  issued
immediately  after the opening of business on the day  following the record date
for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other
distribution and shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration. (iv)
The  reclassification  of  securities of the Company other than shares of Common
Stock  into  securities  including  shares  of Common  Stock  shall be deemed to
involve the  issuance of such shares of Common Stock for a  consideration  other
than cash  immediately  prior to the close of business on the date fixed for the
determination of security holders entitled to receive such shares, and the value
of the  consideration  allocable  to  such  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  be
determined as provided in subparagraph (ii) of this Paragraph 7(a).

                                       12

<PAGE>

               (v) The  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  at any  one  time
outstanding shall include the aggregate number of shares issued or issuable upon
the exercise of options, rights, warrants and upon the conversion or exchange of
convertible or exchangeable securities.


               (vi) As used herein,  the phrase "Market Price" at any date shall
be deemed to be the average of the last reported sale price, or, in case no such
reported  sale takes place on such day,  the average of the last  reported  sale
prices for the last three trading days, in either case as officially reported by
the  principal  securities  exchange  on which  the  Common  Stock is  listed or
admitted to trading or as reported in the NASDAQ Stock Market, or, if the Common
Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national  securities  exchange
or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market,  the closing bid quotation as furnished by
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. through NASDAQ or a similar
organization if NASDAQ is no longer reporting such information, or if the Common
Stock is not quoted on NASDAQ,  as determined in good faith by resolution of the
Board of Directors of the Company, based on the best information available to it
for the  day  immediately  preceding  such  issuance  or  sale,  the day of such
issuance or sale and the day  immediately  after such  issuance or sale.  If the
Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national  securities exchange
and also quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, the Market Price shall be determined
as hereinabove  provided by reference to the prices reported in the NASDAQ Stock
Market;  provided  that if the Common  Stock is listed or admitted to trading on
the New York Stock Exchange, the Market Price shall be determined as hereinabove
provided by reference to the prices reported by such exchange.

          (b)  Options,   Rights,  Warrants  and  Convertible  and  Exchangeable
Securities.  Except in the case of the Company  issuing  rights to subscribe for
shares of Common Stock  distributed  pursuant to Paragraph  7(j) hereof,  if the
Company  shall at any time  after the  Closing  Date  issue  options,  rights or
warrants  to  subscribe  for  shares of Common  Stock,  or issue any  securities
convertible  into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, in each case other
than the  issuances  or sales  referred to in Paragraph  7(f) hereof,  (i) for a
consideration  per share less than the lesser of (a) the Warrant Price in effect
immediately prior to the issuance of such options,  rights or warrants,  or such
convertible or exchangeable  securities,  or (b) the Market Price on the trading
day  immediately  preceding such issuance,  or (ii) without  consideration,  the
Warrant  Price in effect  immediately  prior to the  issuance  of such  options,
rights or warrants, or such convertible or exchangeable securities,  as the case
may be,  shall be  reduced  to a price  determined  by making a  computation  in
accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 7(a) hereof, provided that:

                                       13

<PAGE>


               (i) The aggregate  maximum  number of shares of Common Stock,  as
the case may be, issuable under all the outstanding options,  rights or warrants
shall be deemed to be issued  and  outstanding  at the time all the  outstanding
options,  rights or warrants were issued,  and for a consideration  equal to the
minimum purchase price per share provided for in the options, rights or warrants
at the time of issuance,  plus the consideration  (determined in the same manner
as consideration  received on the issue or sale of shares in accordance with the
terms of  Paragraph  7(a)  hereof),  if any,  received  by the  Company  for the
options, rights or warrants, and if no minimum price is provided in the options,
rights or warrants,  then the  consideration  shall be equal to zero;  provided,
however, that upon the expiration or other termination of the options, rights or
warrants, if any thereof shall not have been exercised,  the number of shares of
Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding  pursuant to this  subparagraph
(b) (and for the purposes of subparagraph (v) of Paragraph 7(a) hereof) shall be
reduced by such number of shares as to which  options,  warrants  and/or  rights
shall have expired or terminated unexercised, and such number of shares shall no
longer be deemed to be issued and  outstanding,  and the  Warrant  Price then in
effect shall  forthwith be readjusted and thereafter be the price which it would
have been had  adjustment  been made on the basis of the issuance only of shares
actually  issued or  issuable  upon the  exercise  of those  options,  rights or
warrants as to which the exercise  rights  shall not have expired or  terminated
unexercised.

               (ii) The  aggregate  maximum  number of  shares  of Common  Stock
issuable  upon  conversion  or  exchange  of  any  convertible  or  exchangeable
securities  shall be deemed to be issued and outstanding at the time of issuance
of  such  securities,  and  for  a  consideration  equal  to  the  consideration
(determined in the same manner as consideration received on the issue or sale of
shares of Common Stock in  accordance  with the terms of Paragraph  7(a) hereof)
received by the Company for such securities, plus the minimum consideration,  if
any,  receivable  by the  Company  upon  the  conversion  or  exchange  thereof;
provided, however, that upon the expiration or other termination of the right to
convert or exchange such  convertible  or  exchangeable  securities  (whether by
reason of redemption or otherwise), the number of shares deemed to be issued and
outstanding  pursuant  to  this  subparagraph  (ii)  (and  for  the  purpose  of
subparagraph  (v) of Paragraph  7(a) hereof)  shall be reduced by such number of
shares as to which the  conversion  or  exchange  rights  shall have  expired or
terminated  unexercised,  and such number of shares shall no longer be deemed to
be issued and outstanding,  and the Warrant Price then in effect shall forthwith
be  readjusted  and  thereafter  be the  price  which  it  would  have  been had

                                       14

<PAGE>

adjustment  been made on the basis of the issuance  only of the shares  actually
issued or issuable  upon the  conversion  or exchange  of those  convertible  or
exchangeable  securities as to which the conversion or exchange rights shall not
have expired or terminated  unexercised.  No adjustment will be made pursuant to
this  subparagraph  (ii) upon the issuance by the Company of any  convertible or
exchangeable securities pursuant to the exercise of any option, right or warrant
exercisable therefor, to the extent that adjustments in respect of such options,
rights  or  warrants  were   previously  made  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
subparagraph (i) of this subparagraph 7(b).

               (iii) If any change  shall occur in the price per share  provided
for in any of the options, rights or Warrants referred to in subparagraph (i) of
this Paragraph 7(b), or in the price per share at which the securities  referred
to in subparagraph  (ii) of this Paragraph 7(b) are convertible or exchangeable,
or if any such option,  rights or warrants are exercised at a price greater than
the minimum purchase price provided for in such options,  rights or warrants, or
any such  securities  are  converted  or  exercised  for more  than the  minimum
consideration  receivable by the Company upon such  conversion or exchange,  the
options,  rights or warrants or conversion or exchange  rights,  as the case may
be,  shall be deemed to have expired or  terminated  on the date when such price
change became effective in respect of shares not theretofore  issued pursuant to
the exercise or conversion or exchange thereof,  and the Company shall be deemed
to have issued upon such date new options,  rights or warrants or convertible or
exchangeable  securities  at the new price in  respect  of the  number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of such options, rights or warrants or the conversion
or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities;  provided,  however,
that no  adjustment  shall be made  pursuant  to this  subparagraph  (iii)  with
respect to any change in the price per share provided for in any of the options,
rights or warrants  referred to in  subparagraph  (i) of this Paragraph 7, or in
the price per share at which the securities  referred to in subparagraph (ii) of
this Paragraph 7(b) are convertible or  exchangeable,  which change results from
the application of the  anti-dilution  provisions  thereof in connection with an
event for which,  subject to subparagraph  (iv) of Paragraph 7(f), an adjustment
to the Warrant Price and the number of securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants will be required to be made pursuant to this Paragraph 7.

          (c) Subdivision and Combination. In case the Company shall at any time
after the Closing  Date  subdivide or combine the  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock,  the Warrant Price shall  forthwith be  proportionately  decreased in the
case of subdivision or increased in the case of combination.

                                       15

<PAGE>

          (d)  Adjustment  in Number of  Shares.  Upon  each  adjustment  of the
Warrant  Price  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Paragraph 7, the number of
shares of Common  Stock (but not the number of  Warrants,  which are  subject to
adjustment as set forth in the Warrant Agreement)  issuable upon the exercise of
the  Underwriter's  Option shall be adjusted to the nearest full whole number by
multiplying a number equal to the Warrant Price in effect  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise
of the  Underwriter's  Option  immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing
the product so obtained by the adjusted Warrant Price.

          (e)  Reclassification,  Consolidation,  Merger,  etc.  In  case of any
reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than
a change in par value to no par value,  or from no par value to par value, or as
a result of a subdivision or combination),  or in the case of any  consolidation
of the Company with, or merger of the Company into,  another  corporation (other
than a consolidation or merger which does not result in any  reclassification or
change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, except a change as a result of
a  subdivision  or  combination  of such  shares  or a change in par  value,  as
aforesaid), or in the case of a sale or conveyance to another corporation of the
property of the Company as an  entirety,  the Holder shall  thereafter  have the
right to  purchase  the kind and number of shares of stock and other  securities
and  property  receivable  upon such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation,
merger,  sale or  conveyance  as if the  Holder  were the owner of the shares of
Common Stock underlying the Underwriter's  Option  immediately prior to any such
events  (but not the  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of any
Warrants underlying the Underwriter's Option) at a price equal to the product of
(x) the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter's Option (but
not the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any Warrants underlying
the Underwriter's  Option) and (y) the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior
to the record date for such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger,
sale or conveyance as if such Holder had exercised the Underwriter's Option.

          (f) No Adjustment of Warrant Price in Certain  Cases.  Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the  contrary,  no  adjustment of the Warrant Price shall be
made:

               (i) Upon the issuance or sale of the  Underwriter's  Option,  the
          shares of Common Stock or Warrants  issuable  upon the exercise of the
          Underwriter's  Option  or the  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon
          exercise of the Warrants underlying the Underwriter's Option; or

                                       16

<PAGE>

               (ii) Upon the  issuance or sale of (A) the shares of Common Stock
          or Warrants  issued by the Company in the Public  Offering  (including
          pursuant to the Underwriter's overallotment option) or other shares of
          Common Stock or warrants  issued by the Company upon  consummation  of
          the IPO, (B) the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) issuable
          upon exercise of Warrants; or

               (iii) Upon (i) the issuance of options  pursuant to the Company's
          employee  stock  option  plan  in  effect  on the  date  hereof  or as
          hereafter  amended in  accordance  with the terms thereof or any other
          employee or executive  stock option plan approved by  stockholders  of
          the Company or the sale by the  Company of any shares of Common  Stock
          pursuant to the exercise of any such options,  or (ii) the sale by the
          Company of any shares of Common Stock  pursuant to the exercise of any
          options or warrants  issued and  outstanding on the date of closing of
          the sale of Common Stock and Warrants  pursuant to the Public Offering
          or (iii) the  issuance  or sale by the Company of any shares of Common
          Stock pursuant to the Company's restricted stock plan in effect on the
          date hereof; or

               (iv) If the  amount  of said  adjustment  shall be less  than two
          cents (2(cent)) per share of Common Stock.

          (g)  Adjustment  of Warrants  Underlying  Underwriter's  Option.  With
respect to the Warrants underlying the Underwriter's  Option, the exercise price
of such Warrants and the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  pursuant
to such  Warrants  shall  be  automatically  adjusted  in  accordance  with  the
applicable provisions of the Warrant Agreement, upon the occurrence, at any time
after the date hereof,  of any of the events described in the Warrant  Agreement
requiring  such  adjustment,  with the same force and effect as if such Warrants
had been issued as of this date,  whether or not such  Warrants  shall have been
exercised  (or  exercisable)  at the time of the  occurrence  of such  event and
whether or not such Warrants shall be issued and  outstanding at the time of the
occurrence of such event. Thereafter, such Warrants shall be exercisable at such
adjusted  Warrant's  exercise price for such adjusted number of shares of Common
Stock or other securities, properties or rights.

          (h) Redemption of Underwriter's  Option.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the contrary contained in this Agreement or elsewhere,  the Underwriters  Option
cannot be redeemed by the Company under any circumstances.

                                       17

<PAGE>

          (i)  Dividends  and Other  Distributions  with Respect to  Outstanding
Securities.  In the event that the  Company  shall at any time after the Closing
Date and  prior to the  exercise  and  expiration  of the  Underwriter's  Option
declare a dividend (other than a dividend  consisting solely of shares of Common
Stock or a cash  dividend  or  distribution  payable  out of current or retained
earnings)  or  otherwise  distribute  to the holders of Common Stock any monies,
assets, property, rights, evidences of indebtedness, securities (other than such
a cash  dividend  or  distribution  or dividend  consisting  solely of shares of
Common Stock),  whether issued by the Company or by another person or entity, or
any other thing of value,  the Holders of the unexercised  Underwriter's  Option
shall thereafter be entitled, in addition to the shares of Common Stock or other
securities  receivable upon the exercise thereof, to receive,  upon the exercise
of such  Underwriter's  Option,  the  same  monies,  property,  assets,  rights,
evidences  of  indebtedness,  securities  or any other  thing of value that they
would have been entitled to receive at the time of such dividend or distribution
as if the Holders were the owners of the shares of Common Stock  underlying  the
Underwriter's  Option (but not the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of any Warrants  underlying the Underwriter's  Option).  At the time of any such
dividend or distribution,  the Company shall make appropriate reserves to ensure
the timely performance of the provisions of this Paragraph 7(i).

          (j)   Subscription   Rights  for  Shares  of  Common  Stock  or  Other
Securities. In case the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall at any time
after the date hereof and prior to the exercise of the  Underwriter's  Option in
full  issue any  rights to  subscribe  for  shares of Common  Stock or any other
securities  of the  Company or of such  affiliate  to all the  holders of Common
Stock of the Company, the Holders of the unexercised  Underwriter's Option shall
be  entitled,  in  addition  to the shares of Common  Stock or other  securities
receivable upon the exercise of the Underwriter's Option, to receive such rights
at the time such rights are distributed to the other stockholders of the Company
but only to the  extent of the  number of shares of Common  Stock,  if any,  for
which the Underwriter's Option remains exercisable.

          (k)  Notice  in  Event  of  Dissolution.  In case of the  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding-up of the Company,  all rights under the  Underwriter's
Option  shall  terminate  on a date  fixed by the  Company,  such  date to be no
earlier  than ten (10)  days  prior to the  effectiveness  of such  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding-up  and not  later  than  five (5)  days  prior to such
effectiveness.  Notice of such  termination of purchase rights shall be given to
the last registered Holder of the Underwriter's Option, as the same shall appear
on the books and records of the Company, by registered mail at least thirty (30)
days prior to such termination date.

                                       18

<PAGE>

               (l)  Computations.  The Company may retain a firm of  independent
public  accountants (who may be any such firm regularly employed by the Company)
to make any  computation  required  under this  Paragraph,  and any  certificate
setting forth such computation signed by such firm shall be conclusive  evidence
of the correctness of any computation made under this Paragraph 7.

          8. Fractional Shares.
          ---------------------

          (a) The Company shall not be required to issue  fractions of shares of
Common  Stock or  fractional  Warrants  on the  exercise  of this  Underwriter's
Option, provided, however, that if the Holder exercises the Underwriter's Option
in full, any  fractional  shares of Common Stock shall be eliminated by rounding
any fraction up to the nearest whole number of shares of Common  Stock.

          (b) The Holder of this  Underwriter's  Option,  by acceptance  hereof,
expressly  waives his right to receive any  fractional  share of Common Stock or
fractional Warrant upon exercise of this Underwriter's Option.

          9. Redemption of Warrants underlying the Underwriter's Option
          -------------------------------------------------------------

          The Warrants underlying the Underwriter's Option are redeemable by the
Company  at a  redemption  price  of $.01  per  Warrant,  in  whole  or in part,
commencing  12 months after the date hereof and prior to their  expiration  upon
not less than  thirty  (30) days'  prior  written  notice to the  holders of the
Warrants; provided that the average closing bid quotation of the Common Stock as
reported  on The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  if traded  thereon,  or if not  traded
thereon,  the  average  closing  sale price if listed on a  national  securities
exchange (or other reporting  system that provides last sales prices),  has been
at least 150% of the then current  Exercise Price for a period of 20 consecutive
trading  days  ending on the  third  day prior to the date on which the  Company
gives notice of redemption. Any redemption in part shall be made pro rata to all
Warrant  holders.  The  redemption  notice shall be mailed to the holders of the
Warrants  at their  respective  addresses  appearing  in the  Warrant  register.
Holders of the Warrants will have exercise rights until the close of business on
the day immediately  preceding the date fixed for redemption (at which time this
Underwriter's Option shall no longer be exercisable for Warrants).

          9. Miscellaneous.
          -----------------

          (a) This  Underwriter's  Option shall be governed by and in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York  without  regard to the  conflicts of law
principles thereof.

                                       19

<PAGE>

          (b) All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder
shall be made in  writing  and  shall be  deemed  to have  been  duly  made when
delivered,  or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:
(i) if to a Holder,  to the  address of such Holder as shown on the books of the
Company, or (ii) if to the Company, 611 Broadway, New York, New York 10012.

          (c) The Company and the  Underwriter  may from time to time supplement
or amend this Underwriter's  Option without the approval of any other Holders in
order to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement  any provision  contained
herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any provisions  herein, or to
make any other  provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder
which the Company and the  Underwriter may deem necessary or desirable and which
the Company and the  Underwriter  deem not to  materially  adversely  affect the
interest of the Holders.

          (d) All the covenants and provisions of this  Underwriter's  Option by
or for the benefit of the  Company  and the Holders  shall bind and inure to the
benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

          (e) Nothing in this Underwriter's Option shall be construed to give to
any person or  corporation  other than the Company and the  Underwriter  and any
other  registered  Holder or Holders,  any legal or  equitable  right,  and this
Underwriter's  Option shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company
and the Underwriter and any other Holder or Holders.

          (f)  This  Underwriter's  Option  may be  executed  in any  number  of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Underwriter's  Warrant
to be signed by its duly authorized officer and this Underwriter's  Option to be
dated , 1996.

                                         AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL
                                         CONSOLIDATED,INC.

                                         By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            John Wilson, Chief Executive Officer


                                       20

<PAGE>

                                  PURCHASE FORM




          (To be signed only upon exercise of the Underwriter's Option)


          The  undersigned,  the Holder of the foregoing  Underwriter's  Option,
hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise the purchase rights  represented by such
Underwriter's Option for, and to purchase thereunder, of ______ shares of Common
Stock and Warrants of American  International  Consolidated,  Inc., and herewith
makes  payment of $________  therefor,  and requests that the  certificates  for
Common  Stock and  Warrants  be issued  in the  name(s)  of,  and  delivered  to
________________________________       whose      address(es)      is      (are)
___________________________________________________________   and  whose  social
security or taxpayer identification number is .

Dated: __________________

_________________________*

- -------------------------
Address






                                       21

<PAGE>


* Signature must conform in all respects to name of registered Holder.

                                      












                                       22

<PAGE>


                                  TRANSFER FORM


          (To be signed only upon transfer of the Underwriter's Option)


For value received,  the undersigned hereby sells,  assigns,  and transfers unto
_____________________  the right to purchase  _______ shares of Common Stock and
Warrants  of  American  International  Consolidated,  Inc.  represented  by  the
foregoing  Underwriter's  Option to the extent of __________ Shares and Warrants
and appoints ________________,  attorney to transfer such rights on the books of
American  International  Consolidated,  Inc., with full power of substitution in
the premises.

Dated: __________________

- -------------------------
(name of holder)



- -------------------------
Address

- -------------------------

In the presence of:

- -------------------------


- -------------------------


                                       23


                    AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                             a Delaware corporation


                       [ ] STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                                  Warrant Agent

                                       and

                       DALTON KENT SECURITIES GROUP, INC.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT







<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Section                                                               Page
  -------                                                               ----

   1.   Appointment of Warrant Agent...................................  1

   2.   Form of Warrant................................................  1

   3.   Countersignature and Registration..............................  2

   4.   Transfers and Exchanges........................................  3

   5.   Exercise of Warrants; Payment of Warrant
        Solicitation Fee...............................................  3

   6.   Payment of Taxes...............................................  8

   7.   Mutilated or Missing Warrants..................................  8

   8.   Reservation of Common Stock....................................  9

   9.   Warrant Price; Adjustments..................................... 10

   10.  Fractional Interests........................................... 19

   11.  Notices to Warrantholders...................................... 19

   12.  Disposition of Proceeds on Exercise of Warrant................. 21

   13.  Redemption of Warrants......................................... 21

   14.  Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of
        Warrant Agent.................................................. 22

   15.  Duties of Warrant Agent........................................ 23

   16.  Change of Warrant Agent........................................ 26

   17.  Identity of Transfer Agent..................................... 27

   18.  Notices........................................................ 28

   19.  Supplements and Amendments..................................... 29

   20.  New York Contract.............................................. 29

   21.  Benefits of this Agreement..................................... 30

   22.  Successors..................................................... 30



                                        i

<PAGE>

     WARRANT  AGENT  AGREEMENT  dated  as  of ,  1996,  by  and  among  AMERICAN
INTERNATIONAL  CONSOLIDATED,  INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  [ ]
Stock  Transfer  & Trust  Company,  as  warrant  agent  (hereinafter  called the
"Warrant  Agent"),  and Dalton Kent Securities Group,  Inc., the  representative
("Representative") of the several underwriters (the "Underwriters").

     WHEREAS,  the Company  proposes to issue and sell through a initial  public
offering by the  Underwriters,  an aggregate of 900,000  shares of common stock,
$.01 par value per share (the "Common  Stock") and 450,000 Common Stock Purchase
Warrants (the "Warrants");

     WHEREAS,  each  Warrant  will entitle the holder to pur- chase one share of
Common Stock;

     WHEREAS,  the Company  desires  the  Warrant  Agent to act on behalf of the
Company,  and the  Warrant  Agent is  willing to so act in  connection  with the
issuance, registration, transfer, exchange and exercise of the Warrants;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows: Section 1. Appointment of
Warrant Agent.  The Company hereby  appoints the Warrant Agent to act as Warrant
Agent for the Company in accordance with the instructions  hereinafter set forth
in this Agreement, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment.


<PAGE>



     Section 2. Form of  Warrant.  The text of the  Warrants  and of the form of
election to purchase  Common Stock to be printed on the reverse thereof shall be
substantially  as set forth in Exhibit A attached  hereto.  Each  Warrant  shall
entitle the registered holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at a
purchase  price of  [[five  dollars]  ($5.00)],  at any time  commencing  on the
effective date of the prospectus of the public offering until 4:00 p.m.  Eastern
time, on ,2001.  The warrant  exercise  price and the number of shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment  upon the
occurrence of certain events, all as hereinafter provided. The Warrants shall be
executed on behalf of the Company by the manual or  facsimile  signature  of the
present or any future President or Vice President of the Company, attested to by
the manual or  facsimile  signature  of the present or any future  Secretary  or
Assistant Secretary of the Company.

     Warrants shall be dated as of the issuance by the Warrant Agent either upon
initial issuance or upon transfer or exchange.

     In the event  the  aforesaid  expiration  dates of the  Warrants  fall on a
Saturday or Sunday,  or on a legal holiday on which the New York Stock  Exchange
is closed,  then the Warrants shall expire at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on the next
succeeding business day.

     Section 3.  Countersignature  and  Registration.  The  Warrant  Agent shall
maintain  books for the  transfer and  registration  of the  Warrants.  Upon the

                                        2

<PAGE>


initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the
Warrants in the names of the respective  holders thereof.  The Warrants shall be
countersigned manually or by facsimile by the Warrant Agent (or by any successor
to the Warrant  Agent then acting as warrant  agent  under this  Agreement)  and
shall not be valid for any purpose  unless so  countersigned.  The Warrants may,
however,  be so  countersigned  by the  Warrant  Agent (or by its  successor  as
Warrant Agent) and be delivered by the Warrant Agent,  notwithstanding  that the
persons whose manual or facsimile  signatures  appear thereon as proper officers
of the  Company  shall  have  ceased  to be such  officers  at the  time of such
countersignature or delivery.


     Section 4. Transfers and Exchanges.  The Warrant Agent shall transfer, from
time to time,  any  outstanding  Warrants upon the books to be maintained by the
Warrant Agent for that purpose,  upon  surrender  thereof for transfer  properly
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate  instructions for transfer. Upon any such
transfer,  a new Warrant shall be issued to the transferee  and the  surrendered
Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent.  Warrants so cancelled shall be
delivered by the Warrant  Agent to the Company  from time to time upon  request.
Warrants may be exchanged at the option of the holder thereof,  when surrendered
at the office of the Warrant Agent,  for another  Warrant,  or other Warrants of
different  denominations  of like tenor and  representing  in the  aggregate the
right to purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock.

                                        3

<PAGE>

     Section 5.  Exercise  of  Warrants;  Payment of Warrant  Solicitation  Fee.
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement,  each registered holder of Warrants
shall have the right,  which may be exercised  commencing  at the opening of the
business on , 1996,  to purchase  from the Company (and the Company  shall issue
and sell to such  registered  holder of  Warrants)  the number of fully paid and
non-assessable  shares of Common Stock specified in such Warrants upon surrender
of such  Warrants to the Company at the office of the  Warrant  Agent,  with the
form of election to purchase on the reverse  thereof  duly filled in and signed,
and upon payment to the Company of the warrant  price,  determined in accordance
with the  provisions of Sections 9 and 10 of this  Agreement,  for the number of
shares of Common  Stock in respect of which such  Warrants  are then  exercised.
Payment of such  warrant  price shall be made in cash or by  certified  check or
bank  draft to the  order of the  Company.  Subject  to  Section  6,  upon  such
surrender of Warrants and payment of the warrant price,  the Company shall issue
and cause to be delivered  with all  reasonable  dispatch to or upon the written
order of the  registered  holder of such  Warrants  and in such name or names as
such  registered  holder may designate,  a certificate or  certificates  for the
number of full shares of Common  Stock so  purchased  upon the  exercise of such
Warrants.  Such certificate or certificates  shall be deemed to have been issued
and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become

                                        4

<PAGE>

a  holder  of  record  of such  shares  of  Common  Stock  as of the date of the
surrender of such Warrants and payment of the warrant  price as  aforesaid.  The
rights of purchase  represented  by the Warrants  shall be  exercisable,  at the
election of the registered  holders thereof,  either as an entirety or from time
to time for a portion of the shares specified therein and, in the event that any
Warrant is  exercised  in respect of less than all of the shares of Common Stock
specified therein at any time prior to the date of expiration of the Warrants, a
new  Warrant  or  Warrants  will be  issued  to the  registered  holder  for the
remaining  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  specified  in the  Warrant  so
surrendered,   and  the  Warrant  Agent  is  hereby  irrevocably  authorized  to
countersign and to deliver the required new Warrants  pursuant to the provisions
of this Section and of Section 3 of this  Agreement  and the  Company,  whenever
requested by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly
executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose. Anything in the foregoing to
the contrary notwithstanding,  no Warrant will be exercisable unless at the time
of exercise the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission a
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") covering the
shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of such  Warrant  and  such
registration statement shall have been declared effective, such shares have been
so registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the  securities  laws of
the state of residence of the holder of such Warrant.  The Company shall use its
best efforts to have all shares so registered or qualified on or before the date
on which the Warrants become exercisable.

                                        5

<PAGE>

          (a) If at the time of exercise of any Warrant (i) the market  price of
the Company's  Common Stock is equal to or greater than the then exercise  price
of  the  Warrant,  (ii)  the  exercise  of  the  Warrant  is  solicited  by  the
Underwriters  at such  time as it is a member  of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD"),  (iii)  the  Warrant  is  not  held  in  a
discretionary  account, (iv) disclosure of the compensation  arrangement is made
in documents  provided to the holders of the Warrants,  (v) the  Underwriter  is
designated in writing as the soliciting  broker and (vi) the solicitation of the
exercise of the Warrant is not in  violation  of Rule 10b-6 (as such rule or any
successor rule may be in effect as of such time of exercise)  promulgated  under
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  then the  Underwriter  soliciting  such
Warrant  shall be entitled to receive from the Company upon  exercise of each of
the Warrants so exercised a fee of five percent (5%) of the  aggregate  price of
the Warrants so exercised  (the "Exercise  Fee").  The procedures for payment of
the warrant solicitation fee are set forth in Section 5(b) below.

          (b) (1) Within five (5) days of the last day of each month  commencing
with , 1996,  the Warrant Agent will notify the  Representative  of each Warrant
Certificate  which has been  properly  completed  for  exercise  by  holders  of


                                        6

<PAGE>

Warrants during the last month.  The Company and Warrant Agent shall  determine,
in their sole and absolute  discretion,  whether a Warrant  Certificate has been
properly completed.  The Warrant Agent will provide the Representative with such
information,   in  connection  with  the  exercise  of  each  Warrant,   as  the
Representative shall reasonably request.

     (2) The Company  hereby  authorizes  and in-  structs the Warrant  Agent to
deliver to the soliciting Underwriter the Exercise Fee promptly after receipt by
the  Warrant  Agent  from the  Company  of a check  payable  to the order of the
soliciting  Underwriter  in the amount of the Exercise Fee. In the event that an
Exercise  Fee is paid to the  Underwriter  with  respect to a Warrant  which the
Company or the Warrant Agent  determines is not properly  completed for exercise
or in respect of which the  Underwriter  is not entitled to an Exercise Fee, the
soliciting  Underwriter will return such Exercise Fee to the Warrant Agent which
shall  forthwith  return such fee to the  Company.  The  Representative  and the
Company may at any time,  after , 1996, and during business  hours,  examine the
records  of  the  Warrant  Agent,  including  its  ledger  of  original  Warrant
certificates   returned  to  the  Warrant   Agent  upon  exercise  of  Warrants.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary,  the provisions of paragraph 5(a)
and 5(c) may not be  modified,  amended or  deleted  without  the prior  written
consent of the Representative.

                                        7

<PAGE>

     Section 6.  Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay any  documentary  stamp
taxes  attributable  to the initial  issuance of Common Stock  issuable upon the
exercise of Warrants;  provided, however, that the Company shall not be required
to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  involved in the
issuance  or delivery of any  certificates  of shares of Common  Stock in a name
other than that of the  registered  holder of  Warrants in respect of which such
shares are issued,  and in such case  neither the Company nor the Warrant  Agent
shall be required to issue or deliver any certificate for shares of Common Stock
or any Warrant until the person  requesting the same has paid to the Company the
amount of such tax or has  established to the Company's  satisfaction  that such
tax has been paid.


     Section 7. Mutilated or Missing Warrants. In case any of the Warrants shall
be mutilated,  lost,  stolen or destroyed,  the Company may, in its  discretion,
issue and the Warrant  Agent  shall  countersign  and  deliver in  exchange  and
substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated  Warrant,  or in lieu of
and in substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed,  a new Warrant of
like tenor and  representing  an  equivalent  right or  interest,  but only upon
receipt of evidence  satisfactory  to the Company and the Warrant  Agent of such
loss, theft or destruction and, in case of a lost, stolen or destroyed  Warrant,
indemnity,  if  requested,  also  satisfactory  to  them.  Applicants  for  such
substitute Warrants shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and
pay such reasonable charges as the Company or the Warrant Agent may prescribe.


                                        8

<PAGE>

     Section 8. Reservation of Common Stock.  There have been reserved,  and the
Company shall at all times keep  reserved,  out of the  authorized  and unissued
shares of Common Stock, a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to provide
for the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by the Warrants,  and the
transfer  agent for the  shares of Common  Stock and every  subsequent  transfer
agent for any shares of the Company's Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
any of the rights of purchase aforesaid are irrevocably  authorized and directed
at all times to reserve such number of authorized and unissued  shares of Common
Stock as shall be required for such purpose.  The Company agrees that all shares
of Common  Stock issued upon  exercise of the Warrants  shall be, at the time of
delivery of the  certificates  of such shares,  validly issued and  outstanding,
fully paid and  non-assessable  and listed on any national  securities  exchange
upon  which the other  shares of Common  Stock are then  listed.  So long as any
unexpired Warrants remain outstanding, the Company will file such post-effective
amendments to the registration  statement (Form S-1, Registration No. 33- ) (the
"Registration Statement") filed pursuant to the Act with respect to the Warrants
(or other appropriate  registration  statements or  post-effective  amendment or
supplements)  as may be  necessary  to  permit  it to  deliver  to  each  person
exercising a Warrant,  a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10(a)(3)
of the Act and otherwise complying  therewith,  and will deliver such prospectus


                                        9

<PAGE>

to each such person.  To the extent that during any period it is not  reasonably
likely that the Warrants  will be  exercised,  due to market price or otherwise,
the Company need not file such a  post-effective  amendment  during such period.
The Company will keep a copy of this  Agreement on file with the transfer  agent
for the shares of Common Stock and with every subsequent  transfer agent for any
shares of the Company's Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the rights of
purchase  represented  by  the  Warrants.   The  Warrant  Agent  is  irrevocably
authorized  to  requisition  from time to time from such  transfer  agent  stock
certificates  required to honor  outstanding  Warrants.  The Company will supply
such transfer agent with duly executed stock certificates for that purpose.  All
Warrants  surrendered in the exercise of the rights thereby  evidenced  shall be
cancelled by the Warrant Agent and shall thereafter be delivered to the Company,
and such cancelled Warrants shall constitute  sufficient  evidence of the number
of shares of Common  Stock  which have been  issued  upon the  exercise  of such
Warrants.  Promptly  after the date of expiration  of the Warrants,  the Warrant
Agent shall certify to the Company the total  aggregate  amount of Warrants then
outstanding,  and  thereafter  no shares of Common  Stock  shall be  subject  to
reservation  in respect of such Warrants  which shall have  expired.  Section 9.
Warrant Price; Adjustments. (a) The warrant price at which Common Stock shall be
purchasable  upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be $[5.00] at any time from
, 1996 until 4:00  Eastern time on , 20001 or after  adjustment,  as provided in
this Section, shall be such price as so adjusted (the "Warrant Price").

                                       10

<PAGE>

          (b) The Warrant  Price  shall be subject to adjust-  ment from time to
time as follows:

               (i) In case the  Company  shall at any time after the date hereof
pay a dividend  in shares of Common  Stock or make a  distribution  in shares of
Common  Stock,  then upon such  dividend or  distribution  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such dividend or  distribution  shall forthwith be
reduced to a price determined by dividing:

                    (A) an amount  equal to the total number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding  immediately prior to such dividend or distribution multiplied
by  the  Warrant  Price  in  effect   immediately  prior  to  such  dividend  or
distribution,  by

                    (B) the total number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately after such issuance or sale.


     For the  purposes  of any  computation  to be made in  accordance  with the
provisions of this clause (i), the  following  provisions  shall be  applicable:
Common Stock issuable by way of dividend or other  distribution  on any stock of
the Company shall be deemed to have been issued immediately after the opening of
business  on the  date  following  the  date  fixed  for  the  determination  of
stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution.

                                       11

<PAGE>



          (ii) In case the Company  shall at any time  subdivide  or combine the
outstanding  Common Stock, the Warrant Price shall forthwith be  proportionately
decreased in the case of  subdivision or increased in the case of combination to
the nearest one cent.  Any such  adjustment  shall become  effective at the time
such  subdivision  or  combination  shall  become  effective.

          (iii)  Within a  reasonable  time  after the  close of each  quarterly
fiscal period of the Company during which the Warrant Price has been adjusted as
herein provided, the Company shall

               (A) file  with the  Warrant  Agent a cer  tificate  signed by the
President  or Vice  President  of the Company and by the  Treasurer or Assistant
Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company,  showing in
detail the facts requiring all such adjustments occurring during such period and
the Warrant Price after each such adjustment; and

               (B) the Warrant Agent shall have no duty with respect to any such
certificate  filed  with it  except to keep the same on file and  available  for
inspection by holders of Warrants  during  reasonable  business  hours,  and the
Warrant Agent may conclusively rely upon the latest certificate  furnished to it
hereunder.  The  Warrant  Agent  shall  not at any  time be  under  any  duty or
responsibility  to any holder of a Warrant to determine  whether any facts exist
which may require any  adjustment of the Warrant  Price,  or with respect to the
nature or extent of any  adjustment  of the  Warrant  Price when  made,  or with
respect to the

                                       12

<PAGE>



method employed in making any such adjustment,  or with respect to the nature or
extent of the property or securities deliverable hereunder.  In the absence of a
certificate having been furnished,  the Warrant Agent may conclusively rely upon
the provisions of the Warrants with respect to the Common Stock deliverable upon
the exercise of the Warrants and the applicable Warrant Price thereof.

               (C) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no
adjustment of the Warrant  Price shall be made if the amount of such  adjustment
shall be less than $.05, but in such case any adjustment that would otherwise be
required then to be made shall be carried  forward and shall be made at the time
and  together  with the next  subsequent  adjustment  which,  together  with any
adjustment so carried forward, shall amount to not less than $.05.


          (c) In the event that the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock
is increased by a stock dividend  payable in Common Stock or by a subdivision of
the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  then,  from and  after  the time at which  the
adjusted  Warrant Price  becomes  effective  pursuant to Subsection  (b) of this
Section  by reason of such  dividend  or  subdivision,  the  number of shares of
Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of each Warrant  shall be increased in
proportion to such increase in outstanding  shares. In the event that the number
of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  is decreased  by a  combination  of the
outstanding Common Stock, then, from and after the time at which the adjusted

                                       13

<PAGE>

Warrant Price becomes  effective  pursuant to Subsection  (b) of this Section by
reason of such  combination,  the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of each Warrant  shall be decreased in  proportion to such decrease
in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

          (d)  In  case  of  any  reorganization  or  reclassifi  cation  of the
outstanding Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to
no par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any
consolidation  of the  Company  with,  or merger of the  Company  into,  another
corporation  (other than a  consolidation  or merger in which the Company is the
continuing  corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of the
outstanding  Common  Stock),  or in case of any sale or  conveyance  to  another
corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety,  the holder of each Warrant then outstanding shall thereafter have the
right to  purchase  the kind and  amount of  shares  of  Common  Stock and other
securities and property receivable upon such  reorganization,  reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of
Common  Stock  which the  holder  of such  Warrant  shall  then be  entitled  to
purchase;  such  adjustments  shall  apply  with  respect  to all  such  changes
occurring between the date of this Warrant Agreement and the date of exercise of
such  Warrant.

                                       14

<PAGE>

          (e) Subject to the  provisions  of this Section 9, in case the Company
shall, at any time prior to the exercise of the Warrants,  make any distribution
of its  assets to  holders of its  Common  Stock as a  liquidating  or a partial
liquidating  dividend,  then the holder of Warrants who  exercises  his Warrants
after the record date for the  determination  of those  holders of Common  Stock
entitled to such distribution of assets as a liquidating or partial  liquidating
dividend  shall be entitled to receive for the  Warrant  Price per  Warrant,  in
addition to each share of Common Stock, the amount of such  distribution (or, at
the option of the  Company,  a sum equal to the value of any such  assets at the
time of such distribution as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company
in good  faith),  which  would have been  payable to such holder had he been the
holder of record of the Common Stock  receivable upon exercise of his Warrant on
the record date for the  determination  of those entitled to such  distribution.


          (f) In case  of the  dissolution,  liquidation  or  winding-up  of the
Company,  all rights under the Warrants  shall  terminate on a date fixed by the
Company,  such  date  to  be  no  earlier  than  ten  (10)  days  prior  to  the
effectiveness of such dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up and not later than
five (5)  days  prior  to such  effectiveness.  Notice  of such  termination  of
purchase rights shall be given to the last registered holder of the Warrants, as
the same shall  appear on the books of the  Company  maintained  by the  Warrant
Agent,  by registered  mail at least thirty (30) days prior to such  termination
date.

                                       15

<PAGE>

          (g) In case the Company shall,  at any time prior to the expiration of
the  Warrants  and prior to the  exercise  thereof,  offer to the holders of its
Common Stock any rights to subscribe for  additional  shares of any class of the
Company,  then  the  Company  shall  give  written  notice  thereof  to the last
registered  holder  thereof  not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date on
which  the books of the  Company  are  closed or a record  date is fixed for the
determination of the stockholders  entitled to such  subscription  rights.  Such
notice  shall  specify  the date as to which the books shall be closed or record
date fixed  with  respect  to such  offer of  subscription  and the right of the
holder thereof to participate in such offer of  subscription  shall terminate if
the Warrant  shall not be exercised on or before the date of such closing of the
books or such record date.

          (h) Any adjustment pursuant to the aforesaid  provisions shall be made
on the basis of the number of shares of Common  Stock  which the holder  thereof
would have been  entitled to acquire by the exercise of the Warrant  immediately
prior to the event giving rise to such adjustment.

          (i) Irrespective of any adjustments in the Warrant Price or the number
or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, Warrants previously
or thereafter  issued may continue to express the same price and number and kind
of shares as are stated in the similar Warrants  initially  issuable pursuant to
this Warrant Agreement.

                                       16

<PAGE>

          (j) The Company may retain a firm of  independent  public  accountants
(who  may be any  such  firm  regularly  employed  by the  Company)  to make any
computation  required under this Section, and any certificate setting forth such
computation signed by such firm shall be conclusive  evidence of the correctness
of any computation made under this Section.

          (k) If at any time,  as a result of an  adjustment  made  pursuant  to
paragraph (d) above,  the holders of a Warrant or Warrants shall become entitled
to purchase any  securities  other than shares of Common Stock,  thereafter  the
number of such  securities so purchasable  upon exercise of each Warrant and the
Warrant Price for such shares shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time
in a manner and on terms as nearly  equivalent as  practicable to the provisions
with respect to the Common Stock  contained  in  paragraphs  (b) and (c).

          (l) No  adjustment  to the  Purchase  Price of the  Warrants or to the
number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of such Warrants
will be made, however under the following  circumstances:  (i) upon the grant or
exercise  of any of the options  presently  outstanding  (or  options  which may
hereafter be granted  and/or  exercised)  under the Company's  1995 Stock Option
Plan for officers, directors and/or employees,  consultants and similar situated
parties  of the  Company;  or  (ii)  upon  the  exercise  of any of the  options
presently outstanding granted to directors and counsel to the Company in 1995 as
otherwise set forth in the Prospectus of the Company dated , 1996; or

                                       17

<PAGE>

               (iii) upon the sale or exercise of the Warrants; or


               (iv) upon  exercise of the  Underwriters'  Warrants as  otherwise
described in the Company's Prospectus dated [ ], 1996; or


               (vi) upon exercise or sale of the Warrants issuable upon exercise
of the Underwriters' Warrants; or


               (vii) upon any  amendment  to or change in the term of any rights
or warrants to subscribe for or purchase,  or options for the purchase of Common
Stock or convertible securities, including, but not limited to, any extension of
any  expiration  date of any such  right,  warrant or option,  any change in any
exercise or purchase  price  provided for in any such right,  warrant or option,
any  extension  of  any  date  through  which  any  convertible  securities  are
convertible  into or exchangeable  for Common Stock or any change in the rate at
which any convertible securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Common
Stock (other than rights, warrants,  options or convertible securities issued or
sold after the close of business on the date of the original issue of the Common
Stock, (i) for presently outstanding securities, or (ii) for which an adjustment
in the Purchase Price then in effect was theretofor made or required to be made,
upon issuance or sale thereof.

                                       18

<PAGE>

               (viii)  Upon  a  private  offering  of  securities   pursuant  to
exemptions  from  federal and state  securities  laws to parties  other than the
Company's officers,  directors,  five percent stockholders or Affiliates as that
term  is  defined  in the  Act,  Exchange  Act  and the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder of each of them. Section 10. Fractional  Interests.  The Warrants may
only be exercised to purchase  full shares of Common Stock and the Company shall
not be required to issue  fractions of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of
Warrants.  However,  if a Warrantholder  exercises all Warrants then owned of
record by him and such  exercise  would  result in the  issuance of a fractional
share,  the Company will pay to such  Warrantholder,  in lieu of the issuance of
any fractional share otherwise  issuable,  an amount of cash based on the market
value of the Common  Stock of the  Company on the last  trading day prior to the
exercise date. Section 11. Notices to Warrantholders. (a) Upon any adjustment of
the  Warrant  Price and the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
exercise  of a  Warrant,  then and in each such  case,  the  Company  shall give
written  notice  thereof to the  Warrant  Agent,  which  notice  shall state the
Warrant Price  resulting from such  adjustment and the increase or decrease,  if
any, in the number of shares  purchasable  at such price upon the  exercise of a
Warrant,  setting forth in reasonable  detail the method of calculation  and the
facts upon which such  calculation  is based.  The Company  shall also mail such
notice to

                                       19

<PAGE>



the  holders of the  Warrants at their  respective  addresses  appearing  in the
Warrant  register.  Failure to give or mail such notice,  or any defect therein,
shall not affect the validity of the adjustments.

          (b) In case at any time:

                                       20

<PAGE>

               (i) the  Company  shall pay  dividends  payable in stock upon its
Common Stock or make any distribution (other than regular cash dividends) to the
holders of its Common Stock; or

               (ii) the Company shall offer for  subscrip-  tion pro rata to all
of the holders of its Common Stock any  additional  shares of stock of any class
or other rights; or

               (iii)   there   shall  be  any   capital   reorganiza-   tion  or
reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, or consolidation or merger
of the  Company  with,  or sale of  substantially  all of its  assets to another
corporation; or

               (iv) there shall be a voluntary  or  involun-  tary  dissolution,
liquidation or winding-up of the Company; then in any one or more of such cases,
the Company  shall give written  notice in the manner set forth in Section 11(a)
of the date on which (A) a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution
or  subscription  rights,  or  (B)  such  reorganization,   reclassifica-  tion,
consolidation,  merger, sale, dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up shall take
place,  as the case may be. Such notice  shall also specify the date as of which
the  holders  of Common  Stock of record  shall  participate  in such  dividend,
distribution  or  subscription  rights,  or shall be entitled to exchange  their
Common  Stock  for   securities  or  other   property   deliverable   upon  such
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding-up  as the case may be. Such  notice  shall be given at
least  thirty (30) days prior to the action in question and not less than thirty

                                       21

<PAGE>


(30) days prior to the  record  date in  respect  thereof.  Failure to give such
notice, or any defect therein,  shall not affect the legality or validity of any
of the matters set forth in this Section 11(b).

     (c) The  Company  shall  cause  copies of all finan-  cial  statements  and
reports,  proxy statements and other documents that are sent to its stockholders
to be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid,  on the date of mailing to such
stockholders,  to each registered holder of Warrants at his address appearing in
the  Warrant  register  as of the  record  date  for  the  determination  of the
stockholders entitled to such documents.

     Section 12. Disposition of Proceeds on Exercise of Warrants.

     (a) The  Warrant  Agent  shall  promptly  forward to the Company all monies
received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through
the exercise of such Warrants.

     (b) The Warrant  Agent shall keep copies of this  Agreement  available  for
inspection by holders of Warrants  during  normal  business  hours.

     Section 13.  Redemption  of Warrants.  The Warrants are  redeemable  by the
Company   commencing   on  ,  1996  (  or  earlier   with  the  consent  of  the
Representative) and prior to their expiration on , 2001, in whole or in part, on
not less than thirty (30) days' prior  written  notice at a redemption  price of
$.01 per Warrant at any time; provided that the average closing bid price of the

                                       22

<PAGE>

Common Stock for a period of twenty consecutive trading days ending on the fifth
day prior to the date of any  redemption  notice,  equals or exceeds 150% of the
then effective  Exercise Price of the Warrants.  Any redemption in part shall be
made pro rata to all Warrant holders.  The redemption  notice shall be mailed to
the  holders of the  Warrants at their  respective  addresses  appearing  in the
Warrant  register.  Holders of the Warrants will have exercise  rights until the
close of business on the date fixed for redemption.


     Section 14. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Warrant Agent. Any
corporation or company which may succeed to the corporate  trust business of the
Warrant Agent by any merger or consolidation or otherwise shall be the successor
to the Warrant Agent  hereunder  without the execution or filing of any paper or
any  further act on the part of any of the parties  hereto,  provided  that such
corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Warrant Agent under
the  provisions  of  Section  16 of this  Agreement.  In case at the  time  such
successor  to the  Warrant  Agent  shall  succeed to the agency  created by this
Agreement,  any of the Warrants shall have been countersigned but not delivered,
any such  successor to the Warrant Agent may adopt the  countersignature  of the
original  Warrant Agent and deliver such Warrants so  countersigned.  In case at
any time the name of the Warrant  Agent shall be changed and at such time any of
the Warrants shall have been countersigned but not delivered,  the Warrant Agent
may adopt the

                                       23

<PAGE>

countersignature under its prior name and deliver Warrants so countersigned.  In
all such cases such Warrants  shall have the full force provided in the Warrants
and in the Agreement.

     Section 15.  Duties of Warrant  Agent.  The Warrant  Agent  undertakes  the
duties and  obligations  imposed by this Agreement upon the following  terms and
conditions,  by all of which the Company and the holders of  Warrants,  by their
acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

     (a) The  statements  of  fact  and  recitals  contained  herein  and in the
Warrants  shall be taken as  statements  of the Company,  and the Warrant  Agent
assumes no responsibility  for the correctness of any of the same except as such
describe  the  Warrant  Agent or action  taken or to be taken by it. The Warrant
Agent assumes no responsibility with respect to the distribution of the Warrants
except as herein expressly provided.

     (b) The  Warrant  Agent  shall not be  responsible  for any  failure of the
Company to comply with any of the covenants in this Agreement or in the Warrants
to be complied  with by the  Company.

     (c) The Warrant Agent may consult at any time with counsel  satisfactory to
it (who may be counsel for the  Company)  and the  Warrant  Agent shall incur no
liability  or  responsibility  to the Company or to any holder of any Warrant in
respect of any action  taken,  suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith
and in accordance with the opinion or the advice of such counsel.

                                       24

<PAGE>

     (d) The Warrant  Agent shall incur no  liability or  responsibility  to the
Company or to any holder of any Warrant for any action  taken in reliance on any
notice,  resolution,  waiver,  consent,  order,  certificate or other instrument
believed by it to be genuine and to have been  signed,  sent or presented by the
proper party or parties.

     (e) The Company agrees to pay to the Warrant Agent reasonable  compensation
for  all  services  rendered  by the  Warrant  Agent  in the  execution  of this
Agreement,  to  reimburse  the  Warrant  Agent  for  all  expenses,   taxes  and
governmental  charges and other  charges  incurred  by the Warrant  Agent in the
execution  of this  Agreement  and to  indemnify  the Warrant  Agent and save it
harmless  against  any and  all  liabilities,  including  judgments,  costs  and
reasonable  counsel  fees,  for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in
the  execution  of this  Agreement  except  as a result of the  Warrant  Agent's
negligence,  willful  misconduct  or bad faith.

     (f) The Warrant Agent shall be under no obligation to institute any action,
suit or legal  proceeding or to take any other action likely to involve expenses
unless the Company or one or more  registered  holders of Warrants shall furnish
the Warrant  Agent with  reasonable  security  and  indemnity  for any costs and
expenses  which may be incurred (for which there is no obligation of the Company
to do so,  except as provided  herein) but this  provision  shall not affect the
power  of the  Warrant  Agent to take  such  action  as the  Warrant  Agent  may
considerproper,  whether  with or without any such  security or  indemnity.  All

                                       25

<PAGE>

rights of action  under  this  Agreement  or under  any of the  Warrants  may be
enforced by the Warrant Agent  without the  possession of any of the Warrants or
the production  thereof at any trial or other  proceeding,  and any such action,
suit or proceeding  instituted by the Warrant Agent shall be brought in its name
as Warrant Agent,  and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit
of the  registered  holders  of the  Warrants,  as their  respective  rights and
interests may appear.

     (g) The Warrant Agent and any stockholder,  director,  officer,  partner or
employee of the Warrant  Agent may buy,  sell or deal in any of the  Warrants or
other  securities  of  the  Company  or  become  pecuniarily  interested  in any
transaction  in which the Company may be  interested,  or contract  with or lend
money to or otherwise  act as fully and freely as though it were not the Warrant
Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from
acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

     (h) The Warrant  Agent shall act  hereunder  solely as agent and its duties
shall be determined solely by the provisions  hereof.

     (i) The Warrant  Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers
hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through
its  attorneys,  agents  or  employees,  and  the  Warrant  Agent  shall  not be
answerable or accountable for any such attorneys, agents or employees or for any
loss  to the  Company,  provided  reasonable  care  had  been  exercised  in the
selection and continued employment thereof.

                                       26

<PAGE>

     (j) Any request, direction,  election, order or demand of the Company shall
be sufficiently  evidenced by an instrument signed in the name of the Company by
its President or a Vice President or its Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary or
its  Treasurer  or an  Assistant  Treasurer  (unless  other  evidence in respect
thereof be herein specifically  prescribed);  and any resolution of the Board of
Directors may be evidenced to the Warrant  Agent by a copy thereof  certified by
the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company.  Section 16. Change of
Warrant  Agent.  The Warrant Agent may resign and be discharged  from its duties
under this  Agreement  by giving to the Company  notice in  writing,  and to the
holders of the  Warrants  notice by mailing  such notice to the holders at their
respective  addresses  appearing on the Warrant  register,  of such resignation,
specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect. The Warrant Agent may
be removed by like  notice to the  Warrant  Agent from the  Company and the like
mailing of notice to the holders of the  Warrants.  If the  Warrant  Agent shall
resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of action,  the Company
shall  appoint a successor to the Warrant  Agent.  If the Company  shall fail to
make such appointment  within a period of thirty (30) days after such removal or
after it has been notified in writing of such  resignation  or incapacity by the
resigning or incapacitated Warrant Agent or after the Company has received such

                                       27

<PAGE>

notice  from a  registered  holder of a Warrant  (who shall,  with such  notice,
submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of
any Warrant may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor  to the Warrant  Agent.  Any  successor  Warrant  Agent,  whether
appointed by the Company or by such a court,  shall be a bank or trust  company,
in  good  standing,   incorporated   under  any  state  or  federal  law.  After
appointment,  the successor  Warrant Agent shall be vested with the same powers,
rights,  duties and responsibility as if it had been originally named as Warrant
Agent without further act or deed and the former Warrant Agent shall deliver and
transfer to the  successor  Warrant Agent all  cancelled  Warrants,  records and
property at the time held by it  hereunder,  and execute and deliver any further
assurance or conveyance  necessary for the purpose.  Failure to file or mail any
notice provided for in this Section,  however, or any defect therein,  shall not
affect the validity of the  resignation  or removal of the Warrant  Agent or the
appointment of the successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be.

     Section 17. Identity of Transfer  Agent.  Forthwith upon the appointment of
any transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock or of any subsequent  transfer
agent for the shares of Common  Stock or other  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock  issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase  represented  by the
Warrants, the Company will file with the Warrant Agent a statement setting forth
the name and address of such transfer agent.

                                       28

<PAGE>

     Section 18.  Notices.  Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given by
the Warrant Agent,  or by the  registered  holder of any Warrant to the Company,
shall  be  sufficiently  given if sent by  first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,
addressed  (until  another is filed in writing by the  Company  with the Warrant
Agent) as follows:

                           American International Consolidated, Inc.
                           14603 Chrisman
                           Houston, Texas 77039

                           Attention: John Wilson, Chief Executive Officer


                             and a copy thereof to:

                           Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus, P.C.
                           1200 Seventeenth Street, Suite 2600
                           New York, New York 80202

                           Attention: Alan Talesnick, Esq.

     Any notice  pursuant to this Agreement to be given by the Company or by the
registered  holder of any  Warrant to the Warrant  Agent  shall be  sufficiently
given if sent by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  addressed (until another
address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company) as follows:

                           [     ] Stock
                             Transfer & Trust Company
                                    ADDRESS

                           Attention:  Compliance Department



                                       29

<PAGE>

     Any notice  pursuant to this  Agreement to be given to the Warrant Agent or
by the  Company to the  Representative  shall be  sufficiently  given if sent by
first-class mail, postage prepaid,  addressed (until another address if filed in
writing with the Warrant Agent) as follows:

                           Dalton Kent Securities Group, Inc.
                           330 Seventh Avenue
                           New York, New York 10001
                           Attention:  Mr. Alan Elkes, CEO

                  and a copy thereof to:

                           Schneck Weltman Hashmall & Mischel LLP
                           1285 Avenue of the Americas
                           New York, New York 10019

                           Attention:  Gregory Sichenzia, Esq.


     Section 19. Supplements and Amendments.  The Company, the Warrant Agent and
the  Representative  may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement in
order to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision  contained
herein which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provision  herein,
or to make any other  provisions  in  regard to  matters  or  questions  arising
hereunder  which the Company and the Warrant  Agent and the  Representative  may
deem  necessary  or  desirable  and  which  shall not be  inconsistent  with the
provisions of the Warrants and which shall not adversely  affect the interest of
the holders of Warrants.

     Section 20. New York  Contract.  This  Agreement  and each  Warrant  issued
hereunder  shall be deemed to be a contract  made under the laws of the State of
New  York  and  shall  be  construed  in  accordance  with  the laws of New York
applicable to agreements to be performed wholly within New York.

                                       30

<PAGE>

     Section 21. Benefits of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed to give to any person or  corporation  other than the  Representative,
the Company and the Warrant Agent and the registered holders of the Warrants any
legal or  equitable  right,  remedy  or claim  under  this  Agreement;  but this
Agreement  shall be for the sole  and  exclusive  benefit  of the  Company,  the
Warrant Agent and the registered holders of the Warrants.


     Section 22. Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement
by or for the benefit of the Company,  the  Representative  or the Warrant Agent
shall bind and inure to the benefit of their  respective  successors and assigns
hereunder.  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have entered into this Agreement on
the date first above written. AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSOLIDATED, INC.


                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------------
                                           John Wilson, Chief Executive Officer


                                          [    ] STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------

                                       DALTON KENT SECURITIES GROUP, INC.



                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------

                                       31


             

                                 August 5, 1996



U.S. Securities And Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

Gentlemen and Ladies:

     We have acted as counsel for American  International  Consolidated  Inc., a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection with the registration on
Form S-1 under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  of up to 900,000 shares
of the Company's  $.001 par value common stock  ("Common  Stock") and Redeemable
Common Stock  Purchase  Warrants  ("Warrants")  to purchase up to an  additional
450,000 shares of Common Stock.

     We have examined the  Certificate  Of  Incorporation  and the Bylaws of the
Company and the record of the Company's  corporate  proceedings  concerning  the
registration   described  above.  In  addition,  we  have  examined  such  other
certificates,  agreements,  documents  and  papers,  and we have made such other
inquiries and  investigations of law as we have deemed appropriate and necessary
in order to express the opinion set forth in this letter.  In our  examinations,
we have assumed the  genuineness  of all  signatures,  the  authenticity  of all
documents submitted to us as originals, photostatic, or conformed copies and the
authenticity of the originals of all such latter documents.  In addition,  as to
certain matters we have relied upon  certificates  and advice from various state
authorities  and public  officials,  and we have  assumed  the  accuracy  of the
material and the factual matters contained herein.

     Subject  to  the  foregoing   and  on  the  basis  of  the   aforementioned
examinations  and  investigations,  it is our opinion  that the shares of Common
Stock  being  registered  by the  Company,  if and when  sold and  delivered  as
described in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration
Statement"),  will  have been  duly  authorized  and  legally  issued,  and will
constitute  fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of the Company's Common Stock.
Further, the Warrants,  if and when issued, will represent the right to purchase
shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  all as set  forth in the  Registration
Statement.

     We hereby consent (a) to be named in the Registration  Statement and in the
prospectus  that  constitutes  a  part  of  the  Registration  Statement  as the
attorneys passing,  on behalf of the Company,  upon the validity of the issuance
of the Common  Stock and  Warrants,  and (b) to the filing of this opinion as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement.



<PAGE>


U.S. Securities And Exchange Commission
August 5, 1996
Page 2

     This  opinion is to be used solely for the purpose of the  registration  of
the Common Stock and Warrants and may not be used for any other purpose.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                       /s/ Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus
                                           Professional Corporation

                                           BEARMAN TALESNICK & CLOWDUS
                                           Professional Corporation

BTC:sl
Enclosures







                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


This Loan  Agreement ( the  "Agreement"  ) is entered into  effective  April 24,
1996, by and among AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION,  INC., (the "Borrower"),
METAL BUILDING COMPONENTS,  INC. ( the "Lender" ), and DANNY ROY CLEMONS,  RALPH
LEROY FARRAR,  JUDITH ANN FARRAR,  JIMMY WAYNE WILLIAMS,  SHIRLEY BETH WILLIAMS,
and JOHN THOMAS WILSON  (individually and collectively  called the "Guarantors,"
jointly and severally).

                              I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE

1.1 Lender has loaned to Borrower,  and Borrower has borrowed  from Lender,  the
total   principal   sum  of  Two  Million   Four   Hundred   Thousand   Dollars,
($2,400,000.00).

1.2 Pursuant to the terms and conditions of this  Agreement and other  documents
and loan papers  executed  contemporaneously  herewith,  Borrower will execute a
Promissory  Note (The "Note") in the  principal  sum of Two Million Four Hundred
Thousand Dollars  ($2,400,000.00),  dated April 24, 1996 in favor of Lender. The
principal  and  interest   accruing  thereon  under  the  Note,  and  all  other
indebtedness  arising under the Loan  Documents is referred to  collectively  in
this  Agreement as the  "Indebtedness".  The  Indebtedness  shall continue to be
secured by a blanket security  interest in and encumbering all of the Collateral
together  with  Guarantors'  guarantee  of  performance  of  all  of  Borrower's
obligations and payment of the Indebtedness in favor of Lender. The "Collateral"
is more fully described in Article III of this Agreement.

1.3  Performance  and payment of the Note and the other Loan  Documents has been
guaranteed by the Guarantors  pursuant to their respective  Guaranty  Agreements
executed  in  connection  with the Note.  This  Agreement,  the  Note,  Security
Agreement,  Deeds of Trust,  Guaranty  Agreements  and all other  documents  and
instruments executed in connection with the Note together with the documents and
instruments  referred to or executed in  connection  with in this  Agreement are
collectively for convenience referred to as the "Loan Documents."

1.4 The  purpose of this  Agreement  is to set forth the terms of the  financing
arrangement among Borrower, Lender and the Guarantors.

1.5 Terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the  definitions  assigned in
this Agreement.

1.6 In consideration of the conditions, covenants, representations,  warranties,
statements and agreements  contained in this Agreement,  inducements made by the
Borrower  and  Guarantors  for the  benefit  of  Lender,  and of other  good and
valuable   considerations,   the  receipt  and  adequacy  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged  by the  parties  to  this  Agreement,  Borrower,  Lender  and  the
Guarantors  each and all  agree to the terms  and  conditions  set forth in this
Agreement.


                      II. LOAN AND MAXIMUM DEBT LIMITATIONS


2.1 Note. As of the effective date of execution of this Agreement,  Borrower has
an unpaid  principal  balance  of Two  Million  Four  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
($2,400,000.00).  The  Note  will be paid in the  form  and  amount  of the Note
attached hereto,  designated  Exhibit "A" . The terms and conditions of interest
accrual and repayment are more fully set forth in the Note.

2.2  Prepayment.  Borrower shall be entitled at any time, and from time to time,
to make prepayments of the Indebtedness  owed by it to Lender without premium or
penalty. Any and all prepayments shall be applied and credited first against the
interest  then due on the Note,  and  second  as  payment  on the next  maturing
principal  payment owing on the Note. If the source of funds for any  prepayment
is derived from liquidation of the Collateral,  then such prepayment(s) shall be
applied in the manner required by Section 3.4 of this Agreement.


<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996 

2.3 Prepayment  From Proceeds of Public Offering of Stock.  Borrower  intends to
issue a public  offering of its stock for  approximately  Five  Million  Dollars
($5,000,000.00).  In the event Borrower is successful in completing  said public
offering,  Borrower hereby agrees that One Million Two Hundred  Thousand Dollars
($1,200,000.00)  of the  Indebtedness  shall become due and payable and Borrower
hereby   agrees  to  utilize   One  Million   Two   Hundred   Thousand   Dollars
($1,200,000.00) of the proceeds of said public offering to make a payment of the
Indebtedness as outlined in Section 2.2 of this  Agreement.  Upon the payment of
said amount,  the payment  schedule under the Note shall be adjusted so that the
remaining  principal  balance of said Note shall be amortized  in equal  monthly
installments  over the remaining  time period under the terms and  conditions of
said Note.

2.4 Term of Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement  shall remain
in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties  hereto until all
the  Indebtedness and all Loan Documents are fully satisfied by the Borrower and
Guarantors.


                                 III. COLLATERAL

3.1 Security Interest. Subject to security interests previously granted in favor
of FCLT,  L.P., a Texas  limited  partnership,  and Graybar,  and subject to any
subordination  agreed to herein or  otherwise  consented  to by  Lender,  and as
security for the  performance of the "Secured  Obligations"  (defined in Section
3.7 hereof), the Borrower and Guarantors have previously transferred,  assigned,
or granted to Lender,  and  hereby  reaffirm,  and to the extent not  previously
transferred,  assigned  or  granted,  do hereby  transfer,  assign  and grant to
Lender,  a first  priority  security  interest and lien in and  encumbering  the
following property of the Borrower and Guarantors:


     (a)  All of Borrower's accounts,  equipment,  inventory,  goods,  chattels,
          instruments,  and  documents,  whenever  acquired or arising,  and all
          proceeds  and  products  thereof  in  any  form  derived.  By  way  of
          illustration  and  not by way of  limitation,  the  terms  "accounts,"
          "equipment,"  and "inventory"  shall be deemed to include within their
          meanings the following:

          (i)     "accounts"  shall  include  any and all rights of  Borrower to
                  payment  for goods  sold or leased or for  services  rendered,
                  which  rights are not  evidenced by an  instrument  or chattel
                  paper,  whether  due or to become  due and  whether or not the
                  rights have been earned by performance;

          (ii)    "equipment"  shall  include  any  and  all  goods,   including
                  fixtures,  of the  Borrower,  other than  inventory,  wherever
                  located  and  whether   now  owned  or   hereafter   acquired,
                  including, but not limited to, machinery, computers, vehicles,
                  rolling stock,  motors,  controls,  tools,  parts,  furniture,
                  furnishings   and   office   machines,   together   with   all
                  attachments,   accessories,    replacements,    substitutions,
                  additions and  improvements to any of the foregoing,  whenever
                  acquired or arising by Borrower,  but excluding any such goods
                  leased by Borrower from others; and

          (iii)   "inventory"  shall include any and all goods,  merchandise and
                  other personal  property of the Borrower,  wherever located or
                  in transit,  that may at any time be held for sale or lease or
                  to be furnished under any contract for services,  be so leased
                  or furnished,  or constitute raw  materials,  work in process,
                  supplies or materials that are or might be used or consumed in
                  the business or in connection with the  manufacture,  packing,
                  shipping,  advertising,  selling, leasing or finishing of such
                  goods,  merchandise or ther personal  property,  together with
                  all  attachments,  accessories,  replacements,  substitutions,
                  additions and  improvements  to any of the foregoing,  whether
                  now owned or  hereafter  acquired,  and all such  property the
                  sale or other  disposition of which has given rise to accounts
                  and which has been  returned  to,  repossessed,  or stopped in
                  transit by or on behalf of the Borrower.

                                       2


<PAGE>

                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

                 
     (b)  Real  property  together  with  improvements  of  Borrower,   American
          International  Construction,  Inc. more fully described on Exhibit "B"
          attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof.

     (c)  2,257,401 shares of issued and outstanding  capital stock of Borrower,
          pledged by the holders of the Certificates evidencing such stock ( the
          "Pledgors" ).

     (d)  All  documents  and  documents  of title,  including  bills of lading,
          warehouse receipts,  trust receipts and the like,  evidencing title to
          any of the Collateral.

     (e)  Any  interests of Borrower in any personal  property from which any of
          the properties,  assets and rights described  herein arise,  including
          repossessed, reclaimed, replevied and returned goods, goods stopped in
          transit by the Borrower, and goods covered by chattel paper.

     (f)  All  rights  and  claims  of  Borrower  in or under  all  policies  of
          insurance  covering  the  Collateral,  including  but not  limited  to
          insurance  for  fire,  damage,  loss and  casualty,  whether  covering
          personal  property,  tangible  rights  together with the proceeds,  or
          products,  renewals and replacements  thereof,  including  prepaid and
          unearned premiums.

     (g)  All books and  records,  including  but not  limited to credit  files,
          computer programs,  printouts and other computer materials and records
          pertaining to any of the Collateral.

     (h)  Without  in any way  limiting  the  foregoing,  whether  derived  from
          voluntary or involuntary disposition, all proceeds and products of the
          Collateral, and all renewals, replacements,  substitutions, additions,
          accessions,  rents,  issues,  royalties  and  profits  of  any  of the
          Collateral,  whether now owned or existing  or  hereafter  acquired or
          arising.

All  of the  Property  of  Borrower,  Pledgors  and  Guarantors  identified  and
described in this Section  3.1, or in the Loan  Documents to which  reference is
made herein,  is referred to  collectively in this Agreement for convenience and
clarity as the "Collateral."

3.2 Lender  hereby agrees to allow  Borrower to  substitute  another Bank and/or
lending  institution for FCLT, L.P., a Texas limited partnership should Borrower
be successful in obtaining a similar or more  favorable loan agreement with said
institution  provided Lender's security under these Loan Agreements is in no way
impaired by such substitution, and Borrower obtains Lender's written approval of
said substitution. Said written approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3.3 Collateral Documents. As evidence of the security for the performance of the
Secured Obligations,  the following agreements have been or shall be provided to
Lender by Borrower and other designated parties:

     (a)  Security Agreement dated April 24, 1996, executed by Borrower.

     (b)  Third Lien Deed of Trust  dated April 24,  1996,  executed by American
          International Construction, Inc.

     (c)  Deed of Trust dated April 30, 1996, executed by American International
          Construction, Inc.

     (d)  Security  Agreement-Pledge  dated April 24, 1996, executed by American
          International  Construction,  Inc.,  Danny Roy  Clemons,  Ralph  Leroy
          Farrar,  Judith Ann Farrar,  John Thomas Wilson,  Jimmy Wayne Williams
          and Shirley Beth Williams.


                                       3
<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996
 
     (e)  Absolute, unconditional,  unlimited and continuing guaranty of payment
          and performance of Borrower's  obligations to Lender  evidenced by the
          Guaranty  dated April 24,  1996,  executed by  Guarantor,  John Thomas
          Wilson.

     (f)  Absolute, unconditional,  unlimited and continuing guaranty of payment
          and performance of Borrower's  obligations to Lender  evidenced by the
          Guaranty  dated  April 24,  1996,  executed  by  Guarantor,  Danny Roy
          Clemons.

     (g)  Absolute, unconditional,  unlimited and continuing guaranty of payment
          and performance of Borrower's  obligations to Lender  evidenced by the
          Guaranty  dated April 24, 1996,  executed by  Guarantors,  Ralph Leroy
          Farrar and Judith Ann Farrar.

     (h)  Absolute, unconditional,  unlimited and continuing guaranty of payment
          and performance of Borrower's  obligations to Lender  evidenced by the
          Guaranty  dated April 24, 1996,  executed by  Guarantors,  Jimmy Wayne
          Williams and Shirley Beth Williams.

     (i)  Continuing   Guaranty  agreements  dated  effective  April  24,  1996,
          executed by each of the Guarantors in favor of Lender.

3.4  Collateral  Proceeds.  Subject only to the rights of  Borrower's  creditors
holding lien claims  superior to that granted to Lender,  proceeds  derived from
the  liquidation  of the  Collateral  other  than  in  the  ordinary  course  of
Borrower's  businesses shall be immediately delivered by Borrower to Lender with
the exception that proceeds derived from  non-ordinary  course of business sales
of Collateral which are less than $10,000.00 in the aggregate may be retained by
the Borrower for use in its ongoing business  operations.  All proceeds received
by Lender shall be applied by Lender first to the interest then due on the Note,
and second as payment on the next maturing principal payment owing on the Note.

3.5 Continuing Liability and Security Interest. Borrower shall not be discharged
from the security interests granted to Lender by any act of Lender which extends
the time, renews obligations,  or results in the taking of additional  security,
or releases a part or all of the Collateral.

3.6 Binding  Effect.  The rights and  privileges of Lender under this  Agreement
with respect to the Collateral  shall inure to the benefit of the successors and
assigns of Lender, and all covenants,  representations,  obligations, warranties
and agreements of Borrower and Guarantors shall be binding upon their respective
heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided that Lender shall
provide Borrower with written notice of any such assignment.

3.7 Secured  Obligations.  As used herein, the term "Secured  Obligations" shall
mean the obligations to pay all of the  Indebtedness  covered by this Agreement,
both   presently   existing   and  all   modifications,   renewals,   increases,
replacements,  restatements,  extensions and changes in the form thereof, all of
the contractual  obligations  arising under the Loan Documents,  which presently
exist or come into  existence in the future,  including  without  limitation all
costs,  attorneys' fees, and collateral  preservation  and disposition  expenses
incurred by Lender.

3.8  Cross-Collateralization  and  Cross-Default.  The  Collateral  secures  all
Indebtedness  of Borrower to Lender  arising  under the Loan  Documents  and all
Indebtedness  arising  out of sales of goods on open  account for each and every
invoice that remains  unpaid in whole or in part for more than  forty-five  (45)
days from the date of  invoice,  and any Event of Default  under any of the Loan
Documents shall constitute an Event of Default under all of the Loan Documents.


                                       4


<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

            IV. CONDITIONS, COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The matters  described  in the  following  provisions  of this  Article IV shall
constitute  conditions  precedent to this Agreement and the funding of the Note,
and shall be continuing conditions, covenants, representations and warranties of
Borrower and Guarantors to Lender.

4.1 Corporate Existence. Borrower is validly organized and existing under and by
virtue of the laws of the States of Delaware and Texas.  The  corporate  charter
and  franchise  of  Borrower  is in good  standing  in Texas.  Borrower  is duly
qualified to do business and is in good standing in every state and jurisdiction
in which it does or will do business.  Borrower  shall  maintain  its  corporate
existence  in  good  standing  and  comply  with  all  laws,   regulations   and
governmental  requirements applicable to it or to any of its property,  business
operations and transactions.

4.2 Conduct of Business. The existence of Borrower and amenability to service of
process  in  courts of the  State of Texas  and all of its  rights,  franchises,
privileges,  permits,  and  licenses  necessary  for  its  business  or for  the
ownership,  location and/or operation of its property and assets,  including but
not limited to the  Collateral,  shall at all times be preserved and maintained.
Borrower  shall  conduct and maintain its business in an orderly,  efficient and
regular  manner  and in  compliance  with all  applicable  laws,  including  all
regulatory requirements applicable to business operations, if any.

4.3  Authority.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents  by the  Borrower  and  the due  observation  and  performance  by the
Borrower of the terms, provisions and covenants set forth therein are within the
corporate powers of the Borrower,  have been duly authorized,  do not contravene
or violate any law or term or provision of the articles of incorporation, bylaws
or  any  corporate  resolution  of the  shareholders  or  directors,  and do not
contravene,  violate or  constitute  a default  under any  contract,  indenture,
agreement  or  undertaking  to which the  Borrower is a party or by the terms of
which the Borrower or any property or assets are bound.

4.4 Borrower  Operations  and Tax Warranty.  The following  representations  and
warranties are made by the Borrower, and shall be relied upon by Lender:

     (a)  Borrower  shall  maintain all tangible  property in good condition and
          repair and make all necessary  replacements  thereof, and preserve and
          maintain all licenses,  privileges,  franchises,  certificates and the
          like necessary for the operation of business.

     (b)  Borrower shall promptly pay all of its indebtedness, including but not
          limited to the Indebtedness,  as it comes due, and all taxes,  levies,
          assessments and any other charges legally imposed upon the Collateral;
          provided,  however,  that this  provision  shall not be  construed  to
          require  the  payment  of any tax,  assessment  or other  charge,  the
          validity  of  which  is   contested  in  good  faith  by  Borrower  in
          proceedings diligently conducted.

4.5  Insurance.  Borrower shall maintain  insurance with  responsible  insurance
companies  on its  property,  in amounts  and  against  risks as is  customarily
maintained by similar businesses operating in the same vicinity, specifically to
include a policy of fire and extended  coverage  insurance  covering all assets,
business interruption insurance and liability insurance,  all to be underwritten
by such companies and in amounts satisfactory to Lender.  Borrower's evidence of
insurance complying with this Agreement shall be supplied to Lender.

4.6 Tax  Returns  and  Reports.  Borrower  shall duly file all tax  returns  and
reports  required  by law to be  filed,  pay all  taxes as same  become  due and
payable.  Borrower represents that it has paid when due all taxes,  assessments,
fees, and other governmental  charges upon its assets.  This provision shall not
be construed to require the payment of any tax,  assessment or other charge, the
validity  of  which  is  contested  in good  faith by  Borrower  in  proceedings
diligently conducted.

                                       5


<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

4.7  Financial  Reports and  Inspections.  Borrower  shall  maintain a system of
accounting in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles ("GAAP")
consistently applied, and shall maintain its inventory on a First-In,  First-Out
(FIFO) basis, and will permit Lender's officers or authorized representatives to
visit  and  inspect  Borrower's  books of  account  and  other  records  at such
reasonable  times  during  normal  operating  hours of Borrower  and as often as
Lender may  desire.  Borrower  shall  maintain  their books and records at 14603
Chrisman,  Houston, Texas. The following financial reports shall be delivered to
Lender:

     (a)  Within  forty-five  (45)  days  after  the  close  of  each  month  of
          Borrower's  fiscal  year,  Borrower  shall  make  available  to Lender
          financial statements,  including a balance sheet and income statement,
          prepared in accordance with GAAP, evidencing the results of Borrower's
          financial affairs during that month. Accompanying said statement shall
          be a certification  by the Chief Executive  Officer or Chief Financial
          Officer  of  Borrower  indicating  that to the best of said  Officer's
          knowledge,  information  and belief the  covenants  contained in these
          Loan Documents have not been violated.

     (b)  Within  sixty (60) days  after the close of each  month of  Borrower's
          fiscal  year,  Borrower  shall  make  available  to  Lender a  monthly
          accounts  receivable  aging,  accounts  payable  aging  and  inventory
          listing.

     (c)  Within one  hundred  five  (105)  days  after the close of  Borrower's
          fiscal  year,   Borrower  shall  make  available  to  Lender  audited,
          nonqualified   fiscal  year  end  financial   statements  prepared  in
          accordance with GAAP. The annual financial  statements shall include a
          balance  sheet,  statement  of  income  and  retained  earnings  and a
          statement of changes in financial position.

     (d)  Borrower shall make available to Lender such  additional  information,
          reports or statements respecting its business operations and financial
          condition  as Lender may  reasonably  request from time to time solely
          for purposes related to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     (e)  Borrower shall permit and facilitate the audit of Borrower's  systems,
          inventory and financial  affairs by Lender's  designated agent at such
          times  as are  reasonably  requested  by  Lender,  but not  less  than
          annually in any event. If Lender requests that an independent audit be
          performed  other than the annual  independent  audit  currently  being
          performed by Borrower,  Lender  shall bear all costs  associated  with
          said independent audit, provided, in the aggregate, a material adverse
          variance  does not  exist  from the  statements  previously  issued by
          Borrower's  chosen  auditors.  For  purposes  of  this  provision  , a
          material  adverse  variance  shall be defined as a net  variance  that
          exceeds,  after  aggregating  and  offsetting all adverse and positive
          variances,  One Hundred  Thousand Dollars and reduces pre-tax earnings
          by Ten  Percent  (10%) or more.  In the event that a material  adverse
          variance  is  revealed,  the  costs  of said  audit  shall be borne by
          Borrower.  Excluded from this provision are material adverse variances
          that exist as a result of errors in  project  cost  estimates  made in
          good faith upon management representation.

     (f)  Lender shall utilize all information obtained from Borrower under this
          Agreement  only  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  and/or  preserving
          Lender's rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

4.8 Lien  Priority.  Borrower  warrants  that the security  interests  and other
encumbrances  granted to Lender  pursuant to the Loan Documents are and shall be
of first  priority in and  encumbering  the  Collateral,  except as disclosed to
Lender prior to the effective date of the Note.


                                       6

<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996


4.9 Notice of Collateral  Location.  Borrower  shall provide  Lender with twenty
(20) days  advance  notice of all  proposed  changes in  location  of any of the
Collateral pledged to Lender,  excluding only the use of tools and equipment and
the storage of materials  on  construction  job sites in the ordinary  course of
Borrower's business.

4.10  Cooperation.  Borrower  will  cooperate  with Lender and will execute such
security agreements, deeds of trust, financing statements, and other instruments
and documents in forms  satisfactory to Lender,  as Lender may from time to time
reasonably  request in connection  with this  Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, to cause the Collateral to be continuously secured to Lender.

4.11 Adverse  Conditions or Events.  Borrower  shall  promptly  advise Lender in
writing of any  condition,  event or act which comes to its attention that would
materially and adversely  affect the Borrower's  financial  condition,  Lender's
rights in or to the Collateral under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents,
and of any litigation filed against the Borrower, except litigation filed in the
ordinary course of business.

4.12  Litigation.  Borrower  represents  and  warrants  that,  except  for those
litigation  matters  identified on the Litigation  Disclosure  attached  hereto,
designated Exhibit "C", there are no proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of
Borrower,  threatened  against the Borrower  before any court or  administrative
agency,  except as  disclosed  in writing by the Borrower to Lender prior to the
execution of this Agreement.  American  International  Construction,  Inc. shall
have the right to file liens and take such other legal action as is necessary to
protect the Collateral.

4.13 No Fraudulent Transfer or Preference. BORROWER AND GUARANTORS REPRESENT AND
WARRANT TO LENDER,  AND INTEND THAT LENDER MATERIALLY RELY UPON  REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, THAT IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN
TRANSACTION  DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT,  THEY HAVE ENTERED INTO THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS  EXECUTED IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS AGREEMENT  VOLUNTARILY
AND IN GOOD  FAITH,  WITHOUT  ANY  FRAUD,  MISREPRESENTATION,  DURESS  OR  UNDUE
INFLUENCE  WHATSOEVER  OR  ANY  MISUNDERSTANDING  ON THE  PART  OF  BORROWER  OR
GUARANTORS;  AND BORROWER AND GUARANTORS  FURTHER REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT THE
AGREEMENTS  EVIDENCED BY THIS  AGREEMENT  AND THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS  ARE NOT
GIVEN AS A PREFERENCE AGAINST OR IN FRAUD OF ANY OTHER CREDITORS OF THE BORROWER
OR GUARANTORS;  BORROWER AND GUARANTORS ACKNOWLEDGE AND CONFIRM WITH LENDER THAT
IT IS NOT THE INTENT OF ANY PARTIES TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR THE LOAN  DOCUMENTS BY
ENTERING INTO SUCH  AGREEMENTS  TO HINDER,  DELAY OR TO DEFRAUD ANY CREDITORS OF
BORROWER OR GUARANTORS.  BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS NO OTHER
CREDITORS WHOSE RIGHTS COULD BE PREJUDICED BY THE TRANSACTION  EVIDENCED BY THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.


                              V. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower  covenants  and agrees with Lender that during the term of the Note and
this  Agreement it will not do any of the  following  without the prior  written
consent of Lender:

5.1 Liabilities. Borrower shall not create, incur, suffer or permit to exist, or
assume or  guarantee,  directly,  or become or remain liable with respect to any
liability, whether direct, indirect,  absolute,  contingent or otherwise, except
the following:

     (a)  Indebtedness to Lender;

     (b)  other liabilities  existing on the date of this Agreement as set forth
          on Schedule B; and

     (c)  current and future accounts  payable and unsecured  current and future
          liabilities,  permitted  by  this  Agreement,  in  favor  of  vendors,
          suppliers and persons providing  services,  for expenditures for goods
          and  services  normally  required  by it in  the  ordinary  course  of
          business and on ordinary trade terms.  It is understood  that Borrower
          shall be allowed to continue to pursue the intial  public  offering of
          its stock, and in that regard, to incur reasonable  liabilities (up to
          $300,000.00  - exclusive  of broker's  commission)  in pursuit of said
          public offering. Said public offering must be fully sold and funded by
          October 31, 1996; and

                                       7
<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

     (d)  Five Hundred Thousand Dollar ($500,000.00) loan referred to in Section
          5.2 and previously disclosed to Lender.

5.2 Liens. Except in the ordinary course of business,  Borrower shall not grant,
suffer or permit liens on or security  interests in Borrower's  assets to secure
indebtedness   exceeding   $15,000.00  per  transaction  or  $50,000.00  in  the
aggregate,  or fail to  promptly  pay all  lawful  claims,  whether  for  labor,
materials  or  otherwise.  Borrower  shall  not  grant or  permit  to exist  any
mortgage,  security  interest or other lien or  encumbrance in or against any of
the  Collateral  now owned or  hereafter  acquired,  except  those  encumbrances
created by or pursuant to the Loan Documents,  those created in favor of Lender,
those  permitted by this  Agreement and those  existing on the date the Note was
executed by the Borrower. In addition, Borrower may grant a security interest in
Borrower's  assets,  which is subordinate to the security interest of Lender, to
the persons or entities granting the Five Hundred Thousand Dollar  ($500,000.00)
loan  referred  to in Section  5.1 (d).  The  $500,000  will be repaid  from the
proceeds of the initial public offering of Borrower's stock and the subordinated
security   interest  will  be  subordinate  to  Lender's  security  interest  in
Borrower's assets.

5.3 Guarantor Compensation. Borrower's total compensation or distribution to any
single employee, who is a Guarantor,  during the term of this Agreement shall be
no greater  than  $150,000  inclusive  of any  payments  as defined in 5.11 (c),
unless the prior written consent of Lender has been granted.  Said consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

5.4 Advances to Third Party.  Borrower  shall not make any advances to any third
parties  other  than  advances  to  employees  for  emergencies  not  to  exceed
$25,000.00 cumulative annually,  and advances in the ordinary course of business
unless the prior written consent of Lender has been granted.  Said consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

5.5 Investments in Third Parties.  Borrower shall not make any investment in any
third party without prior written  consent of Lender.  Said consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld..

5.6 Ownership  Change.  Borrower shall not merge or consolidate with or into any
other  corporation,  organize  any  subsidiary,  enter  into  or  invest  in any
partnership,  joint  venture or other asset  acquisition  or agreement  with any
individual, corporation, organization or other entity or association, change its
form of organization or business,  liquidate itself or otherwise  dispose of all
or substantially  all of its assets, or acquire all or a substantial part of the
assets of any other  business  enterprise  unless the prior  written  consent of
Lender has been granted. Said consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Lender
and  Borrower  hereby  acknowledge  that  Borrower  intends to pursue an initial
public offering of its stock in the immediate  future.  This agreement in no way
prohibits  Borrower from issuing an initial public  offering of its stock.  Upon
receipt of a letter of intent from a brokerage  firm  delineating  the terms and
conditions of said offering,  Borrower shall submit said terms and conditions to
Lender for its consent. Said consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Lender
hereby  consents  to, for  purposes of this  section , the terms and  conditions
outlined in the letter of intent  dated March 12, 1996  executed by Borrower and
previously presented to Lender for its review.

5.7 Borrowings. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or become liable in any
manner for any material  indebtedness (for borrowed money,  deferred payment for
the purchase of assets, lease payments,  as surety or Guarantors for the debt of
another,  or otherwise) other than to Lender,  except for (a) normal trade debts
incurred  in the  ordinary  course of  Borrower's  business,  (b) to the  extent
otherwise  authorized by this  Agreement,  (c) the loan described in Section 5.1
(d), and (d) the existing indebtedness for their operating leasehold and capital
equipment leases as of the date of this Agreement.

5.8 Character of Business.  Borrower  shall not change the general  character of
its business as conducted at the date of this  Agreement,  or engage in any type
of business not  reasonably  related to its  business as presently  and normally
conducted.

                                       8

<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

5.9 Violate Other  Covenants.  Borrower shall not violate or fail to comply with
any  covenants or agreements  regarding  other debt which will or would with the
passage  of time or upon  demand  cause the  maturity  of any  other  debt to be
accelerated.

5.10  Material  Adverse  Change.  Borrower  shall not permit a material  adverse
change to occur (in the good faith  judgment  of the  Lender)  in the  business,
operations,  property,  assets or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the
Borrower which change shall lead the Lender to conclude that reasonable  grounds
exist  for  believing  that  the  Borrower  will  not be  able  to  perform  its
obligations  under this  Agreement or other of the Loan  Documents in accordance
with their respective terms.

5.11 Additional Prohibited Company Transactions. Borrower shall not for the term
of this Agreement:

     (a)  Except for trade debt  incurred in the ordinary  course of  Borrower's
          business,  and except for capital  expenditures made from the proceeds
          of  the  public  offering  of  Borrower's   stock,  make  any  capital
          expenditures in excess of $25,000.00 per transaction or $120,000.00 in
          the aggregate  annually  without the prior written  consent of Lender.
          Said consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     (b)  Engage in any  transaction or  transactions  with any Related  Person,
          except upon terms  similar to those  prevailing  in like  transactions
          with other  parties.  As used herein the term  "Related  Person" shall
          mean any individual, corporation,  organization or other entity who is
          a shareholder,  officer,  director, or employee of the Borrower, or an
          entity in which the Borrower  owns five  percent (5%) or more,  of the
          capital  including  any class of capital.  The term  "Related  Person"
          shall also include any corporation, organization or other entity, five
          percent  (5%) of the  capital  (or five  percent  [5%] of any class of
          capital) of which is owned by a Related Person.

     (c)  Declare  or pay any  cash  dividend,  or  return  any  capital  to its
          stockholders or authorize or make any other  distribution,  payment or
          delivery  of  property or cash to its  officers  or  stockholders,  or
          redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly,
          for  consideration,  any shares of any class of its capital stock,  or
          purchase or otherwise  acquire any shares of stock or obligations  of,
          or  make  loans  or  advances  to,  or  investments  in any  affiliate
          organization  of the  Borrower,  or set aside any funds for any of the
          foregoing purposes and bonuses to stockholders and directors shall not
          exceed  $150,000.00 in the aggregate  unless the prior written consent
          of Lender has been  granted.  Said consent  shall not be  unreasonably
          withheld.

     (d)  Permit at any time the ratio of current assets to current  liabilities
          of each of the Borrowers to decline below.60.

5.12 Guarantors'  Sales of Stock. None of the Guarantors will sell any shares of
the common stock of Borrower,  or any other securities of Borrower,  without the
prior  written  consent  of  Lender.  Said  consent  shall  not be  unreasonably
withheld.

5.13 Lender  Review of  Prospectus.  In connection  with any public  offering of
securities  of  Borrower,  Borrower  shall  provide  Lender  with a copy  of the
Registration  Statement or Prospectus.  Within 48 hours thereafter,  Lender will
indicate to Borrower any objections  that Lender may have to the proposed use of
Lender's  name or the  characterization  of this loan  agreement.  Borrower  and
Lender shall  attempt to cooperate  with one another in agreeing  upon  language
relating to Lender.


5.14 Accounts Payable.  Borrower shall not default in the timely payments of its
accounts payable, including its accounts payable to Lender.


                                       9


<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

                            VI. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

6.1  Events  of  Default.  Each of the  following  shall be  deemed  an Event of
Default:

     (a)  Default shall be made in the payment of any  installment  of principal
          or interest  upon the Note to Lender when due and payable,  whether at
          maturity or otherwise; or

     (b)  Default shall be made in the performance of any material term covenant
          or agreement contained herein or in any other loan document; or

     (c)  Any representation or warranty contained in any of the Loan Documents,
          or  in  any  financial  statement,   certificate,  report  or  opinion
          submitted  to Lender in  connection  with the  Note,  pursuant  to the
          requirements of this Agreement,  or in any of the Loan Documents shall
          prove to have been  incorrect or  misleading  in any material  respect
          when made, except that if such  representation or warranty was made in
          good faith and is incorrect  or  misleading,  Borrower  shall have ten
          (10) days to take the action  required to make the  representation  or
          warranty correct and not misleading; or

     (d)  Any  judgment  against the  Borrower or any  attachment  or other levy
          against the property of the Borrower  with respect to a claim  remains
          unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged,  not bonded or not dismissed
          for a period of ninety (90) days; or

     (e)  Any Guarantor  shall die and all life  insurance  proceeds held by the
          Borrower  are not first  applied to satisfy  the  Indebtedness  or any
          Guarantor shall be adjudicated as bankrupt,  or there is a substantial
          change in ownership  or control of the Borrower  except the event of a
          public offering of Borrower's stock; or

     (f)  Borrower makes an assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  admits in
          writing its  inability to pay its debts  generally as they become due,
          files a petition in bankruptcy,  is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt,
          petitions  or applies to any  tribunal for any receiver or any trustee
          of Borrower for any  substantial  part of its property,  commences any
          action  relating to Borrower  under any  reorganization,  arrangement,
          readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any
          jurisdiction,  whether  now or  hereafter  in  effect,  or if there is
          commenced  against  Borrower any such  action,  and such action is not
          dismissed  within 150 days or the  Borrower by any act  indicates  its
          consent  to or  approval  of  any  trustee  for  the  Borrower  or any
          substantial part of its property,  or suffers any such receivership or
          trustee to continue undischarged; or

     (g)  The death or  termination  of  employment  of any of the four  current
          officers of the Borrower,  John T. Wilson, Danny R. Clemons,  Ralph L.
          Farrar, and Jim W. Williams,  who are Guarantors pursuant to this Loan
          Agreement.

     (h)  For the fiscal year ending  April 30, 1997 and  continuing  thereafter
          for each  successive  fiscal year end  throughout the duration of this
          Loan  Agreement,  Borrower fails to maintain  earnings before interest
          expense equal to One and One-half  Percent.  (1.5%) of gross revenues.
          For purposes of this  provision,  all costs  associated  with a public
          offering of  Borrower's  stock shall be  excluded  from the  foregoing
          performance requirement.

6.2 Remedies Upon Default. If any of the Events of Default stated in Section 6.1
hereof  shall  occur and remain  uncured,  then  Lender may do any or all of the
following  after first giving  Borrower  written notice of the occurrence of the
Event of Default and ten (10) days within  which to cure said  Default  prior to
exercise of these remedies:

                                       10

<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996
 
     (a)  declare the Note and  Indebtedness  to be, and  thereupon the Note and
          Indebtedness  shall  forthwith  become,  immediately  due and payable,
          together with all accrued interest thereon,  without further notice of
          any  kind,  including  notice  of  acceleration  or  of  intention  to
          accelerate,  requirement of presentment and demand or protest,  all of
          which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower and all Guarantors;

     (b)  exercise its rights of offset  against each account and all Collateral
          in the possession of the Lender,  which right is hereby granted by the
          Borrower to Lender;

     (c)  exercise  any and all  other  rights of  Lender  pursuant  to the Loan
          Documents  to the extent not in  material  conflict  with the terms of
          this Agreement; and

     (d)  request  Borrower  to, at its own cost and  expense,  but in  Lender's
          behalf and for  Lender's  account,  collect and  otherwise  enforce as
          Lender's  property  and hold in trust  for  Lender,  all  collections,
          proceeds, products and remittances in whatever form of the Collateral.
          Borrower shall deliver all such  collections,  proceeds,  products and
          remittances  and all amounts  received for the  Collateral,  to Lender
          immediately upon receipt for credit to the Note.

6.3 Remedies  Cumulative.  No remedy,  right or power  conferred  upon Lender is
intended to be exclusive of any other remedy,  right or power given  thereunder,
or now or  hereafter  existing at law,  in equity,  or  otherwise,  and all such
remedies, rights and powers shall be cumulative.

6.4  Definitions.  The  terms  "default",  "event  of  default",  and  "Event of
Default",  wherever used in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and include any
of the events  specified in any of the Loan Documents as  constituting a default
thereunder.

                               VII. MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Conforming Loan Documents.  As of the effective date of this Agreement,  all
terms and  provisions  of the Loan  Documents  are hereby  amended and  modified
wherever necessary,  and even though not specifically addressed herein, so as to
conform to the amendments and modifications set forth in this Agreement.

7.2 Ratification of Loan Documents.  Except as specifically modified and amended
herein,  all of the  terms  and  provisions  of the Loan  Documents  are  hereby
ratified,  affirmed and  reaffirmed by the Borrower and each of the  Guarantors,
and the  Borrower  and  Guarantors  specifically  acknowledge  the  validity and
enforceability of all of the Loan Documents.

7.3  Ratification  of  Liens.  This  Agreement  in no way acts as a  release  or
relinquishment of the liens,  security  interests and rights securing payment of
the  Indebtedness,  including  without  limitation the liens created by the Loan
Documents.  The liens  granted  Lender  are  hereby  ratified  and  affirmed  by
Borrowers in all respects.

7.4 Governing  Law. THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS HAVE
BEEN  OR  WILL  BE  EXECUTED,  DELIVERED  AND  ACCEPTED  PURSUANT  TO A  LENDING
TRANSACTION  NEGOTIATED,  CONSUMMATED,  AND TO BE PERFORMED  IN HOUSTON,  HARRIS
COUNTY, TEXAS AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF TEXAS AND TO BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
THE BORROWER AND THE  GUARANTORS  WAIVE ALL OBJECTIONS TO THE VENUE OF ANY STATE
OR FEDERAL  COURT  SITTING  IN  HOUSTON,  HARRIS  COUNTY,  TEXAS,  IN ANY ACTION
INSTITUTED  BY LENDER BY REASON OF OR ARISING  OUT OF THE  EXECUTION,  DELIVERY,
PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT,  THE TERM NOTE OR ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS.

7.5 Intentionally Deleted.

                                       11

<PAGE>


                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

7.6 Cumulative  Rights and Waiver.  Each and every right granted to Lender under
this  Agreement  or under any other Loan  Document  or allowed  Lender by law or
equity  shall be  cumulative  of and may be exercised in addition to any and all
other rights of Lender,  and no delay in exercising any right shall operate as a
waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender of any right
preclude  any other or future  exercise  thereof  or the  exercise  of any other
right. Any of the foregoing covenants and agreements may be waived by Lender but
only in writing.  Borrower expressly waives any presentment,  demand, protest or
other notice of any kind.

7.7 Conflicting  Provisions.  In the event there should be any conflict  between
the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Loan Documents, the terms
of this Agreement shall control unless otherwise stated.

7.8 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
is  held  invalid  or  unenforceable  for any  reason,  such  invalidity  or the
unenforceability  shall not affect any other provisions  hereof or of other Loan
Documents,  and this Agreement and the other Loan  Documents  shall be construed
and enforced as if such provision had not been included herein or therein.

7.9 Fees and Expenses.  Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all reasonable  fees,
expenses and charges  incurred by Lender with  respect to this  Agreement or the
other Loan Documents,  including, but not limited to, recording and filing fees,
the fees and expenses of legal counsel employed by the Lender in connection with
the documentation and closing of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement,
any other fees and  expenses  involved in the closing of this loan  transaction,
and the fees and  expenses  payable by the Lender  which are  incidental  to the
enforcement,  defense,  modification,  extension or renewal of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan  Documents,  including  attorneys'  fees  incurred  in any
litigation arising out of or relating to this transaction.

7.10  Modification.  This  Agreement  may be amended or modified only in writing
when signed by the Borrower and Lender.  No future  modification or amendment of
any of the Loan Documents  shall require the prior notice to, consent or written
approval of the Guarantors.

7.11 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be (a) delivered
showing  receipt  therefor,  (b) mailed by registered  or certified  mail return
receipt requested, or (c) sent by facsimile transmission, in each case addressed
as follows:

Borrower:                    American International Construction, Inc.
                             Attn: John T. Wilson, C.E.O.
                             14603 Chrisman
                             Houston, Texas  77039
                             Facsimile (713)449-5608

Lender:                      Metal Building Components, Inc.
                             Attn:  A. R. Ginn, President
                             14031 West Hardy
                             Houston, Texas  77060
                             Facsimile (713)445-8606
 
With a copy to :             Sheldon E. Richie
                             Richie & Gueringer, P.C.
                             111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2020
                             Austin, Texas  78701
                             Facsimile (512) 320-7230

Guarantors:                  Danny R. Clemons
                             3300 Sage, Apt. 8204
                             Houston, Texas  77056
                             Facsimile (713)449-5608


                                       12

<PAGE>

                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

                             Ralph L. and Judith A. Farrar
                             16306 Yarnarm Court
                             Crosby, Texas  77532
                             Facsimile (713)449-5608

                             John T. Wilson
                             3300 Sage, Apt. 8204
                             Houston, Texas  77056
                             Facsimile (713)449-5608

                             Jimmy Wayne and Shirley Beth Williams
                             5215 Straight Arrow
                             Humble, Texas  77346
                             Facsimile (713) 449-5608

at the last known  address for such party,  or such other  address  that Lender,
Borrower or Guarantors may by written notice designate.  Notices shall be deemed
to have been given when delivered.

7.12  Headings.  The headings and  arrangements  used in this  Agreement are for
convenience  only and do not  affect,  limit,  amplify  or modify  the terms and
provisions hereof.

7.13 Term. Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein,  this Agreement will
remain in effect  until all of the  obligations  of the Borrower to Lender under
this Agreement and the Loan Documents have been fully satisfied and discharged.

7.14 Survival;  Parties Bound. All  representations,  warranties,  covenants and
agreements  made by or on behalf of the Borrower and  Guarantors  in  connection
herewith  shall survive the execution  and delivery of the Loan  Documents,  and
shall  be  binding  on  the  Borrower  and   Guarantors,   their  heirs,   legal
representatives,  successors and assigns,  and shall inure to the benefit of the
Lender, its successors and assigns.

7.15 Usury Not Intended;  Refund of Any Excess Payments. It is the intent of the
parties in the execution and performance of this Agreement to contract in strict
compliance  with the usury laws of the State of Texas and the  United  States of
America from time to time in effect. In furtherance thereof, Lender and Borrower
stipulate  and agree  that none of the terms and  provisions  contained  in this
Agreement,  or the other Loan  Documents,  shall ever be  construed  to create a
contract to pay for the use,  forbearance or detention of money with interest at
a rate in  excess of the  highest  lawful  rate,  and that for  purposes  hereof
"interest" shall include the aggregate of all charges which constitute  interest
under such laws that are contracted for,  reserved,  taken,  charged or received
under  this  Agreement.  In  determining  whether  or not the  interest  paid or
payable,  under any  specific  contingency,  exceeds  the highest  lawful  rate,
Borrower and Lender shall, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law:

     (a)  treat the loan  evidenced by the Note as a single  extension of credit
          (Borrower and Lender agree that such is the case);

     (b)  characterize any non principal  payment as an expense,  fee or premium
          rather than as interest;

     (c)  exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and

     (d)  "spread"   the  total  amount  of  interest   throughout   the  entire
          contemplated term of the Note.

The  provisions of this section  shall control over all other  provisions of the
Loan Documents which may be in apparent conflict herewith.

                                       13

<PAGE>
                American International Construction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996

7.16  Collective  References.  Collective  references  in this  Agreement to the
Borrower  and  Guarantors  shall  in each  case  include  a  reference  to,  and
obligation  imposed  upon,  the  Borrower  and  Guarantor   identified  in  this
Agreement.

7.17  Captions.  Captions used in this  Agreement are for  convenience  only and
shall  not be  considered  as a  limitation  upon or an  expansion  of the terms
hereof.

7.18  Construction  of Agreement.  The terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement
represent the results of negotiations between the parties, each of which has had
the  opportunity to consult with legal counsel of its  selection,  none of which
has acted under duress or  compulsion,  whether  legal,  economic or  otherwise.
Consequently,  the terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement  and the other Loan
Documents  shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with their usual and
customary  meanings,  and the parties  hereby  expressly  waive and  disclaim in
connection with the  interpretation  and  construction of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents any rule of law or procedure requiring otherwise.

7.19 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, and all of which, taken together,  shall constitute
but one and the same  instrument,  which may be  sufficiently  evidenced  by one
counterpart.

7.20 Final Agreement. THIS LOAN AGREEMENT AND ALL OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS EXECUTED
IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH (AS MAY BE MODIFIED,  RENEWED,  SUPPLEMENTED,  AMENDED,
RESTATED AND REVISED)  CONSTITUTE A "LOAN  AGREEMENT"  AS DEFINED IN TEX. BUS. &
COM. CODE ANN. 26.02(a), AND REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND
MAY NOT BE  CONTRADICTED  BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR SUBSEQUENT
ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG OR
BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement
effective the day, month and year first stated above.

                                BORROWER:
                                ---------
                               
                                AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CONSTRUCTION, INC.

                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                    JOHN T. WILSON, its Chief Executive Officer

                                LENDER:
                                -------

                                METAL BUILDING COMPONENTS, INC.


                                By:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                    A. R. GINN, its President

                   
                                GUARANTORS:
                                -----------

                                ------------------------------------------------
                                DANNY ROY CLEMONS, individually

                                       14

<PAGE>

                American International Cosntruction, Inc. - MBCI
                                 Loan Agreement
                                 April 24, 1996


                               -------------------------------------------------
                               RALPH LEROY FARRAR, individually



                               -------------------------------------------------
                               JUDITH ANN FARRAR, individually



                               -------------------------------------------------
                               JOHN THOMAS WILSON, individually


                               -------------------------------------------------
                               JIMMY WAYNE WILLIAMS, individually


                               -------------------------------------------------
                               SHIRLEY BETH WILLIAMS, individually


                                       15





              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     We consent to the use of our report dated July 1, 1996 included herein, and
to the reference to our firm under the heading  "Experts" in the  Prospectus and
the Registration Statement on Form S-1.








HEIN + ASSOCIATES LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Houston, Texas
August 5, 1996




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission